GENERAL HOUSEWARES CORP
10-K, 1995-03-29
METAL FORGINGS & STAMPINGS
Previous: GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORP, 424B3, 1995-03-29
Next: GENERAL MOTORS ACCEPTANCE CORP, 424B3, 1995-03-29



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K 

[x] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [Fee  Required]  
For the fiscal year ended December  31,  1994 
OR 
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGEACT OF  1934  [No Fee  Required] 
For  the  transition  period  from     to
Commission file number 1-7117

GENERAL HOUSEWARES CORP.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of                       41-0919772
incorporation or organization)                        (I.R.S. Employer
                                                       Identification No.)

1536 Beech Street                                     47804
Terre Haute, Indiana                                  (Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code:   (812) 232-1000

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                                      Name of each exchange on
Title of each class                                   which registered
Common Stock, $.33 1/3 par value                      New York Stock Exchange
Preferred Share Purchase Rights                       New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No

Indicate by check mark if  disclosure of  delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein,  and will not be contained,  to
the  best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part III of this  Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K.  (X)

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

On March 13, 1995,  3,743,414 shares of the registrant's Common Stock,  $.33-1/3
par value,  were  outstanding.  The  aggregate  market value of the Common Stock
(based upon the closing price of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange
Composite Transactions) held by non-affiliates of the registrant at March 13,
1995 was $52,407,796.

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Proxy Statement for 1995 Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders,  which will be filed
on or prior to March 31, 1995, to the extent
stated in this report.                                Part III




                                      -2-
<PAGE>
PART I

Item 1.     Business

General Housewares Corp. (hereinafter referred to as the "Company") manufactures
and  markets  consumer  durable  goods.  The  Company  limits  itself to product
categories in which,  through market share, product innovation or brand image it
is considered a leader.  Through the acquisition  and/or development of products
that "delight and excite" the consumer, i.e., deliver unexpected value, simplify
and enhance a task or redefine a task,  the Company  believes that it is able to
establish  such a  leadership  position.  The  Company  currently  enjoys such a
position in the following product categories:  cookware,  cutlery, kitchen tools
and precision cutting tools.

Approximately  70% of the products sold by the Company during 1994 were produced
domestically,  primarily  in factories  owned and  operated by the Company.  The
remaining  products are obtained from foreign sources  primarily  located in the
Far East.

COOKWARE:  The  Company  is one  of  the  country's  largest  manufacturers  and
marketers of cookware,  distributing its products  throughout the United States,
Canada and selected  European  markets.  The  Company's  collection  of leading,
brand-name  cookware  products  enables it to  deliver,  to both  retailers  and
consumers, products which satisfy a complete range of functional,  aesthetic and
value  requirements.   The  Company  competes  in  four  main  cookware  product
categories, covering a broad range of materials, designs, colors and prices. The
Company's cookware product categories are:

Cast Aluminum - Through its premium priced polished and black anodized  aluminum
cookware  products sold under the  Magnalite(R)  and  Magnalite  Professional(R)
brand names, respectively,  the Company is a major manufacturer of cast aluminum
products.  In 1993,  the Company  introduced a line of non-stick  cast  aluminum
cookware called Magnalite Professional(R) with Eclipse(TM) and in 1994 added the
Eclipse(TM)  coating to certain products in its Magnalite(R)  line. The products
are sold by mass merchants,  department stores, and specialty cookware shops and
have been favorably  received by the consumer because of their excellent cooking
performance and styling.

Enamelware  - The  Company  is the only  domestic  manufacturer  of this type of
product and has developed a leading market share.  Ceramic On Steel(TM) cookware
products  produced by the Company are sold under the Columbian  and  Graniteware
brand names.  As of September 1, 1994 the Company  acquired the Normandy line of
enamelware from National Housewares Corp. Normandy  enamelware  products,  which
are  similar  to the  Company's  Ceramic On  Steel(TM)  cookware  products,  are
manufactured in Mexico.  Enamelware is in demand because of its easy cleanup and
popular  price.   It  is   particularly   popular  for  roasting  and  specialty
top-of-stove uses (e.g., spaghetti cookers and vegetable steamers).  Products in
this category are primarily sold in discount stores,  mass  merchandise  outlets
and warehouse clubs.

Cast Iron - These medium  priced  cookware  products are sold  nationally to all
retail  channels  under the  Wagner's(TM)  1891  Original  Cast Iron brand.  The
Company is one of two major  domestic  manufacturers  in this product  category.
Wagner(TM)  cast iron is purchased by consumers  for its even  heating,  natural
non-stick  surface and  durability.  It is  particularly  useful for skillet and
regional style cooking.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

Stamped and Spun  Aluminum - These heavy  gauge,  large  capacity  products  are
marketed under the brand name Leyse  Professional(TM)  and  distributed  through
department  stores,  mass  merchants and  specialty  shops.  Leyse  products are
purchased from a domestic manufacturer.

During 1993,  the Company  sold its  stainless  steel  cookware  operations.  In
conjunction  with the sale,  the Company  entered  into a licensing  and royalty
agreement  pursuant to which the purchaser may continue to use the  Magnalite(R)
and  Magnalite  Professional(R)  brand names on stainless  steel  cookware.  The
Company  believes  that the sale will not have a material  impact on its ongoing
cookware operations.

The total United States market for cookware, defined as metal pots and pans used
for  top-of-stove and oven cooking,  is estimated by the Cookware  Manufacturers
Association  at  approximately  $1.6 billion in terms of annual sales.  Domestic
industry  unit sales have  remained  relatively  flat during the past five years
and, as a result,  domestic  manufacturers  have lost  market  share to imports,
which the Association estimates have grown from 42% of the market in 1990 to 45%
in 1994. Imported  merchandise,  principally from Korea, Taiwan,  Mexico and the
Peoples Republic of China, has been successful in penetrating the market through
comparable quality products at lower prices.

Through market research and a better understanding of the American consumer, the
Company  believes  it  has  successfully   repositioned  its  product  lines  to
differentiate them from competing imports.

The cookware industry is highly competitive and fragmented.  In addition,  it is
characterized by little product differentiation. The Company believes that known
brand names,  price-value  relationships,  product design,  quality and creative
merchandising  programs,  as well as responsive,  superior customer service, are
key factors  contributing to success.  While there are a number of manufacturers
and  marketers of cookware,  only a few are larger in the  marketplace,  or have
greater financial resources than the Company.

CUTLERY:  The Company is a manufacturer  and marketer of quality kitchen cutlery
with the leading  domestic brand name (Chicago  Cutlery(R))  and market share in
its industry.  The Company markets, under the Chicago Cutlery(R) brand umbrella,
three complete lines of kitchen knives for consumers,  sharpening tools, storage
units and cutting boards.  Its most popular household cutlery line is The Walnut
Tradition(R),  which  features  a  solid  American  walnut  handle  with a Taper
Grind(R) edge on the blade. The Company  manufactures and sells a popular priced
knife under the  Cherrywood(TM)  brand name.  For the  consumer  that  prefers a
synthetic handled knife, the Company manufactures and sells the Metropolitan(TM)
product line which  features a durable  high-impact  plastic  handle and a Taper
Grind(R) edge.

All Chicago  Cutlery(R)  blades are made from high carbon  stainless  steel that
resists  rusting,  pitting and  staining.  The Taper  Grind(R)  edge  provides a
uniform and smooth taper,  thereby facilitating the blade's movement through the
object being cut.



                                      -4-
<PAGE>


During 1992, the Company  repositioned  its cutlery  products that had been sold
under the  Mendix  name as a  promotional  cutlery  category  under  the  banner
"Designed and Marketed by Chicago  Cutlery(R)".  These products  compete in both
the fine edge and  "never-needs-sharpening"  segment of the cutlery industry and
are purchased from suppliers in the Far East.  Promotional cutlery "Designed and
Marketed by Chicago  Cutlery(R)"  consists of thirteen  separate cutlery brands,
seven of which are sold exclusively through department stores, and the remaining
lines are distributed  through department stores, mass merchandisers and catalog
showrooms.

While the overall  market for kitchen  cutlery in the United States has remained
relatively  unchanged in recent years,  foreign  products have made  significant
inroads.  The Company believes that imports in 1994 accounted for more than half
of domestic  sales in dollars and 75% of  domestic  sales in units.  In general,
foreign competition has been concentrated at the lower end and the very high end
of the retail price range. As a result of its widely  recognized  brand name and
reputation  for high  quality at a good  price,  Chicago  Cutlery(R)  has gained
market share even as the rest of the domestic industry has lost ground.

The Company also  manufactures a full line of knives for the commercial  poultry
processing  market.  These molded handle knives are designed to meet the special
needs of professionals  and have  specialized  blade shapes for specific cutting
jobs. The handles are textured to be  slip-resistant  and feature a finger guard
for safety, and in some cases ergonomic handles.

KITCHEN  TOOLS:  Effective  October 1, 1992,  the Company  purchased  all of the
partnership  interests in OXO  International  L.P.  ("OXO"),  a New York limited
partnership,  marketing a broad line of kitchen  tools under the Good  Grips(R),
Prima(TM)  Plus(TM) and Basics(TM)  brand names. The products are primarily made
by  manufacturers  located  in the Far  East  according  to  OXO's  designs  and
specifications.  The kitchen tools sold by OXO  generally  utilize a proprietary
handle which is covered by patents  owned by the Company.  OXO(R)  kitchen tools
are  distributed  primarily  in the United  States  through  department  stores,
gourmet and specialty outlets and mass merchandisers.

OXO also sells a line of garden  tools,  under the Sierra  Club(TM)  name,  that
utilizes its proprietary handle.  Garden tools are primarily distributed through
specialty outlets.

CUTTING BOARDS:  The Company,  under the Idaho Woodworks name,  manufactures and
markets cutting boards made of wood, polyethylene,  and combinations of wood and
acrylic, marble or polyethylene.

PRECISION  CUTTING  TOOLS:  Effective  October 1, 1994,  the  Company  purchased
certain  assets  of  Walter  Absil  Company  Limited  and Olfa  Products  Corp.,
(collective  referred to as the "Olfa Products Group").  The Olfa Products Group
is the  exclusive  distributor,  in the United  States and Canada,  of precision
cutting tools and accessories  manufactured by Olfa Corporation of Osaka, Japan.
Products of the Olfa Products Group are sold both to distributors  and direct to
hobby, craft, hardware and fabric stores.

The North  American  hobby and craft market is both large and diverse with sales
exceeding $10 billion.  Products  distributed  through the Olfa  Products  Group
compete in small  selected  segments in this market.  Typically,  these products
compete on the basis of performance and value.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

Cookware  and cutlery  products are sold by the Company to most major retail and
wholesale distribution organizations in the United States and Canada through its
direct sales force and, to a limited degree,  through  independent  commissioned
sales representatives.  The OXO(R) kitchen tools and Idaho Woodworks(TM) cutting
boards   are   sold   primarily   through    independent    commissioned   sales
representatives.  The Olfa Products  Group  utilizes a  combination  of a direct
sales force and independent commissioned sales representatives.  In addition the
Company sells products  through a chain of  manufacturers'  retail outlet stores
operating under the name "Chicago Cutlery etc., Inc."

MAJOR CUSTOMERS

During 1994, the ten largest  customers of the Company  accounted for 42% of the
Company's net sales.  Sales to the Company's largest customer,  Wal-Mart Stores,
Inc., were $12.1 million or  approximately  13% of total net sales.  The Company
has had good long-term relationships with its major customers.

CUSTOMER SERVICE

The  Company  believes  it has a unique  advantage  as a supplier  of  primarily
American-made  products which are shipped to its customers typically within five
days of order, as contrasted to direct retailer imports which typically  require
a three to six month lead time.

EMPLOYEES

The Company employs approximately 725 persons, of whom about 575 are involved in
manufacturing  with the balance  serving in sales,  general  and  administrative
capacities. The Company believes that its relations with employees are good.

Approximately   352  employees  are   represented  by  three   different   labor
organizations,  which have  contracts  expiring in  February,  March and July of
1996.

EXPORT SALES

Exports account for less than 7% of the Company's total sales.

RAW MATERIALS

The principal raw materials  used in  manufacturing  the Company's  products are
steel,  aluminum  ingot,  ceramic  compounds,  plastic  compounds  and  hardwood
products. All of these materials are generally available from numerous suppliers
and the  Company  believes  that the loss of any one  supplier  would not have a
significant impact on its operations.

SEASONALITY

Shipments  are higher in the second  half of the year and  highest in the fourth
quarter due to the seasonality of housewares retail sales.

Item 2.     Properties

The following table sets forth the location and size of the Company's  principal
properties.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
OPERATING FACILITIES
<TABLE>
Property Owned:
<CAPTION>
                                                            APPROXIMATE
                                                            FLOOR AREA
LOCATION          NATURE OF USE OF PROPERTY                 (Square Feet)
<S>               <C>                                       <C>    

Terre Haute,      Manufacturing, distribution and           469,000
  Indiana         administrative (Ceramic on Steel(TM)
                  cookware and distribution of
                  cutlery products)

Sidney, Ohio      Manufacturing (cast iron, cast            186,500
                  aluminum cookware)

Wauconda,         Manufacturing (cutlery)                    65,000
  Illinois

Property Leased:
<CAPTION>
                                                APPROXIMATE      EXPIRATION
                        NATURE OF               FLOOR AREA       DATE  
LOCATION                USE OF PROPERTY         (Square Feet)    OF LEASE
<S>                     <C>                     <C>              <C>
                                                
Sidney, OH              Warehouse               32,000           July 31, 1995
Terre Haute, IN         Warehouse               86,400           Apr. 30, 1995
New York, NY            Administrative          1,330            Sep. 30, 1995
Stamford, CT            Administrative          5,000            May   7, 1995
Sandpoint, ID           Manufacturing           22,000           Oct.  6, 1995
St. Laurent, Quebec     Administrative
  Canada                and Warehouse           16,230           Nov. 30, 1997
Plattsburgh, NY         Warehouse               27,700           Oct   1, 1997
</TABLE>

In addition,  the Company leases an average of 2,700 square feet of retail space
in 28 factory outlet malls with initial lease terms ranging from 3 to 7 years.

In the opinion of the Company's management,  the properties and plants described
above are in good  condition  and repair  and are  adequate  for the  particular
operations for which they are used.



                                      -7-
<PAGE>

NON-OPERATING FACILITIES

Property  Owned:  (Reported  as  "other  assets"  in  the  financial  statements
in this Report).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            APPROXIMATE        
                                                            FLOOR AREA
LOCATION          NATURE OF USE OF PROPERTY                 (Square Feet)
<S>               <C>                                       <C>     
New Hope,         Manufacturing/
  Minnesota       Distribution facility
                  (leased to third parties)                 65,280

New Hope,         Manufacturing/
  Minnesota       Distribution facility
                  (leased to third party)                   21,500

Hyannis,          Candle manufacturing facility
  Massachusetts   (leased to third party)                   74,600

Antrim,           Manufacturing facility
  New Hampshire                                             55,400

</TABLE>

                                     -8-
<PAGE>

Item 3.     Legal Proceedings

The Company and its wholly owned subsidiary,  Chicago Cutlery,  Inc., instituted
an action on February 2, 1995 against the personal representatives of the Estate
of Ronald J.  Gangelhoff in the United States District Court for the District of
Minnesota,  Fourth  Division.  The action was instituted in February in order to
comply with Minnesota probate practices for settling claims against estates. The
action seeks indemnity and/or  contribution for all losses and expenses suffered
and incurred,  and to be suffered and incurred,  by the plaintiffs  arising from
the New Hampshire  Department of  Environmental  Services  mandated  clean-up of
hazardous substances  generated at the Antrim, New Hampshire  manufacturing site
owned by Chicago Cutlery,  Inc. and arising from the remediation of the site and
the  landfill at which some of the  substances  were  disposed.  The action also
seeks a declaratory judgement that the defendants are liable to the Company. The
action is brought on the basis of the breach of  representations  and warranties
in the 1988 Stock Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Company purchased the
stock of Chicago  Cutlery,  Inc. from Ronald J.  Gangelhoff.  It is also brought
under the provisions of the Comprehensive Environmental Response,  Compensation,
and Liability Act, the provisions of the New Hampshire  Hazardous Waste Clean-up
and Contribution statutes and under common law causes of action.

Before the death of Mr.  Gangelhoff,  Chicago  Cutlery,  Inc. had  instituted an
action on October 8, 1993 against David D. Hurlin in the United States  District
Court for the  District  of New  Hampshire  seeking  damages  and a  declaratory
judgement  that Mr.  Hurlin is liable  to  plaintiff  for  losses  and  expenses
suffered  and  incurred,  and to be  suffered  and  incurred,  arising  from the
mandated clean-up of hazardous substances generated at the Antrim, New Hampshire
manufacturing site during the period it was owned by Goodell Company and arising
from remediation of the site. The basis of the action against Mr. Hurlin is that
as chief  executive  officer,  a director  and  substantial  stockholder  of the
Goodell  Company he was in control  of, or in a position  to control and direct,
hazardous  substances handling and disposal practices at the site when hazardous
substances were improperly  released to the  environment.  The action is brought
under the provisions of the Comprehensive Environmental Response,  Compensation,
and Liability Act, the provisions of the New Hampshire  Hazardous Waste Clean-up
and Contribution  statutes and under common law causes of action.  To the extent
that recovery is made against David D. Hurlin, the amount of the Company's claim
against the assets of the late Ronald J. Gangelhoff will be reduced.

For information  concerning various environmental matters with which the Company
is involved,  see Note to Consolidated  Financial  Statements on page 22 of this
Report.

In  connection  with the  examination  of the  Company's  1991 tax  return,  the
Internal  Revenue  Service  has  proposed  an  adjustment  with  regard  to  the
deductions  related to a  covenant  not to  compete  applying  to tax years 1991
through 1993.  While the ultimate  resolution of this matter can not be assessed
at this time, the Company believes that it has adequate support for its position
and that the final  resolution  will not have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flow.



                                      -9-
<PAGE>

Item 4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

Not applicable.


                       EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

The following  individuals are executive  officers of the Company,  each of whom
will serve in the capacities  indicated until May 2, 1995, or until the election
and qualification of a successor.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name                    Position with Company                     Age
<S>                     <C>                                       <C>    
Paul A. Saxton          Chairman of the Board, President,         56
                        and Chief Executive Officer

Gordon R. Erickson      Secretary and General Counsel             66

Stephen M. Evans        Controller                                53

Robert L. Gray          Vice President, Finance and               44
                        Treasurer
</TABLE>

Messrs. Saxton and Erickson have been executive officers of the Company for more
than five years.  Mr. Evans has been an executive  officer of the Company  since
July 1, 1990. Prior thereto Mr. Evans held various administrative and managerial
positions in the  Company's  cookware  group.  Mr. Gray has been employed by the
Company since April,  1990 and an executive  officer  since July 1, 1990.  Prior
thereto he was Treasurer of Helene Curtis Industries, Inc.

PART II

Item 5.    Market for the Company's Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters

The market on which the  Company's  Common Stock is traded is the New York Stock
Exchange,  Inc. The high and low sales prices of the Company's  Common Stock and
the cash dividends declared for each quarterly period during the last two fiscal
years appear on page 11 of this Report.

The  approximate  number  of  holders  of  Common  Stock as of March  15,  1995,
including  beneficial  owners of shares  held in  nominee  accounts  of whom the
Company is aware, was 1,000.



                                      -10-
<PAGE>

Item 6.     Selected Financial Data
<TABLE>
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
(in thousands except for per share amounts)
<CAPTION>

Year Ended December 31,      1994     1993      1992       1991      1990
<S>                          <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>    

  Net sales                 $96,515   $87,452   $79,382   $74,028   $68,967
  Operating income            6,637     6,415     8,342     8,379     9,513
  Interest expense, net       1,699     1,299     1,319     1,590     2,622
  Income from continuing
    operations before
    income taxes            $ 4,938   $ 5,116   $ 7,023   $ 6,789   $ 6,891
  Income taxes              $ 2,188   $ 2,080   $ 2,599   $ 2,919   $ 3,027
  Income from continuing
    operations              $ 2,750   $ 3,036   $ 4,424   $ 3,870   $ 3,864
  Average number of
    common shares
    outstanding including
    common stock
    equivalents               3,440     3,340     3,295     3,217     2,949
  Income from continuing
    operations per common
    share                   $  0.80   $  0.91   $  1.34   $  1.20   $  1.31
  Income from continuing
    operations per common
    share assuming full
    dilution                $  0.80   $  0.91   $  1.34   $  1.20   $  1.25
  Dividends per common
    share                   $  0.32   $  0.32   $  0.32   $  0.32   $  0.24
  Financial Summary:
    Total assets            $98,358   $72,017   $72,001   $61,832   $57,315
    Total debt               34,313    17,000    20,053    14,824    12,847
    Net worth                50,255    43,929    41,696    37,252    33,371

</TABLE>

Item 7.   Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and
                Results of Operations

Results of Continuing Operations

The  operating  results  described  below  reflect the  results of the  cutlery,
cookware,  kitchen tool  (acquired in October of 1992),  precision  cutting tool
(acquired in October of 1994) and retail outlet store operations.

Year Ended December 31, 1994 versus 1993

Net sales for 1994 were  $96,515,000,  an increase  of 10% when  compared to net
sales of  $87,452,000  for 1993.  Sales  increased  as a result of growth in the
Company's  kitchen tool and retail  outlet store  businesses  and as a result of
acquisitions.  While the dollar amount of gross profit increased modestly, gross

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

profit margins declined  reflecting  competitive pricing pressures and increased
raw  material  costs.  Selling,  general and  administrative  expense  increased
slightly.  Increased  costs  related  to the higher  sales  volume and a partial
year's  amortization  of  goodwill  (related to the  purchases  of the assets of
Walter Absil Company Limited, Olfa Products Corp. and National Housewares, Inc.)
were offset by reduced general and administrative  costs.  Included in operating
expense  were  additions  of  $391,000 to bad debt  reserves  to cover  customer
bankruptcies  during  the year and  $153,000  (exclusive  of  amounts  for which
recovery from unaffiliated  third parties is expected) to the reserve provisions
for environmental remediation.

Net income was  $2,750,000  or $0.80 per share in 1994 compared to $3,036,000 or
$0.91 per share in 1993.  The  effective  tax rate  applied  to  pre-tax  income
increased  to 44% in 1994,  compared  to 41% in  1993.  The  effective  tax rate
increased to provide for potential  assessments with regard to ongoing review by
the Internal Revenue Service of years 1991-1993.

Year Ended December 31, 1993 versus 1992

Net sales for 1993 were  $87,452,000,  an increase  of 10% when  compared to net
sales of $79,382,000 for 1992.  Sales increased  primarily as a result of growth
in the Company's  kitchen tool and retail outlet store  businesses.  Despite the
increase  in sales  and  benefit  from the  decrease  of the cost of goods  sold
($285,000)  resulting from the reduction of the LIFO Reserve,  operating  income
decreased  from  $8,342,000 to $6,415,000.  The decline in operating  income was
largely  attributable to a combination of pricing issues,  incremental costs and
one-time  charges.  Competitive  pressures  prevented the Company from realizing
price  increases  on cookware  lines  sufficient  to cover  increases  in costs.
Further,  in response to these pressures,  the Company reduced prices on its key
Magnalite  Professional  cookware  line by more than 10%. In addition,  closeout
sales on slow moving inventories at low margins resulted in below average profit
realizations.  Operating  expenses for the year  included  incremental  expenses
(versus  1992) of $2,372,000  related to the full year  operation of the kitchen
tool business (acquired in October of 1992), $470,000 added to the provision for
environmental   remediation   costs  and  $420,000  of  costs   related  to  the
streamlining of operations.

Net income was  $3,036,000  or $0.91 per share in 1993 compared to $4,424,000 or
$1.34 per share  ($4,642,000  or $1.40 per share after the favorable  adjustment
for the  cumulative  effect  of a  change  in  accounting  for  income  taxes in
accordance with FAS No. 109) in 1992. The effective  income tax rate in 1993 was
40.7%  compared to 37.0% in 1992. The tax rate in 1992 was abnormally low due to
the availability of certain state tax benefits.



                                      -12-
<PAGE>

Seasonality

Sales are  higher  in the  second  half of the year and  highest  in the  fourth
quarter due to the seasonality of housewares retail sales.

Capital Resources and Liquidity

On November 30, 1994, the Company completed a financing package  consisting of a
$30,000,000 three year bank loan agreement  ($3,000,000  outstanding at December
31,  1994) and the private  placement  of  $20,000,000  of 8.41%  Senior  Notes.
Proceeds  from the new  financing  package were used to refinance  existing bank
loans incurred to support working capital requirements and for acquisitions.  As
a result of the new  financing,  the  Company  believes  that it has  sufficient
liquidity to fund existing operations and to continue to make acquisitions.

Substantially  all of the  expenditures  made  by the  Company  to  comply  with
environmental  regulations  are for the  remediation of previously  contaminated
sites.  The Company has established a reserve to cover such expenses (see Note 9
to the Consolidated Financial  Statements).  In addition to the amounts provided
for in the  reserve,  the Company may be  required  to make  certain  additional
capital  expenditures  which,  in  aggregate,  are not  expected to be material.
Subsequent to the  completion  of the  remediation  contemplated  in setting the
reserve,  the  Company  believes  that  the  ongoing  costs of  compliance  with
environmental regulation,  including the cost of monitoring, pollution abatement
and disposal of hazardous materials, will not be material.

Effect of Inflation

For the year ended  December 31, 1994,  price  increases in certain  commodities
used by the  Company  (e.g.,  aluminum  ingot  (47%),  steel (6%) and  packaging
materials  (10%)) had an adverse effect on the operations of the Company.  There
was no such effect in the years ended December 31, 1993 or 1992.



                                      -13-
<PAGE>


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to Financial Statements                                          Page

Financial Statements:

     Report of  Independent  Accountants                                14 
     Consolidated  Statement of Income for the three years ended
       December 31, 1994                                                15
     Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 1994 and 1993           17-18
     Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the three years ended
       December 31, 1994                                                19-20
     Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
       for the three years ended December 31, 1994                      16-17
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                         21-33

Financial Statement Schedule:
 For the five years ended December 31, 1994
     II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                             11

All other  schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required
information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of General Housewares Corp.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying
index  present  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the  financial  position of
General  Housewares  Corp.,  and its subsidiaries at December 31, 1994 and 1993,
and the results of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended  December  31,  1994,  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted   accounting   principles.   These   financial   statements   are   the
responsibility of the Company's management;  our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these  financial  statements  based on our audits.  We conducted  our
audits of these  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain  reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,   assessing  the
accounting  principles  used and significant  estimates made by management,  and
evaluating the overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.

As  discussed  in  Note 1 to  the  financial  statements,  the  Company  adopted
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes
in 1992.

PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP

Indianapolis, Indiana 
January 30, 1995



                                      -14-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
<CAPTION>

    For the year ended December 31,                 1994        1993        1992
    (in thousands except for per share amounts)
      <S>                                           <C>         <C>         <C> 

      Net sales                                     $96,515     $87,452     $79,382
      Cost of goods sold                             61,505      52,798      48,095
      Gross profit .                                 35,010      34,654      31,287
      Selling, general and administrative
        expenses                                     28,373      28,239      22,945
      Operating income                                6,637       6,415       8,342
      Interest expense, net                           1,699       1,299       1,319 
      Income before income taxes                      4,938       5,116       7,023
      Income taxes                                    2,188       2,080       2,599        
      Income before cumulative effect  
        of accounting change                          2,750       3,306       4,424
      Cumulative effect of change
        in accounting for income taxes                  -           -           218
      Net income                                    $ 2,750     $ 3,036     $ 4,642

      Earnings per common share, primary 
      and fully diluted:
        Income before cumulative effect
          of accounting change                      $  0.80     $  0.91     $  1.34
 
        Cumulative effect of change in                
          accounting for income taxes                   -           -          0.06

      Earnings per share                            $  0.80     $  0.91     $  1.40
</TABLE>

    See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      -15-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity
<CAPTION>

                    Common  Common  Capital in  Cumulative   Cost of             Minimum
                    Stock   Stock   Excess of   Translation  Retained  Treasury  Pension
                    Shares  Amount  Par Value   Adjustments  Earnings  Shares    Liability   Total
(in thousands)
<S>                 <C>     <C>     <C>         <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>

Balances,
  December 31,
  1991              3,444  $1,148  $16,553         -         $22,766   $(3,215)       -      $37,252
Restricted stock
  activity              -       -       95         -               -         -        -           95
Shares issued upon
  exercise of
  options              84      28      672         -               -         -        -          700
Shares issued for
  employee
  stock purchase
  plan                  3       1       37         -               -         -        -           38
Dividends               -       -        -         -          (1,031)        -        -       (1,031)
Net income              -       -        -         -           4,642         -        -        4,642

Balances,
  December 31,
  1992              3,531    1,177   17,357        -          26,377     (3,215)      -       41,696

Restricted stock
  activity              -      -       49          -                -      (1)        -           48
Shares issued upon
  exercise of
  options              30     10      254          -                -        -        -          264
Shares issued for
  employee
  stock purchase
  plan                  6      2       91          -                -         -       -           93
Tax benefit from
  exercise of stock
  options               -      -      283          -                -         -       -          283
Minimum pension
  liability             -      -        -          -                -         -    (446)        (446)
Dividends               -      -        -          -           (1,045)        -       -       (1,045)
Net income              -      -        -          -            3,036         -       -        3,036

Balances
December 31, 1993   3,567  1,189   18,034          -           28,368     (3,216)  (446)      43,929



                                      -16-
<PAGE>

Restricted stock
  activity            (23)    (5)      82          -                -         -       -           77
Shares issued upon
  exercise of
  options              16      5      141          -                -         -       -          146
Shares issued for
  employee
  stock purchase
  plan                  7      2       70          -                -         -       -           72
Tax benefit from
  exercise of stock
  options               -      -       14          -                -         -       -           14 
Shares issued for
  acquisition         400    133    4,367          -                -         -       -        4,500
Translation
  adjustments           -      -        -       (215)               -         -       -         (215)
Minimum pension
  liability             -      -        -          -                -         -      71           71
Dividends               -      -        -          -           (1,089)        -       -       (1,089)
Net income              -      -        -          -            2,750         -       -        2,750

Balances December
  31, 1994          3,967 $1,324  $22,708      $(215)         $30,029    $(3,216) $(375)     $50,255
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
<TABLE>

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
<CAPTION>

December 31,                              1994        1993
(in thousands except per share amounts)
<S>                                       <C>         <C>    
ASSETS
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents               $ 2,993     $   785
  Accounts receivable, less
  allowances of $5,312
  ($3,379 in 1993)                         16,854      11,656
  Inventories                              20,841      11,765
  Deferred tax asset                        2,184       1,601
  Other current assets                        905       1,410
     Total current assets                  43,777      27,217
Property, Plant & Equipment, Net           13,001      12,620
Other Assets                                7,455       7,213
Patents and Other Intangible Assets         4,294       4,757
Cost in Excess of Net Assets
  Acquired                                 29,831      20,210
                                          -------     -------
                                          $98,358     $72,017




                                      -17-
<PAGE>

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Current maturities of long-term
   debt                                   $ 1,122       $-
  Deferred payment obligation               2,382        -
  Accounts payable                          3,544       1,959
  Salaries, wages and related
   benefits                                 2,525       2,399
  Property taxes                              420         402
  Accrued liabilities                       2,309       1,727
  Income taxes payable                      1,141         733
     Total current liabilities             13,443       7,220
Long-Term Debt                             30,809      17,000
Deferred Liabilities                        3,851       3,868
Commitments and Contingent Liabilities
(Note 9)
Stockholders' Equity:
  Preferred stock - $1.00 par value:
    Authorized - 1,000,000 shares
  Common stock - $.33-1/3 par value:
    Authorized - 10,000,000 shares
    Outstanding - 1994 - 3,966,705
     and 1993 - 3,567,383 shares           1,324        1,189
  Capital in excess of par value          22,708       18,034
  Treasury stock at cost - 1994
    and 1993 - 243,760
     shares                               (3,216)      (3,216)
  Retained earnings                       30,029       28,368
  Cumulative translation
   adjustment                               (215)         -
  Minimum pension liability                 (375)        (446)
     Total stockholders' equity           50,255       43,929
                                          -------     -------
                                         $98,358      $72,017
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                      -18-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
<CAPTION>

    For the year ended December 31,               1994         1993        1992
    (in thousands)
    Cash flows from operating activities:
    <S>                                           <C>          <C>         <C>  
    Net income                                    $2,750       $3,036      $4,642
    Adjustments to reconcile net income
      to net cash provided by operating
      activities -
    Depreciation and amortization                 3,623        3,240       2,567
    Foreign exchange gain                           (95)         -           -
    Compensation related to stock awards             76           48          95
    (Increase) decrease in deferred
      tax assets                                   (546)        (333)        400
    (Increase) decrease in operating assets:
      Accounts receivable                        (2,636)       1,177      (1,073)
      Inventory                                  (2,761)         755      (2,728)
      Other assets                                 (482)        (719)       (838)
    Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:
      Accounts payable                            1,585         (993)        194
      Salaries, wages & related benefits,
        property taxes and accrued
        liabilities                                 109        1,687        (687)
    Income taxes payable                            408          187         473
                                                 ------      -------     -------
    Net cash provided by
      operating activities                        2,031        8,085       3,045
    Cash flows used for investing
      activities:
    Additions to property, plant and
      equipment, net                             (2,545)      (2,823)     (3,122)
    Payment for acquisitions                     (8,643)        (609)     (5,269)
    Net cash used for investing                 -------     --------    --------
      activities                                (11,188)      (3,432)     (8,391)



                                      -19-
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>

    Cash flows from financing activities:

    Collection of notes receivable                1,018          242         -
    Long-term debt (repayment) borrowings        (8,783)      (3,488)      3,284
    Issuance of senior notes                     20,000          -           -
    Proceeds from stock options and employee
      stock purchases                               219          357         739
    Dividends paid                               (1,089)      (1,045)     (1,031)
    Net cash provided by (used for)              ------       ------      ------
      financing activities                       11,365       (3,934)      2,992

    Net increase (decrease) in cash and          ======       ======      ======
      cash equivalents                            2,208         719      (2,354)
    Cash and cash equivalents at
      beginning of year                             785          66       2,420

    Cash and cash equivalents at                 =======     =======     =======
      end of year                                $2,993        $785         $66
</TABLE>

    See notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                      -20-
<PAGE>
NOTES TO  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS 
(in thousands  except for per share amounts)

1.  Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation - The Consolidated  Financial Statements include the
accounts of General  Housewares  Corp.  and its  subsidiaries,  all of which are
wholly owned.

Inventories  -  Inventories  are  stated at the  lower of cost or market  and at
December 31 were comprised of the following: 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>
                        1994              1993
<S>                 <C>               <C>    
Raw Materials       $ 4,293           $ 2,630
Work in Process       2,292             1,885
Finished Goods       16,064             8,827
                    -------           -------
                    $22,649           $13,342
LIFO Reserve        ( 1,808)          ( 1,577)
                    =======           =======
                    $20,841           $11,765
</TABLE>
Cost at December 31, 1994, is determined  on a last-in,  first-out  (LIFO) basis
for approximately 80% of the Company's  inventories.  The remaining  inventories
are determined on a first-in,  first-out  (FIFO) basis.  During 1993,  inventory
quantities  were  reduced.  This  reduction  resulted in a  liquidation  of LIFO
inventory  quantities  carried  at lower  costs  prevailing  in  prior  years as
compared with the cost of 1993 purchases,  the effect of which decreased cost of
goods sold by approximately $285 and increased net income by approximately $170.
There were no such liquidations in 1994.

Property,  Plant and  Equipment - Property,  plant and  equipment is recorded at
cost and depreciated over estimated useful lives using the straight-line method.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Property, Plant and Equipment is as follows:

                                      1994              1993
<S>                                   <C>               <C>    
Land                                  $   674           $   642
Buildings                               4,245             4,381
Machinery and Equipment                28,129            26,905
                                      -------           -------
                                       33,048            31,928
Less Depreciation                      20,047            19,308
                                      =======           =======
                                      $13,001           $12,620
</TABLE>
Other Current Assets - Included in other current assets is a receivable  arising
from the sale of stainless steel tooling and inventories of $153 ($922 in 1993),
as well as a receivable related to an anticipated  recovery of $400 of estimated
environmental costs and other miscellaneous receivables and prepaid expenses.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

Other Assets - Included in other assets are three manufacturing facilities (Land
and Buildings - cost of $5,866 with accumulated depreciation of $1,416) that the
Company no longer operates.  All of the facilities are currently being leased to
unaffiliated  third parties under  non-cancelable  leases.  Income  generated by
these leases is not significant to the  consolidated  operations of the Company.
Each of these  facilities is being  depreciated  over its estimated  useful life
using the  straight-line  method.  Other  assets also  include  prepaid  pension
expense.

Intangible Assets - The cost in excess of net assets acquired is amortized using
the  straight-line  method  over  periods  ranging  from 10 to 40  years.  Other
intangible  assets arising from  acquisitions  are included in patents and other
intangible assets and are amortized using the straight-line  method over periods
of 5 to 15 years.  Amortization of intangible assets was approximately $1,179 in
1994 ($1,008 in 1993 and $646 in 1992) and accumulated  amortization  was $4,768
and $3,589 at December 31, 1994 and 1993, respectively. In addition, at December
31, 1994 and 1993 the Company  recognized  an  intangible  asset  related to the
recording  of a minimum  pension  liability  in  accordance  with  Statement  of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 87.

Income  Taxes - Effective  January 1, 1992,  the Company  adopted  Statement  of
Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (FAS 109).
The adoption of FAS 109 increased net income in 1992 by $218.

Deferred Liabilities - Deferred liabilities include a minimum pension liability,
deferred federal income taxes and deferred compensation.

Earnings per Share - Earnings per share are computed using the weighted  average
number of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents outstanding during
the year.

Sales to a  Significant  Customer - During  1994 and 1993,  the  Company had net
sales  to  a  single  customer  of  $12,100  and  $12,000,  respectively,  which
represented  approximately  13% and 14% of total  net  sales  for 1994 and 1993,
respectively.

Accounts Receivable - Substantially all accounts receivable are uncollateralized
and arise from  sales to the retail  industry.  Accounts  receivable  allowances
include  reserves  for  doubtful  accounts,   returns,   adjustments  and  co-op
advertising allowances to customers.

Reclassification  - Certain  1993 and 1992  amounts  have been  reclassified  to
conform with the 1994 presentation.

Cash  Equivalents  - The Company  considers  all highly  liquid  temporary  cash
investments with low interest rate risk to be cash  equivalents.  Temporary cash
investments are stated at cost, which approximates market value.

Currency  Translation - The net assets of foreign operations are translated into
U.S.  dollars  using current  exchange  rates.  Revenue,  costs and expenses are
translated at average exchange rates during the reporting period.


                                      -22-
<PAGE>

2. Acquisitions

Effective  October 1, 1994,  the Company  purchased  the assets of Walter  Absil
Company  Limited  and Olfa  Products  Corp.  (collectively  referred to as "Olfa
Products  Group").  The Olfa  Products  Group is the  exclusive  North  American
distributor  of precision  cutting tools and  accessories  manufactured  by Olfa
Corporation  of Osaka,  Japan.  Assets  acquired  include  accounts  receivable,
inventories and equipment.

The  purchase  price was  $13,576  and  consisted  of a cash  payment of $6,843,
Subordinated Promissory Notes in the principal amount of $2,233 bearing interest
at 6% per  annum  and  400,000  restricted  shares  (valued  at  $4,500)  of the
Company's  common  stock.  The  common  stock  issued  in  connection  with this
acquisition  is  restricted  as  to  both  sale  and  voting  rights.  All  such
restrictions will expire no later than September 30, 1999.

The  acquisition  has been  accounted  for as a purchase  and the net assets and
results of  operations  are  included in the  Company's  Consolidated  Financial
Statements  beginning  October 1, 1994. The purchase price has been allocated to
the assets acquired and liabilities  assumed of the Olfa Products Group based on
their estimated  respective  fair values.  Cost in excess of net assets acquired
was $6,349 and is being amortized over 20 years.

In  connection  with the  issuance of  restricted  common  stock  related to the
acquisition  of Olfa  Products  Group,  the Company has  agreed,  under  certain
circumstances,  to make payments of up to $600 to the former owners upon sale of
the  restricted  common  stock.  In  addition,  the  Company  has agreed to make
payments of up to  approximately  $3,565 to the  management of the Olfa Products
Group based upon the achievement of a specific  aggregate  financial  target for
the three year period ending December 31, 1997.

Effective  September 1, 1994, the Company  purchased the assets of the Normandy,
enamel on steel  cookware,  business of  National  Housewares,  Inc.  for a cash
consideration of $1,800 and deferred  payments equal to $3,767 plus an incentive
payment of $382 based upon  operational  performance  for the remainder of 1994.
The cash  payment was  equivalent  to the fair market  value of the  inventories
acquired. Cost in excess of net assets acquired is $4,149 and is being amortized
over 10 years.

The following unaudited pro forma information  combines the consolidated results
of  operations of the Company,  the Olfa  Products  Group and Normandy as if the
acquisitions  had  occurred  at the  beginning  of 1994 and 1993.  The pro forma
information  is not  necessarily  indicative of the results of operations  which
would have actually occurred during such periods.



                                      -23-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    (Unaudited)                           1994              1993
    <S>                                   <C>               <C>   

    Net sales                             $114,184          $110,057
    Income before taxes                      5,831             6,971
    Net income                               3,277             4,137
    Earnings per average
      common share                        $   0.88          $   1.11
</TABLE>

On August 19, 1993, the Company purchased the assets of Idaho Woodworks, Inc., a
manufacturer  of cutting  boards.  Receivables,  inventories  and equipment were
purchased at book value for $609.

Effective  October  1,  1992,  the  Company  purchased  all of  the  partnership
interests in OXO  International  L.P.  ("OXO"),  a New York limited  partnership
marketing  a broad line of kitchen  tools.  Kitchen  tools sold by OXO utilize a
proprietary handle which is subject to a patent owned by the Company. The assets
acquired consisted primarily of inventory,  accounts receivable and patents, and
include tooling used to manufacture the OXO products.

The  purchase  price was $6,250 and  consisted  of a cash  payment of $5,500 and
Subordinated Promissory Note in the principal amount of $750 bearing interest at
8% per annum.

The  acquisition  has been  accounted  for as a purchase  and the net assets and
results of  operations  are  included in the  Company's  Consolidated  Financial
Statements  beginning  October 1, 1992. The purchase price has been allocated to
the  assets  acquired  (including  amounts  assigned  to  patents  of $4,100 and
covenants not to compete of $650) and liabilities  assumed of OXO based on their
estimated respective fair values. Cost in excess of net assets acquired was $463
and is being amortized over 40 years.

The following unaudited pro forma information  combines the consolidated results
of operations of the Company and OXO as if the  acquisition  had occurred at the
beginning of 1992. The pro forma  information is not  necessarily  indicative of
the  results of  operations  which  would have  actually  occurred  during  such
periods.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    (Unaudited)
                              1992
<S>                           <C>    

    Net sales                 $82,655
    Income before taxes         6,871
    Net income                  4,540
    Earnings per average
      common share            $  1.38

</TABLE>


                                      -24-
<PAGE>


3. Debt

<TABLE>

Long-term debt includes the following:
<CAPTION>

    December 31,                          1994        1993
    <S>                                   <C>         <C>   

    Bank Credit Agreement                 $ 3,000     $12,000
    8.41% senior notes
       payable in equal annual
       installments commencing
       1998 through 2004                   20,000        -

    12% subordinated note
       payable in equal annual
       installments commencing
       1996 through 2000                    5,000       5,000

    Deferred payment obligation
       due in quarterly installments
       of $125,000 from January, 1995
       through September, 1998
       (discounted at 6%)                    1,793        -

    6% subordinated notes
       payable in equal annual
       installments in Canadian dollars
       commencing 1995 through 1997         2,138        -

                                          -------     -------
                                           31,931      17,000
    Less current portion                    1,122        -
                                          =======     =======
    Long-term debt                        $30,809     $17,000

</TABLE>


                                      -25-
<PAGE>

At  December  31,  1994 and 1993,  all of the  Company's  debt  outstanding  was
unsecured.

The bank debt  outstanding at December 31, 1994,  relates to a Credit  Agreement
with two banks  with an  aggregate  commitment  of  $30,000  of which  $5,000 is
reserved for letters of credit at December 31, 1994. The commitment  will expire
on November 30, 1997, and may be renewed, under certain  circumstances,  for two
additional  one year  periods.  Drawings  under the Credit  Agreement are priced
based on Prime or LIBOR with  spreads  calculated  on an incentive  formula.  At
December 31, 1994, the Company could borrow under the Credit  Agreement at Prime
or LIBOR + 1%. The interest  rate on  outstanding  amounts on December 31, 1994,
was 7.125%. The agreement replaced a $20,000 Revolving Credit Agreement with the
same banks.  In addition  during 1994 the Company  sold  $20,000 of 8.41% Senior
Notes payable to a group of institutional investors.

Terms of the Credit  Agreement  and the Senior Notes  require among other things
that the Company  maintain  certain minimum  financial  ratios.  In addition the
agreements provide for limits on dividends and certain investments.

The deferred payment  obligation was incurred in connection with the acquisition
of assets  of the  Normandy,  enamel on steel  cookware,  business  of  National
Housewares,  Inc. In addition to the obligation  listed in the above table,  the
Company has additional  obligations related to the transaction of $2,382,000 all
of which were payable January 1995.

Terms of the  Deferred  Payment  Obligation  and all of the  Subordinated  Notes
provide for the right of offset upon the occurrence of certain events.

Aggregate principal payments for the five years subsequent to December 31, 1994,
are as follows:
      
      1995                    $1,122
      1996                     2,147
      1997                     5,174
      1998                     4,345
      1999 and thereafter     19,143

Cash paid during 1994 for  interest,  net of cash  received,  was $1,614 (1993 -
$1,361; 1992 - $1,258).

4. Common Stock and Rights

Common stock reserved at December 31, 1994, included 231,404 shares reserved for
outstanding stock options.

In February 1989, the Company effected a dividend  distribution of one Right for
each outstanding share of common stock. Under certain circumstances,  each Right
may be exercised to purchase 1/100th of a share of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred  Stock,  at a purchase price of $25,  subject to adjustment to prevent
dilution.  Each preferred  share fraction is designed to be equivalent in voting
and  dividend  rights to one  share of  common  stock.  The  Rights  may only be
exercised after a person acquires,  or has the right to acquire,  21% or more of
the  common  stock or makes an offer for 30% or more of the  common  stock.  The
Rights,  which do not have  voting  rights  and do not  entitle  the  holder  to
dividends, expire on February 27, 1999, and may be redeemed by the Company prior
to their being exercisable at a price of $.01 per Right.

                                      -26-
<PAGE>

5. Stock Plans

The Company  maintains a stock plan for key  employees  which  provides  for the
granting of options or awards of restricted stock until January 31, 2003. A
summary of transactions under the plan follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Restricted      Stock
                                    Stock           Options
<S>                                 <C>             <C>    

Outstanding December 31, 1991       53,300          267,601
Granted during 1992                  2,219           37,000
Canceled during 1992                (4,900)          (4,233)
Released or exercised
  during 1992                       (5,219)         (83,699)

Outstanding December 31, 1992       45,400          216,669
Granted during 1993                    -             68,000
Canceled during 1993                (3,400)          (1,335)
Released or exercised
  during 1993                       (4,000)         (29,596)

Outstanding December 31, 1993       38,000          253,738
Granted during 1994                 10,500            5,000
Canceled during 1994               (34,000)         (11,035)
Released or exercised
  during 1994                       (4,000)         (16,299)

Outstanding December 31, 1994       10,500          231,404
</TABLE>

Options  granted  under the plan provide for the issuance of common stock at not
less than 100% of the fair market  value on the date of grant.  When options are
exercised,  proceeds received are credited to common stock and capital in excess
of par value.  Stock  options were  exercised  at prices  ranging from $7.125 to
$13.375 in 1994.  Options  outstanding  at December  31,  1994,  were granted at
prices ranging from $7.125 to $13.75 per share.  Options for 170,567 shares were
exercisable at December 31, 1994.

Restricted  stock granted under the plan is subject to restrictions  relating to
earnings  targets  of  the  Company  and/or   continuous   employment  or  other
relationships.  



                                      -27-
<PAGE>

On July 1, 1992,  the Company  introduced  its Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The
plan,  administered  by a  Committee  appointed  by the Board of  Directors,  is
intended to qualify as an "employee  stock  purchase plan" within the meaning of
Section 423 of the Internal  Revenue  Code.  The Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan
provides that shares of the Company's  Common Stock will be purchased at the end
of each  calendar  quarter  with funds  deducted  from the  payroll of  eligible
employees.  Employees  receive a bargain purchase price equivalent to 90% of the
lower of the opening or closing stock price of each calendar quarter.  Dividends
paid to the Employee  Stock Purchase Plan fund are reinvested in the fund to buy
additional  shares.  At December 31, 1994,  the balance in the plan consisted of
13,072 shares of General Housewares Corp. Common Stock (8,700 shares in 1993).

6. Employee Benefit Plans

The  Company   sponsors   four  defined   benefit   pension  plans  which  cover
substantially  all salaried and hourly  employees.  Pension benefit formulas are
related to final  average  pay or fixed  amount per year of  service.  It is the
Company's  policy to fund at least the minimum  amounts  required by  applicable
regulations.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Net periodic pension cost included the following components:
<S>                             <C>         <C>         <C>    

                                1994        1993        1992
Service cost-benefits
  earned during the period      $  458      $  410      $  375
Interest cost on projected
  benefit obligation             1,166       1,079       1,044
Actual return on plan assets       (34)     (1,180)       (865)
Net amortization and deferral     (919)        168         (58)
                                 ------      ------      ------

Net periodic pension cost       $  671      $  477      $  496
</TABLE>




                                      -28-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
The funded status of the plans as of December 31 was as follows:
<CAPTION>

                                      1994                     1993
                              Assets       Accumulated  Assets      Accumulated
                              Exceed       Benefits     Exceed      Benefits
                              Accumulated  Exceed       Accumulated Exceed
                              Benefits     Assets       Benefits    Assets
<S>                           <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>   

Accumulated benefit
  obligation
  - vested                    $12,315      $2,233       $12,405     $2,289
  - non vested                    220          47          224         45
                               12,535       2,280        12,629      2,334

Effect of projected salary
  increases                       953         -           1,002        -
Projected benefits
  obligation                   13,488       2,280        13,631      2,334

Plan assets at fair
  value                        13,090       2,172        12,898      1,895

Plan assets less than
  projected benefits
  obligation                     (398)       (108)         (733)      (439)

Unrecognized net transition
  (asset) liability              (960)        111        (1,097)       126

Unrecognized net loss from
  experience differences        2,131         672         2,282        675

Unrecognized prior service
  cost                            920         336         1,036        361

Adjustment to recognize
  minimum liability               -        (1,119)          -       (1,162)

Prepaid (accrued) pension cost
  recognized in balance
  sheet                       $ 1,693      $ (108)      $ 1,488     $ (439)

</TABLE>




                                      -29-
<PAGE>

In accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 87 -  Employers'  Accounting  for  Pensions,  the  Company  has  recorded an
additional  minimum  liability at December 31, 1994 and 1993,  representing  the
excess of the accumulated  benefit obligation over the fair value of plan assets
and prepaid  pension  asset.  The minimum  liability for plans with  accumulated
benefits in excess of assets of $ 1,119 at December 31, 1994,  has been included
in the  Company's  consolidated  balance sheet as a deferred  liability  with an
offset in other intangible assets and equity. In addition,  a deferred tax asset
of $298 has been recognized for the minimum liability charge to equity.

The actuarial present value of the projected benefit  obligation at December 31,
1994 and 1993, was determined using a weighted average discount rate of 8.0% and
7.5%, respectively,  and a rate of increase in future compensation levels of 4%.
The  weighted  average  expected  long-term  rate of return on assets  was 9% at
December 31, 1994 and 1993. As of December 31, 1994,  approximately  59% (1993 -
33%) of the plan's assets were invested in fixed income funds.

In addition to the defined  benefit  plans  described  above,  the Company  also
sponsors  a 401 (K) plan for all  full-time  employees.  The  Company  matches a
portion of each employee  contribution.  The Company's  contribution expense was
$302 in 1994 ($335 in 1993 and $306 in 1992).

The Company maintains a non-qualified,  unfunded deferred  compensation plan for
certain key executives providing payments upon retirement.  The present value of
the deferred  compensation  is included in deferred  liabilities  and the annual
charge to earnings is not significant.




                                      -30-
<PAGE>

7.  Income Taxes

The components of the provision for income taxes were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              1994              1993              1992
<S>                           <C>               <C>               <C>    

Current income tax expense:
  Federal                     $2,382            $2,043            $1,987
  State                          352               370               212
Total current income tax      ------            ------            ------
  expense                      2,734             2,413             2,199
Deferred federal income tax
  expense (benefit)             (546)             (333)              400
                              ======            ======            ======
Total income tax expense:     $2,188            $2,080            $2,599

</TABLE>


The Company did not have a significant  source of foreign  income in each of the
years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992.

A reconciliation  of the federal  statutory rate to the Company's  effective tax
rate is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Percent of pretax income
                              1994        1993         1992
<S>                           <C>         <C>          <C>    

Federal statutory rate        34.0%       34.0%        34.0%
State income taxes, net
  of federal income tax
  benefit                      4.7         4.8         2.0
Amortization of excess
  purchase price               4.0         3.9         2.8
Prior years accrual
  adjustment                   1.4        (2.5)         -
Miscellaneous items             .2          .5        (1.6)
                              ----        ----        ----
                              44.3%       40.7%       37.2%

</TABLE>




                                      -31-
<PAGE>

Federal income tax returns for all years prior to 1991 are closed.  The Internal
Revenue  Service is currently  conducting a review of the  Company's tax returns
for  the  years  1991-1993.  The  Company  believes  that it has  made  adequate
provision  for income  taxes that may become  payable  with respect to the years
under review.

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) are comprised of the following at December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     1994       1993
<S>                                  <C>        <C>    

Gross deferred tax assets:

Accounts receivable
  allowances                         $849         $404
Vacation                              210          200
Self-insurance                        119          300
Pension                               509          388
Environmental reserve                 539          338
Other, miscellaneous                  355          351
                                   ------       ------
Gross deferred tax assets          $2,581       $1,981

<CAPTION>

Gross deferred tax liabilities:
<S>                                <C>          <C>    
Property, plant and equipment     ($1,296)      ($1,646)
Pension                              (912)        (746)
Other current receivables            (136)          -
Other, miscellaneous                 (264)        (230)
                                  --------     --------
Gross deferred tax liabilities    ($2,608)     ($2,622)

                                  ========     ========
Net deferred tax
  liabilities                      ($  27)     ($  641)

</TABLE>

Cash paid for income taxes during 1994 was $1,659 (1993 - $1,939; 1992 - $1,988)




                                      -32-
<PAGE>

8.  Operating Leases

The Company  principally leases  warehouses,  administrative  offices,  computer
equipment  and retail  outlet  store  space.  Certain of the retail store leases
provide for contingent  rental payments,  generally based on the sales volume of
the  applicable  retail unit.  All of these leases are  classified  as operating
leases.

Future minimum annual lease payments under these operating leases,  the majority
of which have initial or remaining  non-cancelable  lease terms in excess of one
year, were as follows at December 31, 1994:

             1995             $1,395
             1996              1,127
             1997              1,042
             1998                732
             1999                417
             Later Years         343

Certain leases  require  payments of real estate taxes,  insurance,  repairs and
other charges.  Total rental  expense was $1,455 in 1994 (1993 - $1,106;  1992 -
$840).

9. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

The Company is currently involved in the review and evaluation,  or remediation,
of seven  sites  posing  potential  or  identified  environmental  contamination
problems.  Based on information currently available,  management's best estimate
of probable  remediation costs,  recorded as a liability,  is $1,549 at December
31,  1994 ($994 at  December  31,  1993) -- which  aggregate  amount  management
believes will be paid out during the course of the next five years.  The Company
expects  that it will  recover  approximately  $400 from  unaffiliated  sources.
Within  a  range  of  reasonably  possible   environmental  cleanup  liabilities
established  on  the  basis  of  current  information,  the  recorded  liability
represents  approximately  90% of the currently  estimable maximum loss that has
been identified by the Company and its environmental advisors. While neither the
timing  nor the  amount of the  ultimate  costs  associated  with  environmental
matters  can be  accurately  determined,  management  does not expect that these
matters  will have a material  effect on the  Company's  consolidated  financial
position, results of operations or cash flow.

Item  9.  Changes  in and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
          Financial Disclosure

There have been no changes in or  disagreements  with the Company's  independent
accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.




                                      -33-
<PAGE>

PART III

     The information  required by Part III, Items 10, 11, 12 and 13 with respect
to the directors and executive  officers of the Company has been omitted because
this  information  appears  on pages 1 to 9 of the  Company's  definitive  proxy
statement  which the Company  expects to file with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission on or prior to March 31, 1995,  and which is  incorporated  herein by
reference,  except with respect to the identification and business experience of
executive  officers  required  by Item 10,  which is set forth under the caption
"Executive  Officers of the Company" in Part I of this Report. The Report of the
Compensation  Committee and the Performance  Graph, which begin on page 9 and on
page 12,  respectively,  of the Company's  definitive proxy  statement,  are not
incorporated by reference.

PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

          (a)  1.  Financial  Statements  - See  item  8 -  index  to  financial
                   statements.

          (a)  2.  Financial  Statement  Schedule  -  See  item  8  -  index  to
                   financial statements.

          (a)  3.  Exhibits

          3.(i)    Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  filed  May 7, 1987
                   (filed as Exhibit 3 to the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form
                   10-K for the year ended December 31, 1988,  and  incorporated
                   herein by reference).

            (ii)   By-laws as amended February 7, 1995.

          5.       Rights  Agreement  dated as of February  22, 1989 (filed with
                   the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  as an Exhibit to a
                   Registration  Statement on Form 8-A, and incorporated  herein
                   by reference).

          10.      Material Contracts

                  10.1   Note Purchase Agreement,  dated November 30, 1994 among
                         the Company and certain institutional investors.

                  10.2   Credit Agreement,  dated November 30, 1994, between the
                         Company and Harris Trust and Savings Bank as agent, and
                         The First National Bank of Chicago.

                  *10b.  Employment  and  Consulting  Agreement,  dated  July 1,
                         1990,  between  the  Company  and John H.  Muller,  Jr.
                         (filed as Exhibit 10b to the Company's Annual Report on
                         Form 10-K for the year ended  December  31,  1990,  and
                         incorporated herein by reference).




                                      -34-
<PAGE>

                  *10c.  Compensation  Agreement,  dated August 7, 1987, between
                         the Company and Paul A. Saxton  relating to  retirement
                         and termination  arrangements  (filed as Exhibit 10c to
                         the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                         ended  December 31, 1992,  and  incorporated  herein by
                         reference).

                  *10e.  Employment Agreement, dated April 12, 1990, between the
                         Company  and  Robert L.  Gray,  relating,  among  other
                         matters, to termination  arrangements (filed as Exhibit
                         10e to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                         year ended December 31, 1992, and  incorporated  herein
                         by reference).

                 *10f.   The Company's  Severance  Compensation Plan, as amended
                         and restated  August 6, 1985, in which all of the named
                         executive officers participate, and form of designation
                         of participation.

                  11a.   Computation of primary earnings per share.

                  21.    Subsidiaries of the registrant.

                  23.    Consent of Price Waterhouse,  independent  accountants,
                         to the incorporation by reference  constituting part of
                         Registration  Statements  on Form S-8  (Nos.  33-33328,
                         2-77798 and 33-48336) of their report dated January 30,
                         1995.

                  99.    Audited financial  statements of the Company's Employee
                         Stock Purchase Plan.

*         Represents  a  contract,   plan  or  arrangement   pursuant  to  which
          compensation or benefits are provided to certain Executive Officers or
          Directors of the Company.

          (b)       Reports on Form 8-K

          Form 8-K was filed  during the last  quarter of 1994  documenting  the
acquisition  of the assets of Walter  Absil  Company  Limited and Olfa  Products
Corp. and is incorporated herein by reference.




                                      -35-
<PAGE>

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  registrant  has duly  caused  this Report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

             GENERAL HOUSEWARES CORP.

By           /s/ Robert L. Gray
             Robert L. Gray                                              3/28/94
             Vice President, Finance and Treasurer                       Date
             Principal Financial Officer

By           /s/ Stephen M. Evans                                        3/28/94
             Stephen M. Evans                                            Date
             Corporate Controller
             Principal Accounting Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report
has been signed below by the following  persons on behalf of the  registrant and
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

             /s/ Paul A. Saxton                                          3/28/94
             Paul A. Saxton                                              Date
             Chairman of the Board
             President and Chief Executive Officer

             /s/ Charles E. Bradley                                      3/28/94
             Charles E. Bradley - Director                               Date
                  
             /s/ John S. Crowley                                         3/28/94
             John S. Crowley - Director                                  Date
      
             /s/ Thomas L. Francis                                       3/28/94
             Thomas L. Francis - Director                                Date
      
             /s/ Joseph Hinsey IV                                        3/28/94
             Joseph Hinsey IV - Director                                 Date
    
             /s/ Ann Manix                                               3/28/94
             Ann Manix  - Director                                       Date

             /s/ John H. Muller, Jr.                                     3/28/94
             John H. Muller, Jr. - Director                              Date

             /s/ Phillip A. Ranney                                       3/28/94
             Phillip A. Ranney - Director                                Date


                                      -37-
<PAGE>

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
                                                               
 Exhibit No.                                                   
           
         3(ii)  Amended By-Laws        

         10.1   Note Purchase Agreement 

         10.2   Corporate Credit Agreement 

         11a    Computation of primary earnings per share         

         21     Subsidiaries of the registrant                    

         23     Consent of Price Waterhouse                       

         27     Financial Data Schedule           

         99     Financial statements of the Company's Employee    
                  Stock Purchase Plan




                          GENERAL HOUSEWARES CORP.

                                RESTATED BY-LAWS

                          As Amended February 7, 1995

                                   ARTICLE I

                                    Offices

SECTION 1. Principal  Office.  The principal  office or place of business of the
Corporation  in the State shall be the  Corporation's  registered  office in the
City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

SECTION 2. Other Offices.  The  Corporation  may also have offices at such other
places both  within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of  Directors
may from time to time determine or as the business of the  Corporation  may from
time to time require.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  Stockholders

SECTION 1. Place of Meeting.  All meetings of the stockholders  shall be held at
the  registered  office of the  Corporation  in the State of Delaware or at such
other place  within or without the State of Delaware as may from time to time be
designated by the Board of Directors or as stated in the notice of such meeting.

SECTION 2.  Annual  Meetings.  The annual  meeting  of the  stockholders  of the
Corporation  shall be on such date and time each  year as may be  designated  by
resolution  of the  Board of  Directors  from  time to time for the  purpose  of
electing  directors for the ensuing year and for the  transaction  of such other
proper business, notice of which is given in the notice of such meeting.

SECTION 3.  Special  Meetings.  Special  meetings  of the  stockholders  for any
purpose or purposes may be called by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the
Board or the  President,  and shall be called by the Chairman of the Board,  the
President,  or  Secretary  upon  receipt  of a request  in  writing  signed by a
majority  of the Board of  Directors.  Such  request  shall state the purpose or
purposes  of the  proposed  meeting  and the  matters  proposed to be acted upon
thereat.

SECTION  4.  Notice  of  Meetings.  Not less  than 10 days nor more than 60 days
written or printed notice of every meeting of  stockholders,  stating the place,
date and time  thereof,  and, in the case of a special  meeting  (and the annual
meeting,  if so required by law),  the purpose or purposes for which the meeting
is  called,  shall be given to each  stockholder  entitled  to vote  thereat  by
leaving the same with him or at his  residence  or usual place of business or by
mailing it, postage  prepaid,  and addressed to him at his address as it appears
on the records of the Corporation.


                                      -1-
<PAGE>

                  No notice of the time,  date,  place or purpose of any meeting
of  stockholders  need be given to any  stockholder  entitled to such notice who
attends  in person  or is  represented  by proxy  (except  when the  stockholder
attends a meeting for the express  purpose of objecting at the  beginning of the
meeting to the  transaction  of any  business on the grounds that the meeting is
not lawfully called or convened),  or to any stockholder entitled to such notice
who, in writing executed and filed with the records of the meeting either before
or after the time  thereof,  waives  such  notice.  Neither  the  business to be
transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual or special meeting of stockholders
need be specified in any such written waiver of notice.

SECTION 5. Record Dates.  The Board of Directors may fix in advance a date,  not
exceeding 60 days  preceding the date of any meeting of  stockholders  or of any
express consent to corporate  action in writing without a meeting,  any dividend
payment date, any date of any other distribution,  any date for the allotment of
any rights, or any date for the exercise of any rights in respect of any change,
conversion  or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful  action,
and, in the case of any  meeting of  stockholders,  not less than 10 days,  as a
record date for the  determination of the stockholders  entitled to notice of or
to vote at such  meeting or to express  consent to  corporate  action in writing
without a meeting,  or entitled to receive such dividends or other distributions
or rights,  or to exercise  such rights in respect of any change,  conversion or
exchange of stock,  or for the purpose of any other lawful  action,  as the case
may be; and only  stockholders  of record on such  dates  shall be  entitled  to
notice of and to vote at such meeting or to express consent to corporate  action
in  writing   without  a  meeting,   or  to  receive  such  dividends  or  other
distributions  or rights,  or to exercise  such rights in respect of any change,
conversion or exchange of stock, as the case may be.

SECTION 6. List of Stockholders  Entitled to Vote. The officer who has charge of
the stock ledger of the  Corporation  shall  prepare and make,  at least 10 days
before  every  meeting  of  stockholders,  a complete  list of the  stockholders
entitled to vote at the meeting,  arranged in alphabetical order and showing the
address and number of shares  registered in the name of each  stockholder.  Such
list  shall  be open to the  examination  of any  stockholder,  for any  purpose
germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least
10 days  prior to the  meeting,  either  at a place  within  the city  where the
meeting is to be held or, if such place is not  specified  in the notice of such
meeting,  at the place where the meeting is to be held; and such list shall also
be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting  during the whole time
thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

SECTION 7. Quorum,  Adjournment of Meetings.  The presence in person or by proxy
of the holders of record of a majority of the shares of stock of the Corporation
issued and  outstanding  and  entitled to be voted  thereat  shall  constitute a
quorum at all meetings of  stockholders,  except as otherwise may be required by
law.  In the  absence of a quorum,  the  holders of record of a majority  of the
shares of stock  present in person or by proxy and entitled to be voted  thereat
shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time,  without notice other
than an  announcement  at the meeting of the time and place of such  adjournment
(except as otherwise  provided in this SECTION 7) until the requisite  number of
shares of stock  entitled to be voted at such meeting shall be present in person
or by proxy.  At any such  adjourned  meeting at which the  requisite  number of
shares of stock  entitled to be voted  thereat  shall be present in person or by
proxy,  any business may be transacted  which might have been  transacted at the
meeting as originally called and notified.

                  A  determination  of stockholders of record entitled to notice
of or to vote at a meeting of  stockholders  shall apply to any  adjournment  of
such  meeting  unless the Board of  Directors  fixes a new  record  date for the
adjourned meeting. If an adjournment of any meeting of stockholders shall be for
more than 30 days,  or if after  adjournment  a new record  date is fixed by the
Board of Directors  for the  adjourned  meeting,  a notice of adjourned  meeting
shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to notice of or to vote at
the meeting.

SECTION 8.  Conduct of  Meetings.  The  meetings  of the  stockholders  shall be
presided  over by the Chairman of the Board or the  President,  or if neither be
present, by a Vice President, or if none of them is present, by a chairman to be
elected at the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation,  if present, shall act
as secretary of such meeting,  or if he is not present,  an Assistant  Secretary
shall so act, or if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present,
then the meeting shall elect its secretary.

SECTION 9. Voting and Inspectors. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting
of stockholders or to consent or dissent to corporate  action in writing without
a meeting may vote,  consent or dissent in person or by proxy, but no proxy need
be sealed,  witnessed or acknowledged.  No proxy may be voted upon or acted upon
after three  years from its date  unless  such proxy shall  provide for a longer
period.

                  All  elections  shall be had and all  questions  decided  by a
majority of the votes cast at a duly  constituted  meeting,  except as otherwise
required  by the  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  these  By-Laws  or a specific

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

statutory  provision  superseding  requirements  contained in the Certificate of
Incorporation or in these By-Laws.

                  At any election of directors, the chairman of the meeting may,
and if  required by law,  shall,  appoint  one or more  inspectors  or judges of
election who shall first subscribe an oath or affirmation to execute  faithfully
their duties at such election with strict impartiality and according to the best
of their ability,  and shall after the election make a certificate of the result
of the vote taken.  No candidate  for the office of director  shall be appointed
such inspector or judge.

                  All  elections of directors  shall be by written  ballot.  The
chairman of the  meeting may cause the vote to be taken on any other  matters to
be by written ballot.

SECTION  10.  Validity  of  Proxies  and  Ballots.   At  every  meeting  of  the
stockholders,  all  proxies  shall be  received  and taken in charge of, and all
ballots,  if any,  shall be received  and  canvassed  by, the  secretary  of the
meeting,  who shall decide all questions  touching the  qualification of voters,
the validity of the proxies,  and the  acceptance or rejection of votes,  unless
inspectors or judges of election shall have been appointed,  in which event such
inspectors or judges of election shall so act.

                                  ARTICLE III

                               Board of Directors

SECTION 1. General Powers.  The business property and affairs of the Corporation
shall be conducted  and managed under the  supervision  of a Board of Directors.
The Board of Directors shall have and exercise, or cause to be exercised, in the
name and on behalf of the Corporation all the powers of the Corporation,  except
those  conferred  upon or reserved to  stockholders  expressly  by statute,  the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

SECTION 2.  Number and Tenure of Office.  The number of  directors  which  shall
constitute  the whole  Board  shall be such as from time to time may be fixed by
resolution of the Board of Directors at a duly held regular or special  meeting,
but in no case  shall the  number be less than  three.  The  directors  shall be
classified  with respect to the time for which they shall  severally hold office
by  dividing  them into three  classes,  each class to consist of such number of
directors as the  directors  may  determine,  provided  that the whole number of
directors  of any class shall not exceed the whole  number of  directors  of any
other class by more than one. At each annual meeting, the successors to the

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

directors of the class whose terms shall expire in that year shall be elected to
hold office for a term of three years from the date of their  election and until
the election and qualification of their  successors,  so that the term of office
of one  class of  directors  shall  expire  in each  year.  Notwithstanding  the
provisions of this SECTION 2 of ARTICLE III,  whenever the holders of any series
of non-voting  Preferred Stock shall be entitled,  voting separately as a class,
to elect  directors,  the terms of all  directors  elected by such holders shall
expire on the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not
be stockholders.

SECTION 3. Vacancies.  In case of any vacancy in the Board of Directors  through
death,  resignation,  removal,  increase  in the number of  directors,  or other
cause,  such  vacancy may be filled by the vote of a majority  of the  remaining
directors,  although such majority shall not constitute a quorum.  Any successor
director so elected  shall hold office for the  unexpired  term of the  director
whose office has been vacated.

SECTION 4. Removal of  Directors.  Any director may be removed from office,  for
cause at any time,  by the vote of at least  two-thirds  of the  whole  Board of
Directors or by the vote at a special meeting,  called for such purpose,  of the
holders of at least  two-thirds of all shares  outstanding  and entitled to vote
for the election of directors.

SECTION 5. Place of Meeting; Maintenance of Books and Records. The directors may
hold their meetings,  whether regular or special, and keep the books, records of
account and stock ledgers of the Corporation  either within or without the State
of Delaware, at any office or offices of the Corporation or at any place as they
may from time to time by resolution  determine,  or, in the case of meetings, as
shall be specified or fixed in the  respective  notices,  waivers of notice,  or
consents with respect thereto.

SECTION 6. Regular Meeting.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be
held at such times and at such  places  either  within or  without  the State of
Delaware  as the  directors  may from time to time  determine.  No notice of any
regular meeting need be given to any director,  except as otherwise  provided in
ARTICLE XI hereof.

                  The annual meeting of the Board of Directors  shall be held as
soon as  practicable  after  the  annual  meeting  of the  stockholders  for the
election of directors,  and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary if held
at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders  following such meeting,
except as otherwise provided in ARTICLE XI hereof.

SECTION 7. Special  Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be
held from time to time at such  places  either  within or  without  the State of
Delaware upon call of the Chairman of the Board or the President, or by a quorum
of the Board,  by written notice duly served on each director,  sent by means of
electronic transmission or mailed, postage prepaid, to each director at his

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

address as it appears on the records of the Corporation,  not less than 48 hours
before such  meeting.  No notice need be given to any  director  who attends the
meeting in person or to any director who, in writing executed and filed with the
records of the meeting either before or after the holding  thereof,  waives such
notice.  Such notice or waiver of notice may but need not state the  business to
be transacted at, or the purpose or purposes of, such meeting.

SECTION 8. Quorum. One-third of the total number of directors shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of any and all business, provided that a quorum shall
in no case be less than two  directors.  If at any  meeting  of the Board  there
shall be less than a quorum  present,  a majority  of those  present  shall have
power to  adjourn  the  meeting  from time to time,  without  notice  other than
announcement  at the  meeting of the time and place of such  adjourned  meeting,
until  a  quorum  shall  have  been  obtained.  The act of the  majority  of the
directors  present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of
the Board, except as may be otherwise  specifically  provided by statute, by the
Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws.

SECTION  9.  Committees.  The  Board  of  Directors  may  at  any  time,  by the
affirmative  vote of a  majority  of the whole  Board,  appoint  from  among its
members  an  Executive  Committee  composed  of two or more  directors,  and may
delegate by resolution to such  Executive  Committee,  in the intervals  between
meetings  of the Board of  Directors,  any or all of the  powers of the Board of
Directors respecting the business, affairs and property of the Corporation,  and
the power to authorize the seal of the  Corporation  to be affixed to all papers
which may require it; provided,  however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to
prohibit the  designation of additional  committees for limited and  appropriate
purposes with such memberships as may be provided in the resolution of the Board
of Directors designating any such committee.  In the absence or disqualification
of any member of any such committee at a meeting thereof,  the member or members
thereof present at such meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not
he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint a member of the Board of
Directors to act at such meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified
member.  All such committees shall report the action taken or principal  matters
considered to the Board of Directors at the next  succeeding  regular or special
meeting,  and any  action by the  committees  which in all  cases  shall be by a
majority of those present at a meeting at which there is quorum shall be subject
to revision and alteration by the Board of Directors, provided that no rights of
third persons shall be affected by any such revision or alteration. The Board of
Directors  may at any time, by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the whole
Board,  remove, with or without cause, any member of any such committee and fill
vacancies therein.
                                      -6-
<PAGE>

SECTION 10. Informal Action. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any
meeting of the Board of Directors,  or of any committee,  may be taken without a
meeting,  if consents in  writing,  setting  forth such action are signed by all
members  of the  Board or of such  committee,  as is the  case may be,  and such
written  consents are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or such
committee.

SECTION  11.  Compensation.  Directors  and  members  of  any  committee  of the
Corporation   contemplated  by  these  By-Laws  or  otherwise  provided  for  by
resolution  of the  Board of  Directors  who are not  salaried  officers  of the
Corporation  shall, in consideration of their serving as such,  receive from the
Corporation  such amount per annum or such fees,  for  attendance at meetings of
the Board of Directors or of such committee, or both, as the Board may from time
to time determine.

                  All directors and members of any such committee  shall receive
reimbursement  for the reasonable  expenses  incurred by them in connection with
their  attendance  at  meetings  or the  performance  of their  duties.  Nothing
contained  herein shall  preclude  any director or any member of such  committee
from serving the  Corporation in any other  capacity and receiving  compensation
therefor.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    Officers

SECTION 1.  Election;  Appointment;  Vacancies.  The  executive  officers of the
Corporation  shall  be  chosen  by the  Board  of  Directors  as  soon as may be
practicable  after the annual meeting of stockholders.  Such executive  officers
may  include a Chairman  of the Board,  a Vice  Chairman of the Board and one or
more Vice President and shall include a President,  a Secretary and a Treasurer.
The Board of Directors may also in its discretion appoint Assistant Secretaries,
Assistant Treasurers, a Controller,  Assistant Controllers,  and other officers,
agents and  employees,  or may, by  resolution  delegate  this  authority to the
Chairman of the Board or President of the  Corporation.  The Board of Directors,
or the Chairman of the Board or President if authorized  as aforesaid,  may fill
any vacancy  which may occur in any office,  except that  vacancies in executive
offices shall be filled by the Board of Directors. Any number of offices, except
those of President and Vice President and those of Treasurer and Controller, may
be held by the same person, but no officer shall execute,  acknowledge or verify
any instrument in more than one capacity, if such instrument is required by law,
these  By-Laws or otherwise to be executed,  acknowledged  or verified by two or
more officers.

SECTION 2. Tenure of Office; Removal.  Executive officers, and other officers if
to be elected by the Board,  shall be elected at the first  meeting of the Board

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

of Directors, or as soon thereafter as practicable,  after the annual meeting of
stockholders  to hold office until their  successors  are chosen and  qualified.
Other  officers,  if  appointed  by the  Chairman of the Board or  President  as
provided in SECTION 1 of this ARTICLE  IV.,  shall have a tenure in office until
their  successors  be chosen and  qualified.  Executive  officers  and any other
officers,  agents,  or employees elected by the Board may be removed from office
at any time with or without cause by the Board of Directors and officers, agents
or employees  appointed by the Chairman of the Board or President as  aforesaid,
may be removed from office at any time with or without cause by such officers or
by the Board of Directors,  but any such removal  shall be without  prejudice to
contractual  rights with the Corporation,  if any, of the officers,  agents,  or
employees so removed.

SECTION 3. Powers and Duties.  Officers,  agents and  employees  shall have such
powers and duties in the management of the business, property and affairs of the
Corporation as are provided by statute,  the  Certificate of  Incorporation  and
these By-Laws,  as well as such powers and duties as generally  pertain to their
respective  offices  and such  powers  and  duties  as may from  time to time be
conferred by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4. Salaries.  The salaries of all officers,  agents and employees of the
Corporation  shall be fixed by or  pursuant  to the  authority  of the  Board of
Directors.

SECTION 5. Fidelity Bonds. The Board of Directors may require any officer, agent
or employee of the  Corporation  to give bond for the faithful  discharge of his
duties,  in such sum and of such  character as the Board of  Directors  may from
time to time prescribe.

                                   ARTICLE V

                              Checks, Notes, Etc.

                  All checks and drafts on the  Corporation's  bank accounts and
all bills of exchange and promissory  notes,  and all  acceptances,  guarantees,
obligations,  evidences of indebtedness and other instruments for the payment of
money, and all certificates or other instruments  representing the Corporation's
stock or other  securities,  and any  indentures,  mortgages or agreements  with
respect thereto,  shall be signed by such officer or officers,  agent or agents,
as shall be thereunto authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE VI

                                 Capital Stock

SECTION 1.  Certificate  of Shares.  The  interest  of each  stockholder  of the
Corporation  shall be evidenced by certificates for shares of stock in such form
as the Board of Directors  may from time to time  prescribe,  except  insofar as
provided  by law.  No  certificate  shall be valid  unless  it is  signed by the
Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President,  and by the Secretary,
an  Assistant  Secretary,  the  Treasurer  or  an  Assistant  Treasurer  of  the
Corporation  and sealed with its seal (which seal may be in  facsimile),  and if
such  certificate  is  countersigned  by a  transfer  agent or  registered  by a
registrar  (in each case  other  than the  Corporation  or its  employees),  the
signatures of the aforesaid officers of the Corporation may be by facsimile.  In
the  event  that any such  officer  so  signing  a  certificate  manually  or by
facsimile is no longer an officer of the Corporation or holds a different office
at the time the  certificate is issued,  shall have the same force and effect as
if such  officer  held at such  time the  office  held by him  when so  signing,
whether manually or by facsimile, the certificate.

SECTION 2. Transfer of Shares.  Shares of the Corporation  shall be transferable
on the books of the  Corporation  by the holder thereof in person or by his duly
authorized attorney or legal representative,  upon surrender and cancellation of
certificates  for the same  number of shares of the same class or  series,  duly
endorsed or accompanied by proper  instruments of assignment and transfer,  with
such proof of the authenticity of the signature as the Corporation or its agents
may reasonably require. The Board of directors shall designate an officer of the
Corporation  to act as  transfer  clerk in the absence of the  appointment  of a
transfer agent.

SECTION 3. Stock Ledgers.  The stock ledgers of the Corporation,  containing the
names and  addresses of the  stockholders  and the number of shares held by them
respectively,  shall be kept at the office of the Secretary of the  Corporation,
whether within or without the State of Delaware,  in the custody of the transfer
clerk or, if the  Corporation  employs a transfer  agent,  at the offices ofsuch
transfer agent,  and shall during the usual business hours of every business day
be open for  inspection  and for  copying  for any proper  purpose by any person
authorized  by the  laws  of the  State  of  Delaware  and  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation to do so.

SECTION 4. Lost,  Stolen or Destroyed  Certificates.  The Board of Directors may
determine the conditions upon which a new certificate representing shares of any
class or series may be issued in place of a certificate which is alleged to have
been lost stolen or destroyed;  and may, in their discretion,  require the owner

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

of such  certificate or his legal  representative  to give bond, with sufficient
surety to the  Corporation  and the transfer  agent, if any, to indemnify it and
such transfer agent against any and all loss or claims which may arise by reason
of the issue of a new  certificate  in the  place of the one so lost,  stolen or
destroyed.

                                  ARTICLE VII

                                 Corporate Seal

                  The corporate  seal shall have  inscribed  thereon the name of
the  Corporation,  the year of its  organization,  the  words  "Corporate  Seal,
Delaware",  and such other  inscriptions,  if any, as the Board of Directors may
from time to time  determine.  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile
thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                  Fiscal Year

                  The fiscal year of the Corporation  shall cover such period of
12 calendar  months as the Board of Directors may  determine.  In the absence of
any such  determination,  the  accounts  of the  Corporation  shall be kept on a
calendar year basis.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                     Voting the Stock of Other Corporations

                  Any stock or other securities of other corporations, which may
from time to time be held by the  Corporation,  may be represented  and voted at
any meeting of  stockholders or security  holders of such other  corporations by
the  Chairman  of the  Board,  the  President,  or  any  Vice  President  of the
Corporation,  or by proxy or proxies  appointed by any such person, or otherwise
pursuant  to  authorization  thereunto  given  by  resolution  of the  Board  of
Directors.

                                   ARTICLE X

               Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Others

SECTION 1. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.  The Corporation shall, to
the fullest extent  permitted by applicable  law,  indemnify any person (and the
heirs,  executors and administrators  thereof) who was or is made, or threatened
to be made, a party to an action, suit or proceeding,  whether civil,  criminal,
administrative or investigative,  whether involving any actual or alleged breach
of duty,  neglect  or  error,  any  accountability,  or any  actual  or  alleged
misstatement,  misleading statement or other act or omission and whether brought

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

or  threatened in any court or  administrative  or  legislative  body or agency,
including an action by or in the right of the  Corporation to procure a judgment
in its favor and an  action by or in the right of any other  corporation  of any
type or kind,  domestic or foreign,  or any partnership,  joint venture,  trust,
employee benefit plan or other enterprise,  which any director or officer of the
Corporation  is  serving  or  served  in  any  capacity  at the  request  of the
Corporation,  by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was
a director  or officer of the  Corporation,  or is serving or served  such other
corporation,  partnership,  joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise  in  any  capacity,   against  judgments,   fines,  amounts  paid  in
settlement, and costs, charges and expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred
therein or in any appeal thereof.

SECTION 2.  Indemnification  of Others.  The  Corporation  shall indemnify other
persons and reimburse the expenses thereof, to the extent required by applicable
law, and may indemnify any other person to whom the  Corporation is permitted to
provide  indemnification  of the  advancement of expenses,  whether  pursuant to
rights granted pursuant to, or provided by, the Delaware General Corporation Law
or otherwise.

SECTION 3. Advances or Reimbursement of Expenses.  The Corporation  shall,  from
time to time,  reimburse or advance to any person  referred to in SECTION 1 upon
receipt of a written  undertaking  by or on behalf of such  person to repay such
amount(s) if a judgment or other final  adjudication  adverse to the director or
officer  establishes  that (i) his acts were  committed in bad faith or were the
result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, if either case, were material to
the  cause  of  action  so  adjudicated,  (ii) he  personally  gained  in fact a
financial  profit or other  advantage to which he was not legally  entitled,  or
(iii) his conduct was  otherwise  of a character  such that  Delaware  law would
require that such amount(s) be repaid.

SECTION 4. Service of Certain Entities Deemed Requested. Any director or officer
of the  Corporation  serving (i) another  corporation of which a majority of the
shares  entitled  to  vote  in the  election  of its  directors  is  held by the
Corporation,  or  (ii)  any  employee  benefit  plan of the  Corporation  or any
corporation  referred to in clause (i),  in any  capacity  shall be deemed to be
doing so at the request of the Corporation.

SECTION 5.  Interpretation.  Any person  entitled  to be  indemnified  or to the
reimbursement  or  advancement of expenses as a matter of right pursuant to this
Article  may  elect to have the  right to  indemnification  (or  advancement  of
expenses)  interpreted  on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the time
of the  occurrence  of the event or events  giving rise to the  action,  suit or
proceeding,  to the extent  permitted by applicable  law, or on the basis of the
applicable law in effect at the time indemnification is sought.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

SECTION  6.  Indemnification  Right.  The  right  to be  indemnified  or to  the
reimbursement  or  advancement  of expenses  pursuant  to this  Article (i) is a
contract right pursuant to which the person  entitled  thereto may bring suit as
if the provisions  hereof were set forth in a separate  written contract between
the Corporation and the director or officer,  (ii) is intended to be retroactive
and shall be available  with respect to events  occurring  prior to the adoption
hereof,  and (iii) shall  continue to exist after the  rescission or restrictive
modification hereof with respect to events occurring prior thereto.

SECTION 7.  Indemnification  Claims.  If a request to be  indemnified  or of the
reimbursement or advancement of expenses  pursuant hereto is not paid in full by
the  Corporation  within 30 days after a written  claim has been received by the
Corporation,  the  claimant  may at any time  thereafter  bring suit against the
Corporation  to recover  the unpaid  amount of the claim and, if  successful  in
whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled also to be paid the expenses of
prosecuting  such claim.  Neither the failure of the Corporation  (including its
Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made
a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of
or  reimbursement  or  advancement  of expenses to the claimant is proper in the
circumstances,  nor an actual  determination  by the Corporation  (including its
Board of Directors,  independent legal counsel,  or its  stockholders)  that the
claimant  is  not  entitled  to  indemnification  or  to  the  reimbursement  or
advancement of expenses shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption
that claimant is not so entitled.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                   Amendments

                  The By-Laws of the Corporation may be altered,  amended, added
to or  repealed  at any annual or special  meeting  of  stockholders  at which a
quorum is present or represented,  provided  notice of the proposed  alteration,
amendment, addition or repeal is set forth in the notice of such meeting, by the
affirmative  vote of a majority of the shares of stock present or represented at
such meeting and entitled to vote  thereat,  or by the Board of Directors at any
regular or special  meeting of the Board if notice of the  proposed  alteration,
amendment,  addition or repeal is contained in the notice of any such meeting or
in the  waivers or consents  with  respect  thereto.  Any action of the Board of
Directors  of the  Corporation  taken  under  this  ARTICLE  XI may be  altered,
amended,  added to or repealed  by the  stockholders  at such  meeting or at any
other meeting.  In no event shall the Board of Directors of the Corporation have
power to alter, amend, add to or repeal this ARTICLE XI.

                                   * * * * *
                                      -12-


General Housewares Re:
$20,000,000 8.41% Senior Notes
Corp. Note Agreement Dated as of November 15, 1994
Due November 15, 2004


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


                          (NOT A PART OF THE AGREEMENT

 SECTION                            HEADING                                 PAGE

SECTION 1.   DESCRIPTION OF NOTES AND COMMITMENT.......... ....................1

  Section 1.1.  Description of Notes...........................................1
  Section 1.2.  Commitment, Closing Date.......................................2
  Section 1.3.  Other Agreements...............................................2

SECTION 2.    PREPAYMENT OF NOTES..............................................2

  Section 2.1.  Required Prepayments...........................................2
  Section 2.2  Optional Prepayment with Premium................................2
  Section 2.3.  Notice of Optional Prepayments.................................3
  Section 2.4.  Application of Prepayments.....................................3
  Section 2.5.  Direct Payment.................................................3

SECTION 3.    REPRESENTATIONS..................................................4

  Section 3.1.  Representation of the Company..................................4
  Section 3.2.  Representation of the Purchaser................................4

SECTION 4.    CLOSING CONDITIONS...............................................4

  Section 4.1.  Conditions.....................................................4
  Section 4.2.  Waiver of Conditions...........................................6

SECTION 5.    COMPANY COVENANTS................................................6

  Section 5.1.  Corporate Existence, Etc.......................................6
  Section 5.2.  Insurance......................................................6
  Section 5.3.  Taxes, Claims for Labor and Materials;
                Compliance with Laws...........................................6
  Section 5.4.  Maintenance....................................................7
  Section 5.5.  Nature of Business.............................................7
  Section 5.6.  Current Ratio..................................................7
  Section 5.7.  Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio...................................7
  Section 5.8.  Consolidated Net Worth.........................................7
  Section 5.9.  Limitations on Funded Debt and Current Debt....................7
  Section 5.10. Limitation on Liens............................................8
  Section 5.11. Investments...................................................10
  Section 5.12. Restricted Payments...........................................11
  Section 4.15. Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets...................12


<PAGE>

  Section 5.14. Repurchase of Notes...........................................14
  Section 5.15. Transactions with Affiliates..................................14
  Section 5.16. Reports and Rights of Inspection..............................14

SECTION 6.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES THEREFOR.........................17

  Section 6.1.  Events of Default.............................................17
  Section 6.2.  Notice to Holders.............................................18
  Section 6.3.  Acceleration of Maturities....................................19
  Section 6.4.  Recission of Acceleration.....................................19

SECTION 7.    AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND CONSENTS................................20

  Section 7.1.  Consent Required..............................................20
  Section 7.2.  Solicitation of Holders.......................................20
  Section 7.3.  Effect of Amendment or Waiver.................................20

SECTION 8.    INTERPRETATION OF AGREEMENT; DEFINITIONS........................20

  Section 8.1.  Definitions...................................................20
  Section 8.2.  Accounting Principles.........................................28
  Section 8.3.  Directly or Indirectly........................................28

SECTION 9.    MISCELLANEOUS...................................................28

  Section 9.1.  Registered Notes..............................................28
  Section 9.2.  Exchange of Notes.............................................29
  Section 9.3.  Loss, Theft, Etc. of Notes....................................29
  Section 9.4.  Expenses, Stamp Tax Indemnity.................................29
  Section 9.5.  Powers and Rights Not Waived; Rememdies
                Cumulative....................................................30
  Section 9.6.  Notices.......................................................30
  Section 9.7.  Successors and Assigns........................................30
  Section 9.8.  Survival of Covenants and Representations.....................30
  Section 9.9.  Severability..................................................31
  Section 9.10. Governing Law.................................................31
  Section 9.11. Captions......................................................31

Signature Page................................................................32



  
                                     ii
<PAGE>

ATTACHMENTS TO NOTE AGREEMENT:


Schedule I    Names and Addresses of Purchasers and Amounts of Commitments
 
Schedule II   Description of Debt and Leases; Subsidiaries of the Company

Schedule III  Liens Existing as of the Closing Date Securing Funded Debt
               of the Company and Its Restricted Subsidiaries

Exhibit A     Form of 8.41% Senior Note Due November 15, 2004

Exhibit B     Representations and Warranties of the Company

Exhibit C     Description of Special Counsel's Closing Opinion

Exhibit D     Description of Closing Opinion of Counsel to the Company






                                      iii

<PAGE>


                            GENERAL HOUSEWARES CORP.
                               1536 Beech Street
                           Terre Haute, Indiana 47804
                                 
                                 NOTE AGREEMENT
 
Re:                        $20,000,000 8.41% Senior Notes
                             Due November 15, 2004
                                  

                                                                     Dated as of
                                                               November 15, 1994
                      

To the Purchaser named in Schedule I
hereto which is a signatory of this 
Agreement
                             
Ladies and Gentlemen:
                                   
         The undersigned, General Housewares Corp., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), agrees with you as follows:

SECTION 1.    DESCRIPTION OF NOTES AND COMMITMENT.
 
     Section 1.1. Description of Notes. The Company will authorize the issue and
sale of $20,000,000  aggregate  principal amount of its 8.41 % Senior Notes (the
"Notes") to be dated the date of issue,  to bear  interest from such date at the
rate of 8.41% per annum,  payable  semiannually  on the fifteenth day of May and
November in each year  (commencing  May 15,  1995) and at  maturity  and to bear
interest  on overdue  principal  (including  any  overdue  required  or optional
prepayment payment of principal) and premium, if any, and (to the extent legally
enforceable)  on any overdue  installment  of interest at the rate of 9.41 % per
annum after the date due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, until paid, to
be expressed to mature on November 15, 2004, and to be substantially in the form
attached  hereto as Exhibit A.  Interest  on the Notes  shall be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year of twelve  30-day  months.  The Notes are not subject to
prepayment or  redemption at the option of the Company prior to their  expressed
maturity  dates except on the terms and  conditions and the amounts and with the
premium,  if any, set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement.  The term "Notes" as
used herein shall include each Note delivered pursuant to this Agreement and the
separate  agreements with the other  purchasers named in Schedule I. You and the
other  purchasers named in Schedule I are hereinafter  sometimes  referred to as
the "Purchasers". The terms which are capitalized herein shall have the meanings
set forth in Section 8.1 unless the context shall otherwise require.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

     Section 1.2. Commitment,  Closing Date. Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof and on the basis of the  representations  and warranties  hereinafter set
forth,  the Company  agrees to issue and sell to you,  and you agree to purchase
from the Company,  Notes in the principal amount set forth opposite your name on
Schedule  I hereto at a price of 100% of the  principal  amount  thereof  on the
Closing Date hereafter mentioned.

     Delivery  of the Notes will be made at the  offices of Chapman  and Cutler,
111 West Monroe Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 60603,  against payment  therefor in
Federal  Reserve  or  other  funds  current  and  immediately  available  at the
principal  office of Harris Trust and Savings Bank,  Chicago,  Illinois,  in the
amount of the purchase price at 10:00 A.M., Chicago,  Illinois, time on November
30, 1994 or such later date as shall  mutually be agreed upon by the Company and
the Purchasers (the "Closing  Date").  The Notes delivered to you on the Closing
Date will be  delivered  to you in the form of a single  registered  Note in the
form attached  hereto as Exhibit A for the full amount of your purchase  (unless
different denominations are specified by you), registered in your name or in the
name of such nominee, as may be specified in Schedule I attached hereto.

     Section  1.3  Other  Agreements.  Simultaneously  with  the  execution  and
delivery of this Agreement, the Company is entering into similar agreements with
the other  Purchasers  under which such other  Purchasers agree to purchase from
the Company the principal amount of Notes set opposite such Purchasers' names in
Schedule I, and your obligation and the obligations of the Company hereunder are
subject to the  execution  and delivery of the similar  agreements  by the other
Purchasers. This Agreement and said similar agreements with the other Purchasers
are herein collectively referred to as the "Agreements". The obligations of each
Purchaser  shall be several  and not joint and no  Purchaser  shall be liable or
responsible for the acts of any other Purchaser.

SECTION 2. PREPAYMENT OF NOTES. 

     Section  2.1  Required  Prepayments.  In  addition  to  paying  the  entire
outstanding  principal  amount and the interest due on the Notes on the maturity
date thereof,  the Company  agrees that on November 15 in each year,  commencing
November 15, 1998 and ending November 15, 2003,  both inclusive,  it will prepay
and apply and there shall become due and payable on the  principal  indebtedness
evidenced  by the Notes an amount equal to the lesser of (a)  $2,857,142  or (b)
the  principal  amount of the  Notes  then  outstanding.  The  entire  remaining
principal amount of the Notes shall become due and payable on November 15, 2004.
No premium  shall be payable in  connection  with any required  prepayment  made
pursuant to this  Section  2.1. In the event that the Company  shall prepay less
than all of the  Notes  pursuant  to  Section  2.2  hereof,  the  amount of such
prepayment  shall be  deemed to be  applied  first to the  amount  of  principal
scheduled to be paid at maturity and then to the remaining  scheduled  principal
payments in inverse order of their scheduled maturities.
     
     Section 2.2. Optional  Prepayment with Premium. In addition to the payments
required by Section 2.1,  upon  compliance  with Section 2.3, the Company  shall
have  the  privilege,  at any  time  and  from  time to time  of  prepaying  the
outstanding Notes,  either in whole or in part (but if in part then in a minimum
principal  amount of  $1,000,000),  by  payment of the  principal  amount of the

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

Notes, or portion  thereof to be prepaid,  and accrued  interest  thereon to the
date of such prepayment, together with a premium equal to the Make-Whole Amount,
determined  as of five  Business  Days  prior  to the  date  of such  prepayment
pursuant to this Section 2.2. 

     Section 2.3. Notice of Optional  Prepayments.  The Company will give notice
of any  prepayment of the Notes  pursuant to Section 2.2 to each holder  thereof
not less  than 15 days nor more  than 60 days  before  the date  fixed  for such
optional  prepayment  specifying (a) such date, (b) the principal  amount of the
holder's  Notes to be prepaid on such date,  (c) that a premium  may be payable,
(d) the date when such premium will be  calculated,  (e) the estimated  premium,
together with a reasonably detailed  computation of such estimated premium,  and
(f) the accrued interest applicable to the prepayment. Such notice of prepayment
shall also certify all facts, if any, which are conditions precedent to any such
prepayment.  Notice of prepayment having been so given, the aggregate  principal
amount of the Notes  specified in such notice,  together  with accrued  interest
thereon and the premium,  if any,  payable with respect thereto shall become due
and payable on the prepayment  date specified in said notice.  Two Business Days
prior to the prepayment date specified in such notice, the Company shall provide
each  holder  of a Note  written  notice  of the  premium,  if any,  payable  in
connection with such prepayment  and,  whether or not any premium is payable,  a
reasonably detailed computation of the Make-Whole Amount.

     Section 2.4.  Application  of  Prepayments.  All partial  prepayments  made
pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 shall be applied on all outstanding Notes
ratably in accordance with the unpaid principal amounts thereof. 

     Section  2.5.  Direct  Payment.  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary
contained in this  Agreement or the Notes,  in the case of any Note owned by you
or your nominee or owned by any subsequent  Institutional Holder which has given
written notice to the Company requesting that the provisions of this Section 2.5
shall apply,  the Company will  punctually  pay when due the principal  thereof,
interest  thereon  and  premium,  if any,  due with  respect to said  principal,
without any  presentment  thereof,  directly to you, to your  nominee or to such
subsequent  Institutional  Holder at your address or your nominee's  address set
forth in Schedule I hereto or such other  address as you,  your  nominee or such
subsequent  Institutional  Holder may from time to time  designate in writing to
the Company or, if a bank account with a United  States bank is  designated  for
you or your nominee on Schedule I hereto or in any written notice to the Company
from you, from your nominee or from any such  subsequent  Institutional  Holder,
the Company will make such payments in immediately  available funds to such bank
account, no later than 11:00 A.M. Chicago, Illinois time on the date due, marked
for attention as indicated,  or in such other manner or to such other account in
any United States bank as you, your nominee or any such subsequent Institutional
Holder may from time to time direct in writing. If for any reason whatsoever the
Company makes any such payment after such 11:00 A.M. transmittal time on the due
date or after 11:00 A.M. Chicago,  Illinois time on any date after the due date,
such payment shall be deemed to have been made on the next following Business

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

Day and for any overdue  period such payment  shall bear interest at the rate of
9.41% per annum as provided in Section 1.1 of this Agreement.

SECTION 3   REPRESENTATIONS.   

     Section 3.1.  Representations  of the Company.  The Company  represents and
warrants that all representations and warranties set forth in Exhibit B are true
and correct as of the date hereof and are incorporated  herein by reference with
the same force and effect as though herein set forth in full.

     Section 3.2.  Representations of the Purchaser.  (a) You represent,  and in
entering into this Agreement the Company understands, that you are acquiring the
Notes for the  purpose  of  investment  and not with a view to the  distribution
thereof,  and that you have no present  intention  of  selling,  negotiating  or
otherwise  disposing  of the  Notes;  it  being  understood,  however,  that the
disposition  of your  property  shall at all  times be and  remain  within  your
control.

     (b) You further  represent  that either:  (1) you are acquiring  Notes with
assets from your general account and not with the assets of any separate account
in which any employee benefit plan has any interest; (2) no part of the funds to
be used  by you to  purchase  the  Notes  constitutes  assets  allocated  to any
separate  account  maintained  by you such that the  application  of such  funds
constitutes a prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA; or (3) all or a
part of such funds constitute assets of one or more separate accounts, trusts or
a commingled  pension  trust  maintained  by you, and you have  disclosed to the
Company the names of such  employee  benefit plans whose assets in such separate
account or  accounts  or pension  trusts  exceed 10% of the total  assets or are
expected to exceed 10% of the total assets of such account or accounts or trusts
as of the date of such  purchase and the Company has advised you in writing (and
in making the  representations  set forth in this  clause (3) you are relying on
such  advice)  that the  Company  is not a  party-in-interest  nor are the Notes
employer  securities  with  respect  to the  particular  employee  benefit  plan
disclosed  to the  Company by you as  aforesaid  (for the purpose of this clause
(3), all employee  benefit  plans  maintained  by the same  employer or employee
organization  are deemed to be a single plan).  As used in this Section  3.2(b),
the terms "Separate  Account",  "Party-in-Interest",  "Employer  Securities" and
"Employee  Benefit Plan" shall have the respective  meanings assigned to them in
ERISA.

SECTION 4.  CLOSING CONDITIONS.  

     Section  4.1.  Conditions.  Your  obligation  to purchase  the Notes on the
Closing  Date  shall  be  subject  to  the  performance  by the  Company  of its
agreements  hereunder  which by the terms hereof are to be performed at or prior
to the time of delivery  of the Notes and to the  following  further  conditions
precedent:

          (a) Closing  Certificate.  You shall have received a certificate dated
     the  Closing  Date,  signed by the  President  or a Vice  President  of the
     Company,
                                      -4-
<PAGE>

     the truth and accuracy of which shall be a condition to your  obligation to
     purchase  the Notes  proposed  to be sold to you and to the effect that (1)
     the  representations  and  warranties of the Company set forth in Exhibit B
     hereto are true and correct on and with  respect to the Closing  Date,  (2)
     the Company has performed all of its obligations  hereunder which are to be
     performed on or prior to the Closing  Date,  and (3) no Default or Event of
     Default has occurred and is continuing.

          (b) Legal  Opinions.  You shall have received from Chapman and Cutler,
     who are acting as your special counsel in this transaction, and from Gordon
     R.  Erickson,  Esq.,  General  Counsel for the  Company,  their  respective
     opinions dated the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to you,
     and  covering  the  matters  set forth in  Exhibits C and D,  respectively,
     hereto.

          (c)  Company's  Existence  and  Authority.  On or prior to the Closing
     Date,   you  shall  have  received,   in  form  and  substance   reasonably
     satisfactory to you and your special  counsel,  such documents and evidence
     with  respect  to the  Company  as you may  reasonably  request in order to
     establish   the  existence  and  good  standing  of  the  Company  and  the
     authorization of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

          (d) Related Transactions.  The Company shall have consummated the sale
     of the entire  principal  amount of the Notes  scheduled  to be sold on the
     Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement and the other  agreements  referred
     to in Section 1.3.

          (e) Private Placement Number. On or prior to the Closing Date, special
     counsel to the Purchasers shall have duly made the appropriate filings with
     Standard  &  Poor's  CUSIP  Service  Bureau,  as  agent  for  the  National
     Association  of  Insurance  Commissioners,  in  order to  obtain a  private
     placement number for the Notes.

          (f) Funding  Instructions.  At least three  Business Days prior to the
     Closing Date, you shall have received  written  instructions  executed by a
     Responsible  Officer of the Company  directing the manner of the payment of
     funds and setting  forth (1) the name and address of the  transferee  bank,
     (2) such transferee bank's ABA number, (3) the account name and number into
     which the purchase price for the Notes is to be deposited, and (4) the name
     and  telephone  number  of  the  account  representative   responsible  for
     verifying receipt of such funds.

          (g) Legality of Investment.  The Notes to be purchased by you shall be
     a legal investment for you under the laws of each jurisdiction to which you
     may be subject (without resort to any so-called "Basket Provisions" to such
     laws).

          (h) Satisfactory Proceedings. All proceedings taken in connection with
     the  transactions   contemplated  by  this  Agreement,  and  all  documents
     necessary to the  consummation  thereof,  shall be satisfactory in form and
     substance to you and your special  counsel,  and you shall have  received a
     copy (executed or certified as may be  appropriate)  of all legal documents
     or  proceedings   taken  in  connection  with  the   consummation  of  said
     transactions.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

     Section 4.2. Waiver of Conditions. If on the Closing Date the Company fails
to tender to you the Notes to be issued to you on such date or if the conditions
specified in Section 4.1 have not been fulfilled,  you may thereupon elect to be
relieved of all further  obligations under this Agreement.  Without limiting the
foregoing,  if the conditions  specified in Section 4.1 have not been fulfilled,
you may waive  compliance by the Company with any such  condition to such extent
as you may in your sole discretion determine.  Nothing in this Section 4.2 shall
operate to relieve the Company of any of its  obligations  hereunder or to waive
any of your rights against the Company.

SECTION  5.  COMPANY COVENANTS.  

     From and  after  the  Closing  Date and  continuing  so long as any  amount
remains unpaid on any Note:

     Section 5.1. Corporate  Existence,  Etc. The Company will preserve and keep
in full force and effect, and will cause each Restricted  Subsidiary to preserve
and keep in full force and effect, its corporate  existence and all licenses and
permits  necessary  to the proper  conduct of its  business,  provided  that the
foregoing shall not prevent any transaction permitted by Section 5.13.


     Section  5.2.  Insurance.  The Company will  maintain,  and will cause each
Restricted  Subsidiary to maintain,  insurance coverage by financially sound and
reputable  insurers  and in such forms and amounts and against such risks as are
customary for  corporations of established  reputation  engaged in the same or a
similar business and owning and operating similar properties.

     Section 5.3. Taxes,  Claims for Labor and Materials,  Compliance with Laws.
(a) The Company will promptly pay and discharge,  and will cause each Restricted
Subsidiary  promptly to pay and  discharge,  all lawful taxes,  assessments  and
governmental  charges or levies  imposed  upon the  Company  or such  Restricted
Subsidiary,  respectively,  or  upon  or in  respect  of all or any  part of the
property or business of the  Company or such  Restricted  Subsidiary,  all trade
accounts payable in accordance with usual and customary  business terms, and all
claims for work,  labor or  materials,  which if unpaid might become a Lien upon
any property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary;  provided the Company
or such  Restricted  Subsidiary  shall  not be  required  to pay any  such  tax,
assessment,  charge,  levy,  account  payable  or  claim  if (1)  the  validity,
applicability  or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate
actions or proceedings which will prevent the forfeiture or sale of any property
of the Company or such Restricted  Subsidiary or any material  interference with
the use  thereof  by the  Company  or such  Restricted  Subsidiary,  and (2) the
Company or such  Restricted  Subsidiary  shall set aside on its books,  reserves
deemed by it to be adequate with respect thereto.

     (b) The  Company  will  promptly  comply  and will  cause  each  Restricted
Subsidiary to promptly comply with all laws,  ordinances or  governmental  rules
and  regulations  to which it is subject,  including,  without  limitation,  the
Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Act  of  1970,  as  amended,  ERISA  and  all
Environmental Laws, the violation of which could materially and adversely affect
the properties, business, prospects, profits or conditions (financial otherwise)
of the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries  or would result in any Lien not
permitted under Section 5.10.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

     Section 5.4.  Maintenance,  Etc. The Company  will  maintain,  preserve and
keep, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to maintain,  preserve and keep,
its properties which are used or useful in the conduct of its business  (whether
owned in fee or a leasehold  interest) in good repair and working order and from
time to time  will  make  all  necessary  repairs,  replacements,  renewals  and
additions so that at all times the efficiency thereof shall be maintained.

     Section 5.5.  Nature of Business.  Neither the Company nor any  Restricted
Subsidiary  will engage in any business if, as a result,  the general  nature of
the business,  taken on a consolidated  basis, which would then be engaged in by
the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries would be substantially changed from
the general nature of the business  engaged in by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries on the date of this Agreement. 

     Section 5.6. Current Ratio. The Company will at all times keep and maintain
the ratio of Consolidated  Current Assets to Consolidated Current Liabilities at
not less than 1.5 to 1.0.

     Section  5.7.  Fixed  Charges  Coverage  Ratio.  The Company  will keep and
maintain the ratio of Earnings  Available  for Fixed Charges to Fixed Charges as
of the end of each fiscal quarter for the immediately  preceding  period of four
consecutive  fiscal quarters (taken as a single  accounting  period) at not less
than 1.75 to 1.00.

     Section 5.8. Consolidated Net Worth. The Company will at all times keep and
maintain  Consolidated  Net  Worth at an  amount  not  less  than the sum of (i)
$40,000,000  plus (ii) 50% of  positive  Consolidated  Net Income  earned by the
Company  during each  completed  fiscal  quarter on a cumulative  basis (without
deduction  for a net loss  during a fiscal  quarter)  from  September  30,  1994
through and including the date of determination.

     Section 5.9.  Limitation on Funded Debt and Current  Debt.  (a) The Company
will not create,  assume,  guarantee or  otherwise  incur or in any manner be or
become liable in respect of any Funded Debt, and the Company will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to create, assume,  guarantee or otherwise incur or in any
manner be or become  liable  in  respect  of any  Current  Debt or Funded  Debt,
except:

          (1) Funded Debt evidenced by the Notes;

          (2) Funded Debt of the Company and Current Debt and Funded Debt of its
     Restricted  Subsidiaries  outstanding  as of the date of this Agreement and
     described on Schedule II hereto;

          (3) other Funded Debt of the Company and other Current Debt and Funded
     Debt of its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that at the time of creation,

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

     issuance,  assumption,  guarantee  or  incurrence  thereof and after giving
     effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof:

               (i)  Consolidated  Funded  Debt will not exceed 50% of the sum of
          (A) Consolidated Funded Debt plus (B) Consolidated Net Worth, and

               (ii) in the case of the  issuance of any  Current  Debt or Funded
          Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary other than Current Debt or Funded Debt
          described in Section  5.9(a)(4),  the aggregate amount of Current Debt
          and Funded Debt of all Restricted Subsidiaries shall not exceed 10% of
          Consolidated Net Worth; and

          (4) Current  Debt or Funded  Debt of a  Restricted  Subsidiary  to the
     Company or to a Wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary.

     (b) The renewal, extension or refunding of any Funded Debt or Current Debt,
issued,  incurred or outstanding pursuant to Section 5.9(a) shall constitute the
issuance of  additional  Funded Debt or Current  Debt, as the case may be, which
is, in turn, subject to the limitations of the applicable  provisions of Section
5.9(a).

     (c) Any corporation  which becomes a Restricted  Subsidiary  after the date
hereof  shall for all  purposes of this  Section 5.9 be deemed to have  created,
assumed or incurred at the time it becomes a  Restricted  Subsidiary  all Funded
Debt and Current Debt of such corporation  existing immediately after it becomes
a Restricted Subsidiary.

     Section  5.10.  Limitation  on Liens.  The Company  will not,  and will not
permit any Restricted  Subsidiary to, create or incur,  or suffer to be incurred
or to exist,  any Lien on its or their property or assets,  whether now owned or
hereafter  acquired,  or upon any income or profits  therefrom,  or transfer any
property for the purpose of subjecting the same to the payment of obligations in
priority to the payment of its or their general  creditors,  or acquire or agree
to acquire,  or permit any  Restricted  Subsidiary  to acquire,  any property or
assets upon  conditional  sales  agreements  or other title  retention  devices,
except:

          (a) Liens for property taxes and assessments or  governmental  charges
     or  levies  and  Liens   securing   claims  or  demands  of  mechanics  and
     materialmen,  provided that payment  thereof is not at the time required by
     Section 5.3;

          (b) Liens of or resulting from any judgment or award, the time for the
     appeal or petition  for  rehearing of which shall not have  expired,  or in
     respect of which the Company or a Restricted  Subsidiary  shall at any time
     in good faith be  prosecuting  an appeal or proceeding  for a review and in
     respect of which a stay of execution  pending such appeal or proceeding for
     review shall have been secured;

          (c) Liens  incidental  to the conduct of business or the  ownership of
     properties and assets  (including  warehousemen's  and attorneys' liens and
     statutory  landlords'  liens) and deposits,  pledges or Liens to secure the
     performance of bids,  tenders or trade  contracts,  or to secure  statutory
     obligations,  surety or appeal bonds or other Liens of like general nature,
     in any such case  incurred in the  ordinary  course of business  and not in
     connection with the borrowing of money, provided in each case, the
    
                                      -8-
<PAGE>

     obligation  secured is not overdue or, if overdue,  is being  contested  in
     good faith by appropriate actions or proceedings;

          (d)  minor  survey  exceptions  or minor  encumbrances,  easements  or
     reservations,  or rights of others for  rights-of-way,  utilities and other
     similar  purposes,  or zoning or other  restrictions  as to the use of real
     properties,  which are necessary  for the conduct of the  activities of the
     Company  and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  or which  customarily  exist on
     properties  of  corporations  engaged in similar  activities  and similarly
     situated and which do not in any event  materially  impair their use in the
     operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

          (e) Liens  securing  Indebtedness  of a Restricted  Subsidiary  to the
     Company or to a Wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary;

          (f)  Liens  securing  Funded  Debt of the  Company  or any  Restricted
     Subsidiary  outstanding  on the Closing Date and  described on Schedule III
     hereto;

          (g) Liens  created or incurred  after the Closing Date given to secure
     the payment of, or to secure Indebtedness incurred to provide funds for the
     payment of, the purchase price incurred in connection  with the acquisition
     or purchase of fixed  assets  useful and intended to be used in carrying on
     the business of the Company or a  Restricted  Subsidiary,  including  Liens
     existing on such fixed assets at the time of acquisition  thereof or at the
     time of acquisition  or purchase by the Company or a Restricted  Subsidiary
     of any business  entity then owning such fixed assets,  whether or not such
     existing  Liens were given to secure the payment of the  purchase  price of
     the fixed  assets to which they  attach so long as they were not  incurred,
     extended  or renewed in  contemplation  of such  acquisition  or  purchase,
     provided that (1) the Lien shall attach solely to the fixed assets acquired
     or purchased,  (2) such Lien shall have been created or incurred within six
     months  of the  date  of  acquisition  or  purchase,  (3) at  the  time  of
     acquisition  or  purchase  of  such  fixed  assets,  the  aggregate  amount
     remaining unpaid on all Indebtedness secured by Liens on such fixed assets,
     whether or not assumed by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, shall not
     exceed an amount equal to 100% of the lesser of the total purchase price or
     fair  market  value at the time of  acquisition  or  purchase of such fixed
     assets  (as  determined  in good  faith by the  Board of  Directors  of the
     Company), and (4) all such Indebtedness shall have been incurred within the
     applicable limitations provided in Section 5.6 and Section 5.9(a)(3); and
           
          (h) Liens  created or incurred  after the Closing Date given to secure
     Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in addition to the
     Liens permitted by the preceding  clauses (a) through (g) hereof,  provided
     that (1) all Indebtedness  secured by Liens created or incurred pursuant to
     this Section 5.10(h) shall not at any time exceed 10% of  Consolidated  Net
     Worth,  and (2) all such  Indebtedness  shall have been incurred within the
     applicable limitations provided in Section 5.6 and Section 5.9(a)(3).

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

     Section  5.11.  Investments.  The Company will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Investments, other than:

          (a) Investments by the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries in and
     to  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  including  any  Investment  in a corporation
     which,  after giving  effect to such  Investment,  will become a Restricted
     Subsidiary;

          (b)  Investments  representing  loans or  advances  in the  usual  and
     ordinary  course of business  to  officers,  directors  and  employees  for
     expenses  (including  moving expenses related to a transfer)  incidental to
     carrying on the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

          (c)  receivables  arising  from the sale of goods and  services in the
     ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

          (d) Investments in commercial  paper maturing in 270 days or less from
     the date of issuance  which,  at the time of  acquisition by the Company or
     any  Subsidiary,  is  accorded  the  highest  rating by  Standard  & Poor's
     Corporation,   Moody's  Investors  Service,   Inc.  or  another  nationally
     recognized credit rating agency of similar standing;

          (e) Investments in direct  obligations of the United States of America
     or any agency or  instrumentality  of the  United  States of  America,  the
     payment  or  guarantee  of  which  constitutes  a  full  faith  and  credit
     obligation of the United States of America, in either case, maturing within
     twelve months from the date of acquisition thereof;

          (f) Investments in  certificates  of deposit  maturing within one year
     from  the  date of  issuance  thereof  issued  by a bank or  trust  company
     organized  under the laws of the United States or any State thereof  having
     capital,  surplus and undivided profits aggregating more than $250,000,000,
     provided  that at the  time of  acquisition  thereof  by the  Company  or a
     Subsidiary,  the  senior  unsecured  long-term  debt of such  bank or trust
     company or of the  holding  company of such bank or trust  company is rated
     "A" or better by Standard & Poor's  Corporation or "A" or better by Moody's
     Investors  Service,  Inc.  or an  equivalent  rating by another  nationally
     recognized credit rating agency of similar standing;

          (g) Investments in  certificates  of deposit  maturing within one year
     from the date of issuance thereof issued by a bank organized under the laws
     of the United  States or any State  thereof,  provided  that the  aggregate
     amount of all  Investments  in  certificates  of  deposit  pursuant  to the
     provisions of this paragraph (g) shall not at any time exceed $1,000,000;

          (h)  Investments in marketable  obligations of  indebtedness  maturing
     within  270  days  from  the  date of  acquisition  thereof  of any  State,
     territory or possession of the United States or any political subdivision

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

     of any of the foregoing or the District of Columbia,  which  obligations at
     the time of acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary,  are rated "A" or
     better  by  Standard  & Poor's  Corporation  or "A" or  better  by  Moody's
     Investors  Service,  Inc.  or an  equivalent  rating by another  nationally
     recognized credit rating agency of similar standing;

          (i)  Investments in any money market fund organized and existing under
     the laws of and doing  business in any state of the United  States which is
     classified as a current asset in accordance with GAAP,  which is managed by
     a  fund  manager  of  recognized   national   standing  and  which  invests
     substantially  all of its assets in  obligations  described in clauses (d),
     (e), (f) and (h) of this Section 5.11; and

          (j) Other  Investments of the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries
     at any time owned not described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (i) of
     this Section 5.11,  provided,  that the aggregate  amount of all such other
     Investments,  including the Investment then proposed to be made,  shall not
     exceed an amount equal to 10% of Consolidated Net Worth.

     In valuing any Investment for the purpose of applying the  limitations  set
forth in this Section 5.11, such Investment  shall be taken at the original cost
thereof,  without  allowance for any subsequent  write-offs or  appreciation  or
depreciation  therein, but less (i) any amount repaid or recovered on account of
capital or principal and (ii) in the event any such  Investment  shall be either
sold or otherwise  disposed of or completely written off in accordance with GAAP
and  any  resulting  loss  therefrom   shall  be  required  to  be  included  in
Consolidated Net Income, the amount of such loss.

     For purposes of this Section 5.11, at any time when a corporation becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary, all Investments of such corporation at such time shall be
deemed to have been made by such  corporation,  as a Restricted  Subsidiary,  at
such time.

     Section  5.12.  Restricted  Payments.  (a) The  Company  will not except as
hereinafter provided:

          (1) Declare or pay any dividends,  either in cash or property,  on any
     shares  of its  capital  stock  of any  class  (except  dividends  or other
     distributions payable solely in shares of common stock of the Company);

          (2) Directly or  indirectly,  or through any Subsidiary or through any
     Affiliate  of the  Company,  purchase,  redeem or retire  any shares of its
     capital stock of any class or any  warrants,  rights or options to purchase
     or acquire any shares of its capital  stock (other than (i) in exchange for
     or out of the net cash  proceeds  to the  Company  from  the  substantially
     concurrent  issue or sale of  shares  of  common  stock of the  Company  or
     warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire any shares of its common
     stock,  and (ii) payments to any officer of the Company in connection  with
     the exercise of such officer's stock  appreciation  rights granted pursuant
     to stock purchase plans of the Company and/or its

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

     Restricted  Subsidiaries,  to the extent such  payments  are required to be
     deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income); or

          (3) Make  any  other  payment  or  distribution,  either  directly  or
     indirectly or through any Subsidiary, in respect of its capital stock;

     (such  declarations  or payments of dividends,  purchases,  redemptions  or
retirements of capital stock and warrants,  rights or options and all such other
payments  or  distributions   being  herein   collectively   called  "Restricted
Payments"),  if after giving effect  thereto the aggregate  amount of Restricted
Payments  made  during  the  period  from and  after  December  31,  1993 to and
including  the date of the making of the  Restricted  Payment in question  would
exceed the sum of (A) $3,000,000 plus (B) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the
period from and after the Closing Date to and  including  the date of the making
of the Restricted  Payment in question,  computed on a cumulative basis for said
entire  period (or if such  Consolidated  Net Income is a deficit  figure,  then
minus 100% of such deficit).
           
     (b)  The  Company  will  not  declare  any  dividend  which  constitutes  a
Restricted  Payment  payable  more than 60 days  after  the date of  declaration
thereof.

     (c) For the purposes of this  Section  5.12,  the amount of any  Restricted
Payment  declared,  paid or  distributed  in property  shall be deemed to be the
greater of the book value or fair market value (as  determined  in good faith by
the Board of  Directors  of the  Company)  of such  property  at the time of the
making of the Restricted Payment in question.

     (d) The Company will not  authorize  or make a Restricted  Payment if after
giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment:  (1) an Event of Default would
exist or (2) the  Company  could not incur at least $1.00 of  additional  Funded
Debt pursuant to Section 5.9(a)(3).

     Section 5.13. Mergers,  Consolidations and Sales of Assets. (a) The Company
will not, and will not permit any Restricted  Subsidiary to (i) consolidate with
or be a party to a merger with any other Person or (ii) sell, lease or otherwise
dispose of all or any  substantial  part (as  defined in  paragraph  (d) of this
Section  5.13) of the  assets of the  Company  and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries
(other  than sales of goods or  services in the  ordinary  course of  business),
provided, however, that:

          (1) any Restricted  Subsidiary  may merge or consolidate  with or into
     the Company or any  Wholly-owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  so long as in any
     merger or  consolidation  involving  the Company,  the Company shall be the
     surviving or continuing corporation;

          (2) the Company may consolidate or merge with any other corporation if
     (i) the Company shall be the surviving or continuing corporation,  and (ii)
     at the time of any such  consolidation  or merger and after  giving  effect
     thereto  (x) no  Default or Event of Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
     continuing,  and (y) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00
     of additional Funded Debt under the provisions of Section 5.9(a)(3); and

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

          (3) any Restricted  Subsidiary may sell, lease or otherwise dispose of
     all  or any  substantial  part  of its  assets  to  the  Company  or to any
     Wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary.

     (b) The Company will not permit any Restricted  Subsidiary to issue or sell
any shares of stock of any class  (including as "stock" for the purposes of this
Section 5.13, any warrants,  rights or options to purchase or otherwise  acquire
stock or other  Securities  exchangeable  for or convertible into stock) of such
Restricted  Subsidiary  to any Person  other than the Company or a  Wholly-owned
Restricted  Subsidiary,  except (i) for the purpose of qualifying directors,  or
(ii) in satisfaction of the validly  pre-existing  preemptive rights of minority
shareholders  in  connection  with  the  simultaneous  issuance  of stock to the
Company  and/or  a  Restricted   Subsidiary  whereby  the  Company  and/or  such
Restricted  Subsidiary  maintain  their  same  proportionate  interest  in  such
Restricted Subsidiary.

       (c) The  Company  will not sell,  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose of any
shares of stock in any Restricted  Subsidiary  (except to qualify  directors) or
any  Indebtedness  of  any  Restricted  Subsidiary,  and  will  not  permit  any
Restricted  Subsidiary to sell,  transfer or otherwise dispose of (except to the
Company  or a  Wholly-owned  Restricted  Subsidiary)  any shares of stock or any
Indebtedness of any other Restricted Subsidiary, unless: 

          (1)  simultaneously  with such sale,  transfer,  or  disposition,  all
     shares of stock and all  Indebtedness of such Restricted  Subsidiary at the
     time owned by the  Company  and by every  other  Subsidiary  shall be sold,
     transferred or disposed of as an entirety;

          (2) the Board of Directors of the Company  shall have  determined,  as
     evidenced by a  resolution  thereof,  that the  retention of such stock and
     Indebtedness is no longer in the best interests of the Company;

          (3) such stock and  Indebtedness  is sold,  transferred  or  otherwise
     disposed  of to a Person,  for a cash  consideration  or other value and on
     terms  reasonably  deemed  by the Board of  Directors  to be  adequate  and
     satisfactory;
           
          (4) the  Restricted  Subsidiary  being  disposed of shall not have any
     continuing  investment  in the  Company or any other  Subsidiary  not being
     simultaneously disposed of; and

          (5) such sale or other disposition does not involve a substantial part
     (as  hereinafter  defined) of the assets of the Company and its  Restricted
     Subsidiaries.

     (d) As used in this Section  5.13, a sale,  lease or other  disposition  of
assets shall be deemed to be a  "substantial  part" of the assets of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries only if the book value of such assets when added
to the book value of all other assets sold,  leased or otherwise  disposed of by
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than sales of goods or

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

services in the ordinary  course of business)  during the 12-month period ending
with the date of such  sale,  lease or  other  disposition,  exceeds  15% of the
Consolidated  Total  Assets  of the  Company  and  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries
determined as of the end of the immediately preceding fiscal year.

     Section 5.14.  Repurchase of Notes.  Neither the Company nor any Restricted
Subsidiary,  directly  or  indirectly,  may  repurchase  or make  any  offer  to
repurchase  any Notes  unless an offer has been made to  repurchase  Notes,  pro
rata, from all holders of the Notes at the same time and upon the same terms. In
case the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary  repurchases or otherwise acquires
any Notes,  such Notes shall  immediately  thereafter  be cancelled and no Notes
shall be issued in substitution therefor.  Without limiting the foregoing,  upon
the purchase or other  acquisition  of any Notes by the Company,  any Restricted
Subsidiary  or any  Affiliate,  such Notes  shall no longer be  outstanding  for
purposes of any section of this Agreement  relating to the taking by the holders
of the Notes of any actions with respect hereto, including,  without limitation,
Section 6.3, Section 6.4 and Section 7.1.

     Section 5.15.  Transaction with Affiliates.  The Company will not, and will
not  permit  any  Restricted  Subsidiary  to,  enter  into or be a party  to any
transaction or arrangement with any Affiliate  (including,  without  limitation,
the purchase from, sale to or exchange of property with, or the rendering of any
service by or for,  any  Affiliate),  except (i) in the  ordinary  course of and
pursuant to the  reasonable  requirements  of the  Company's or such  Restricted
Subsidiary's  business and upon fair and  reasonable  terms no less favorable to
the  Company  or such  Restricted  Subsidiary  than  would  be  obtainable  in a
comparable arm's-length  transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate,  and
(ii) for  arrangements  which the Company  shall enter into with the  Gangelhoff
Enterprises  Trust  regarding  environmental  cleanup costs and expenses for the
Antrim, New Hampshire premises owned by Chicago Cutlery, Inc.

     Section 5.16. Reports and Rights of Inspection.  The Company will keep, and
will cause each Subsidiary to keep,  proper books of record and account in which
full and correct entries will be made of all dealings or transactions  of, or in
relation  to, the  business  and affairs of the Company or such  Subsidiary,  in
accordance with GAAP  consistently  applied (except for changes disclosed in the
financial  statements  furnished  to you  pursuant  to  this  Section  5.16  and
concurred  in by the  independent  public  accountants  referred  to in  Section
5.16(b)),  and will furnish to you so long as you are the holder of any Note and
to each other  Institutional  Holder of the then outstanding Notes (in duplicate
if so specified below or otherwise requested):

          (a) Quarterly Statements. As soon as available and in any event within
     60 days after the end of each quarterly  fiscal period (except the last) of
     each fiscal year, copies of:

               (1) consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Restricted
          Subsidiaries as of the close of such quarterly fiscal period,  setting
          forth in comparative form the consolidated figures for the fiscal year
          then most recently ended, and

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

               (2) consolidated statements of income, retained earnings and cash
          flows  of  the  Company  and  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  for  such
          quarterly  fiscal period and for the portion of the fiscal year ending
          with such  quarterly  fiscal  period,  in each case  setting  forth in
          comparative  form  the  consolidated  figures  for  the  corresponding
          periods of the preceding  fiscal year,  all in  reasonable  detail and
          certified as complete and correct,  subject to changes  resulting from
          year-end  adjustments,  by an  authorized  financial  officer  of  the
          Company;

          (b) Annual  Statements.  As soon as available  and in any event within
     120 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Company, copies of:

               (1) consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Restricted
          Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year, and

               (2) consolidated statements of income, retained earnings and cash
          flows of the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries  for such fiscal
          year, in each case setting forth in comparative  form the consolidated
          figures for the preceding  fiscal year,  all in reasonable  detail and
          accompanied  by a  report  thereon  of a firm  of  independent  public
          accountants of recognized national standing selected by the Company to
          the  effect  that the  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been
          prepared in  accordance  with GAAP  consistently  applied  (except for
          changes in application in which such  accountants  concur) and present
          fairly the  financial  condition  of the  Company  and its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries   and  that  the  examination  of  such   accountants  in
          connection  with  such  financial  statements  has been  conducted  in
          accordance with generally accepted auditing standards;

          (c) Audit  Reports.  Promptly upon receipt  thereof,  one copy of each
     interim or special audit made by  independent  accountants  of the books of
     the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,  in either case taken as a whole,
     including,  however,  any other  interim  or  special  audit if such  audit
     contains  information  which  could  materially  and  adversely  affect the
     properties,  business, profits or condition (financial or otherwise) of the
     Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

          (d) SEC and Other Reports. Promptly upon their becoming available, one
     copy of each financial statement, report, notice or proxy statement sent by
     the Company to its  stockholders  generally and of each regular or periodic
     report,  and any registration  statement or prospectus filed by the Company
     or any  Subsidiary  with any  securities  exchange  or the  Securities  and
     Exchange  Commission or any successor  agency,  and copies of any orders in
     any proceedings to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party,
     issued by any governmental  agency,  Federal or state,  having jurisdiction
     over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

                                      -15-
<PAGE>
          (e) Officer's Certificates.  Within the periods provided in paragraphs
     (a) and (b) above, a certificate of an authorized  financial officer of the
     Company  stating  that such officer has  reviewed  the  provisions  of this
     Agreement and setting forth:

               (1) the  information  and  computations  (in  sufficient  detail)
          required in order to establish  whether the Company was in  compliance
          with the requirements of Section 5.6 through 5.15,  inclusive,  at the
          end of the  period  covered  by the  financial  statements  then being
          furnished, and

               (2)  whether  there  existed  as of the  date of  such  financial
          statements and whether, to the best of such officer's knowledge, there
          exists on the date of the  certificate  or existed at any time  during
          the period covered by such  financial  statements any Default or Event
          of Default  and, if any such  condition or event exists on the date of
          the certificate, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof
          and the action the Company is taking and proposes to take with respect
          thereto;

          (f) Accountant's Certificates. Within the period provided in paragraph
     (b) above,  a certificate  of the  accountants  who are reporting upon such
     financial  statements,  stating that they have reviewed this  Agreement and
     stating  further  whether,  in making their audit,  such  accountants  have
     become  aware of any Default or Event of Default  under any of the terms or
     provisions  of this  Agreement  insofar  as any such  terms  or  provisions
     pertain to or involve accounting matters or determinations, and if any such
     condition  or event  then  exists,  specifying  the  nature  and  period of
     existence thereof;

          (g) Unresticted  Subsidiaries.  During any periods when there shall be
     one or more Unrestricted Subsidiaries:

               (1) if at the end of any  fiscal  quarter  the book  value of the
          assets of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries constitutes 20% or more of the
          total  consolidated  assets  of  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries,
          determined  on a  consolidated  basis in  accordance  with GAAP,  then
          within the  respective  periods  provided  in  paragraphs  (a) and (b)
          above,  quarterly  financial  statements  for such fiscal  quarter and
          annual financial  statements for the year in which such fiscal quarter
          occurs,  in  each  case  of the  character  and as  otherwise  in said
          paragraphs (a) and (b) provided covering each Unrestricted  Subsidiary
          (or groups of Unrestricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis); and

               (2) if the Company  shall not be  required  to deliver  financial
          statements of Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to clause (1) of this
          paragraph  (g) and if for any reason  you and the other  Institutional
          Holders shall not be receiving the financial statements of the Company
          and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  pursuant to paragraph  (d) above,
          then within the respective  periods provided in paragraphs (a) and (b)
          above,  financial  statements  of the  character and for the dates and
          periods  as in  said  paragraphs  (a) and (b)  provided  covering  the
          Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries; and

          (h) Requested Information. With reasonable promptness, such other data
     and  information  as you or any such  Institutional  Holder may  reasonably
     request.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

Without limiting the foregoing,  the Company will permit you, so long as you are
the holder of any Note, and each  Institutional  Holder of the then  outstanding
Notes  (or  such  Persons  as  either  you  or  such  Institutional  Holder  may
designate),  to visit and  inspect,  under the  Company's  guidance,  any of the
properties  of the Company or any  Subsidiary,  to examine all of their books of
account,  records,  reports  and  other  papers,  to make  copies  and  extracts
therefrom and to discuss their  respective  affairs,  finances and accounts with
their respective officers, employees, and independent public accountants (and by
this provision the Company  authorizes said  accountants to discuss with you the
finances  and affairs of the Company and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries),  all at
such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably  requested.  The Company
shall not be required to pay or  reimburse  you or any such holder for  expenses
which you or any such holder may incur in connection with any such visitation or
inspection.
 
SECTION 6.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES THERFOR. 

     Section  6.1.  Events of Default.  Any one or more of the  following  shall
constitute an "Event of Default" as such term is used herein:

          (a)  Default  shall  occur in the payment of interest on any Note when
     the same shall have become due and such  default  shall  continue  for more
     than five days; or

          (b) Default  shall occur in the making of any required  prepayment  on
     any of the Notes as provided in Section 2.1; or

          (c)  Default  shall  occur in the  making of any other  payment of the
     principal of any Note or premium,  if any,  thereon at the expressed or any
     accelerated maturity date or at any date fixed for prepayment; or

          (d)  Default  shall  occur in the  observance  or  performance  of any
     covenant or  agreement  contained  in Section 5.6 through  Section  5.13 or
     Section 6.2; or

          (e) Default shall occur in the  observance or performance of any other
     provision of this Agreement  which is not remedied within 30 days after the
     earlier of (1) the day on which a Responsible  Officer of the Company first
     obtains  knowledge of such default,  or (2) the day on which written notice
     thereof is given to the Company by the holder of any Note; or

          (f)  Default  shall  be made in the  payment  of the  principal  of or
     interest on any  Indebtedness  of the Company (other than the Notes) or any
     Restricted  Subsidiary for borrowed money aggregating more than $2,000,000,
     as and when the same shall become due and payable by the lapse of time,  by
     declaration,  by call for  redemption or otherwise,  and such default shall
     continue beyond the period of grace, if any,  allowed with respect thereto;
     or

          (g)  Default  or the  happening  of any event  shall  occur  under any
     indenture,  agreement,  or other  instrument  under which any  Indebtedness
     (other

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

     than the Notes) of the Company or any  Restricted  Subsidiary  for borrowed
     money  aggregating  more than  $1,000,000 may be issued and such default or
     event  shall  continue  for a  period  of time  sufficient  to  permit  the
     acceleration  of the  maturity  of any  Indebtedness  of the Company or any
     Restricted Subsidiary outstanding thereunder; or

          (h) Any representation or warranty made by the Company herein, or made
     by the Company in any written  statement  or  certificate  furnished by the
     Company in connection with the consummation of the issuance and delivery of
     the Notes or furnished  by the Company  pursuant  hereto,  is untrue in any
     material respect as of the date of the issuance or making thereof; or
       
          (i) Final  judgment or judgments for the payment of money  aggregating
     in excess of  $1,000,000 is or are  outstanding  against the Company or any
     Restricted  Subsidiary  or against any property or assets of either and any
     one of such judgments has remained unpaid, unvacated,  unbonded or unstayed
     by appeal or otherwise  for a period of 30 days from the date of its entry;
     or

          (j) A custodian, receiver, liquidator or trustee of the Company or any
     Restricted Subsidiary, or of any of the property of either, is appointed or
     takes possession and such appointment or possession remains  uncontested or
     in  effect  for  more  than  60  days;  or the  Company  or any  Restricted
     Subsidiary generally fails to pay its debts as they become due or admits in
     writing its  inability to pay its debts as they  mature;  or the Company or
     any Restricted Subsidiary is adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; or an order
     for relief is entered under the Federal Bankruptcy Code against the Company
     or  any  Restricted  Subsidiary;  or  any  of the  property  of  either  is
     sequestered by court order and the order remains in effect for more than 60
     days; or bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, or insolvency proceedings
     or other  proceedings  for relief under any  bankruptcy or similar laws for
     relief of debtors,  are  instituted  against the Company or any  Restricted
     Subsidiary and are not stayed or dismissed within 60 days after filing; or

          (k) The  Company or any  Restricted  Subsidiary  files a  petition  in
     voluntary   bankruptcy  or  seeking  relief  under  any  provision  of  any
     bankruptcy,   reorganization,   arrangement,   or  insolvency  law  of  any
     jurisdiction  or  similar  laws  for  relief  of  debtors,  whether  now or
     subsequently in effect;  or consents to the filing of any petition  against
     it under  any  such  law;  or  consents  to the  appointment  of or  taking
     possession by a custodian,  receiver,  trustee or liquidator of the Company
     any Restricted Subsidiary, or any of the property of either.
         
     Section  6.2.  Notice to Holders.  When any Default or Event of Default has
occurred,  or if the holder of any Note or of any other evidence of Indebtedness
for borrowed  money of the Company or any  Subsidiary  gives any notice or takes
any other action with respect to a claimed  default,  the Company agrees to give
written  notice within three Business Days after the date on which a Responsible
Officer of the Company  acquires  knowledge of such event, to all holders of the
Notes then outstanding specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and
what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

     Section  6.3.  Acceleration  of  Maturities.  When  any  Event  of  Default
described  in  paragraph  (a),  (b) or (c) of Section  6.1 has  happened  and is
continuing,  any holder of any Note may, and when any Event of Default described
in paragraphs (d) through (i),  inclusive,  of said Section 6.1 has happened and
is continuing,  the holder or holders of 51% or more of the principal  amount of
the Notes at the time  outstanding  may,  by notice in writing to the Company in
the manner  provided  in Section  9.6,  declare  the  entire  principal  and all
interest  accrued  on all Notes to be,  and all Notes  shall  thereupon  become,
forthwith due and payable,  without any  presentment,  demand,  protest or other
notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived.  When any Event of
Default described in paragraph (j) or (k) of Section 6.1 has occurred,  then all
outstanding Notes shall immediately become due and payable without  presentment,
demand or notice of any kind.  Upon the  Notes  becoming  due and  payable  as a
result of any Event of Default as aforesaid,  the Company will  forthwith pay to
the holders of the Notes the entire  principal and interest accrued on the Notes
and, to the extent not  prohibited  by  applicable  law, an amount as liquidated
damages  for the loss of the  bargain  evidenced  hereby  (and not as a penalty)
equal to the Make-Whole  Amount,  determined as of the date of declaration of an
acceleration  or, in the case of an Event of Default  described in paragraph (j)
or (k) of Section  6.1,  the date of  acceleration.  No course of dealing on the
part of the  holder or holders of any Notes nor any delay or failure on the part
of any holder of Notes to exercise  any right shall  operate as a waiver of such
right or otherwise  prejudice  such holder's  rights,  powers and remedies.  The
Company further agrees,  to the extent permitted by law, to pay to the holder or
holders of the Notes all costs and expenses  incurred by them in the  collection
of any  Notes  upon any  default  hereunder  or  thereon,  including  reasonable
compensation to such holder's or holders' attorneys for all services rendered in
connection therewith.

     Section 6.4. Rescission of Acceleration.  The provisions of Section 6.3 are
subject to the condition that if the principal of and accrued interest on all or
any outstanding  Notes have been declared  immediately due and payable by reason
of the  occurrence of any Event of Default  described in paragraphs  (a) through
(i),  inclusive,  of Section 6.1, the holders of 66-2/3% in aggregate  principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding  may, by written  instrument filed with the
Company,  rescind  and annul  such  declaration  and the  consequences  thereof,
provided that at the time such declaration is annulled and rescinded:

               (a) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any
          monies due pursuant to the Notes or this Agreement;

               (b) all arrears of interest upon all the Notes and all other sums
          payable  under  the  Notes  and  under  this  Agreement   (except  any
          principal,  interest  or premium on the Notes which has become due and
          payable solely by reason of such declaration  under Section 6.3) shall
          have been duly paid; and

               (c) each and every other  Default and Event of Default shall have
          been made good, cured or waived pursuant to Section 7.1;

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

and provided further, that no such rescission and annulment shall extend to or
affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent
thereto.

SECTION 7.  AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND CONSENTS.
         
     Section 7.1. Consent Required.  Any term, covenant,  agreement or condition
of this Agreement may, with the consent of the Company, be amended or compliance
therewith may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either
retroactively or prospectively),  if the Company shall have obtained the consent
in writing of the holders of at least 66-2/3% in aggregate  principal  amount of
outstanding  Notes;  provided that without the written consent of the holders of
all of the  Notes  then  outstanding,  no such  amendment  or  waiver  shall  be
effective (a) which will change the time of payment  (including  any  prepayment
required  by Section  2.1) of the  principal  of or the  interest on any Note or
change the principal amount thereof or change the rate of interest  thereon,  or
(b)  which  will  change  any  of  the  provisions   with  respect  to  optional
prepayments,  or (c) which will  change the  percentage  of holders of the Notes
required to consent to any such  amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of
this Section 7 or Section 6.

     Section  7.2.  Solicitation  of  Holders.  So long as there  are any  Notes
outstanding,  the Company  will not solicit,  request or  negotiate  for or with
respect to any proposed  waiver or amendment  of any of the  provisions  of this
Agreement or the Notes unless each holder of Notes  (irrespective  of the amount
of Notes then owned by it) shall be informed thereof by the Company and shall be
afforded the  opportunity of  considering  the same and shall be supplied by the
Company with  sufficient  information to enable it to make an informed  decision
with respect thereto. The Company will not, directly or indirectly, pay or cause
to be paid  any  remuneration,  whether  by way of  supplemental  or  additional
interest, fee or otherwise, to any holder of Notes as consideration for or as an
inducement to entering into by any holder of Notes of any waiver or amendment of
any of the terms and  provisions  of this  Agreement  or the Notes  unless  such
remuneration is concurrently  offered, on the same terms, ratably to the holders
of all Notes then  outstanding.  Promptly and in any event within 30 days of the
date of  execution  and  delivery of any such waiver or  amendment,  the Company
shall  provide a true,  correct and complete copy thereof to each of the holders
of the Notes.

     Section 7.3.  Effect of Amendment or Waiver.  Any such  amendment or waiver
shall apply equally to all of the holders of the Notes and shall be binding upon
them,  upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Company,  whether or not
such Note shall have been marked to indicate such  amendment or waiver.  No such
amendment  or waiver  shall  extend to or affect any  obligation  not  expressly
amended  or waived  or  impair  any right  consequent  thereon. 

SECTION 8.  INTERPRETATION OF AGREEMENT; DEFINITIONS.  

     Section 8.1. Definitions.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms
hereinafter set forth when used herein shall have the following meanings and the

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

following  definitions  shall be equally  applicable  to both the  singular  and
plural  forms of any of the terms  herein  defined: 

       "Affiliate"  shall mean any Person  (other than a Restricted  Subsidiary)
(a) which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or
is  controlled  by, or is under common  control  with,  the  Company,  (b) which
beneficially  owns or holds 10% or more of any class of the Voting  Stock of the
Company or (c) 10% or more of the Voting Stock (or in the case of a Person which
is  not a  corporation,  10% or  more  of  the  equity  interest)  of  which  is
beneficially  owned or held by the Company or a Subsidiary.  The term  "control"
means the  possession,  directly or indirectly,  of the power to direct or cause
the direction of the  management and policies of a Person,  whether  through the
ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise.

     "Business  Day" shall mean any day other than a  Saturday,  Sunday or other
day on which banks in Terre Haute, Indiana or Chicago,  Illinois are required by
law to close or are customarily closed. 

     "Capitalized  Lease" shall mean any lease the  obligation  for Rentals with
respect to which is required to be capitalized  on a consolidated  balance sheet
of the  lessee  and  its  subsidiaries  in  accordance  with  GAAP  prepared  in
accordance with GAAP.
 
       "Capitalized  Rentals"  of any  Person  shall  mean as of the date of any
determination  thereof  the  amount at which the  aggregate  Rentals  due and to
become due under all  Capitalized  Leases  under  which such  Person is a lessee
would be  reflected  as a  liability  on a  consolidated  balance  sheet of such
Person.

       "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  and the
regulations from time to time promulgated thereunder.

       "Company" shall mean General  Housewares  Corp., a Delaware  corporation,
and any Person who  succeeds  to all,  or  substantially  all, of the assets and
business of General Housewares Corp.

       "Consolidated   Current  Assets"  shall  mean  as  of  the  date  of  any
determination thereof such assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
on a  consolidated  basis as shall be  determined  in  accordance  with  GAAP to
constitute current assets.

       "Consolidated  Current  Liabilities"  shall  mean  as of the  date of any
determination  thereof  such  liabilities  of the  Company  and  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  on a consolidated  basis as shall be determined in accordance with
GAAP to constitute  current  liabilities,  minus to the extent included therein,
any  payments in respect of Funded Debt that are  required to be made within one
year from the date of determination.

       "Consolidated  Funded Debt" shall mean all Funded Debt of the Company and
its  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  determined on a consolidated  basis  eliminating
intercompany  items.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

     "Consolidated  Net Income" for any period  shall mean the net income of the
Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries  determined on a consolidated  basis in
accordance   with  GAAP,   excluding   unremitted   earnings   of   Unrestricted
Subsidiaries.

       "Consolidated  Net Worth" shall mean, as of the date of any determination
thereof,  the total  stockholder's  equity  of the  Company  and its  Restricted
Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP.

       "Consolidated  Total Assets" shall mean, as of the date of  determination
thereof,  the  total  assets  of the  Company  and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

       "Current  Debt"  of  any  Person  shall  mean  as  of  the  date  of  any
determination  thereof (a) all  Indebtedness  of such Person for borrowed  money
other than  Funded  Debt of such  Person and (b)  Guaranties  by such  Person of
Current  Debt of  others.  

     "Default"  shall mean any event or condition the occurrence of which would,
with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both,  constitute an Event of
Default.

       "Earnings  Available for Fixed Charges" for any period shall mean the sum
of (a)  Consolidated  Net Income during such period plus (to the extent deducted
in  determining  Consolidated  Net Income),  (b) all provisions for any Federal,
state or other income taxes made by the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries
during such period and (c) Fixed Charges during such period.

"Environmental  Law"  shall  mean  any  international,  federal,  state or local
statute,  law, regulation,  order, consent decree,  judgment,  permit,  license,
code, covenant, deed restriction,  common law, treaty, convention,  ordinance or
other  requirement  relating  to  public  health,  safety  or  the  environment,
including,  without  limitation,  those  relating  to  releases,  discharges  or
emissions  to air,  water,  land or  groundwater,  to the  withdrawal  or use of
groundwater,  to the use and handling of polychlorinated  biphenyls or asbestos,
to the disposal,  treatment,  storage or management of hazardous or solid waste,
or Hazardous Substances or crude oil, or any fraction thereof, or to exposure to
toxic or hazardous  materials,  to the  handling,  transportation,  discharge or
release of gaseous or liquid  Hazardous  Substances and any  regulation,  order,
notice or demand issued pursuant to such law, statute or ordinance, in each case
applicable to the property of the Company and its Subsidiaries or the operation,
construction or modification of any thereof,  including without limitation,  the
following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response,  Compensation and Liability
Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund  Amendments and  Reauthorization Act of
1986, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource  Conservation and
Recovery Act of 1976 and the Hazardous and Solid Waste  Amendments of 1984,  the
Hazardous Materials  Transportation Act, as amended, the Federal Water Pollution
Control Act, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1976,  the Safe Drinking Water
Control Act, the Clean Air Act of 1966, as amended, the Toxic Substances Control
Act of 1976,  the  Occupational  Safety and Health Act of 1977, as amended,  the
Emergency  Planning  and  Community  Right-to-Know  Act of  1986,  the  National
Environmental Policy Act of 1975, the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and any similar

                                      -22-
<PAGE>

or implementing  state law, and any state statute and any further  amendments to
these laws providing for financial  responsibility  for cleanup or other actions
with respect to the release or  threatened  release of Hazardous  Substances  or
crude  oil,  or any  fraction  thereof,  and all  rules,  regulations,  guidance
documents and publications promulgated thereunder.
         
       "ERISA" shall mean the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended,  and any  successor  statute of similar  import,  together  with the
regulations thereunder,  in each case as in effect from time to time. References
to sections of ERISA shall be construed to also refer to any successor sections.

       "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean any corporation,  trade or business that is,
along with the Company,  a member of a  controlled  group of  corporations  or a
controlled  group of trades or  businesses,  as described in section  414(b) and
414(c),  respectively,  of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA. "Event of Default"
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

       "Fixed Charges" for any period shall mean on a consolidated basis the sum
of (a) all Rentals  (excluding  all  Capitalized  Rentals)  payable  during such
period by the  Company and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  and (b) all  Interest
Charges on all Indebtedness (including the interest component of all Capitalized
Rentals) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

       "Funded  Debt" of any  Person  shall  mean (a) all  Indebtedness  of such
Person for  borrowed  money or which has been  incurred in  connection  with the
acquisition  of assets in each case having a final  maturity of one or more than
one year from the date of origin thereof (or which is renewable or extendible at
the option of the  obligor  for a period or periods  more than one year from the
date of origin),  including all payments in respect thereof that are required to
be made  within  one year from the date of any  determination  of  Funded  Debt,
whether or not the obligation to make such payments  shall  constitute a current
liability of the obligor under GAAP, (b) all Capitalized Rentals of such Person,
and (c) all Guaranties by such Person of Funded Debt of others.

     "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles at the time.


     "Guaranties"  by  any  Person  shall  mean  all  obligations   (other  than
endorsements  in the ordinary  course of business of negotiable  instruments for
deposit or collection) of such Person  guaranteeing,  or in effect guaranteeing,
any Indebtedness, dividend or other obligation of any other Person (the "primary
obligor") in any manner,  whether  directly or  indirectly,  including,  without
limitation,  all  obligations  incurred  through  an  agreement,  contingent  or
otherwise,  by such Person:  (a) to purchase such  Indebtedness or obligation or
any property or assets constituting security therefor,  (b) to advance or supply
funds (1) for the purchase or payment of such Indebtedness or obligation, or (2)
to maintain working capital or any balance sheet or income  statement  condition
or otherwise to advance or make  available  funds for the purchase or payment of
such Indebtedness or obligation, (c) to lease property or to purchase Securities

                                      -23-
<PAGE>

     or other  property or services  primarily  for the purpose of assuring  the
owner of such  Indebtedness  or obligation of the ability of the primary obligor
to make payment of the  Indebtedness  or obligation,  or (d) otherwise to assure
the owner of the  Indebtedness or obligation of the primary obligor against loss
in  respect  thereof.  For the  purposes  of all  computations  made  under this
Agreement, a Guaranty in respect of any Indebtedness for borrowed money shall be
deemed to be Indebtedness equal to the principal amount of such Indebtedness for
borrowed money which has been guaranteed.
         
     "Hazardous Substance" shall mean any hazardous or toxic material, substance
or waste,  pollutant or contaminant  which is regulated under any statute,  law,
ordinance, rule or regulation of any local, state, regional or federal authority
having jurisdiction over the property of the Company and its Subsidiaries or its
use, including but not limited to any material, substance or waste which is: (a)
defined  as a  hazardous  substance  under  Section  311  of the  Federal  Water
Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C.  Section 1317), as amended;  (b) regulated as a
hazardous  waste under  Section 1004 or Section 3001 of the Federal  Solid Waste
Disposal  Act, as amended by the  Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery  Act (42
U.S.C.  Section 6901 et seq.), as amended;  (c) defined as a hazardous substance
under Section 101 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response,  Compensation and
Liability Act (42 U.S.C.  Section 9601 et seq.),  as amended;  or (d) defined or
regulated  as a  hazardous  substance  or  hazardous  waste  under  any rules or
regulations promulgated under any of the foregoing statutes.

       "Indebtedness"  of any Person shall mean and include all  obligations  of
such Person which in  accordance  with GAAP shall be  classified  upon a balance
sheet of such  Person as  liabilities  of such  Person,  and in any event  shall
include all (a) obligations of such Person for borrowed money or which have been
incurred  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  property  or  assets,  (b)
obligations  secured by any Lien upon  property or assets  owned by such Person,
even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such
obligations,  (c) obligations  created or arising under any conditional  sale or
other  title  retention  agreement  with  respect to  property  acquired by such
Person,  notwithstanding  the fact that the rights and  remedies  of the seller,
lender or lessor  under such  agreement  in the event of default  are limited to
repossession or sale of property, (d) obligations to purchase any property or to
obtain the services of another Person if the contract  requires that payment for
such  property  or  services  be made  regardless  of whether  such  property is
delivered  or such  services  are  performed,  except that no  obligation  shall
constitute  Indebtedness  solely because the contract  provides for commercially
reasonable   liquidated   charges  or   reimbursement   of  expenses   following
cancellation,  (e)  Capitalized  Rentals and (f)  Guaranties of  obligations  of
others of the character referred to in this definition.

       "Institutional  Holder" shall mean any of the following Persons:  (a) any
bank,  savings  and loan  association,  savings  institution,  trust  company or
national  banking  association,  acting for its own  account  or in a  fiduciary
capacity,  (b) any charitable  foundation,  (c) any insurance  company,  (d) any
fraternal benefit society,  (e) any pension,  retirement or profit-sharing trust
or fund  within  the  meaning  of Title I of ERISA or for which any bank,  trust
company, national banking association or investment adviser registered under the
Investment  Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, is acting as trustee or agent, (f)
any  investment  company  or  business  development  company,  as defined in the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (g)any small business investment

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

company  licensed under the Small  Business  Investment Act of 1958, as amended,
(h) any broker or dealer  registered under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended,  or any investment  adviser  registered under the Investment Adviser
Act of 1940, as amended,  (i) any government,  any public employees'  pension or
retirement  system, or any other government agency supervising the investment of
public  funds,  (j) any  other  entity  all of the  equity  owners  of which are
Institutional Holders or (k) any other Person which may be within the definition
of  "qualified  institutional  buyer" as such term is used in Rule 144A, as from
time to time in  effect,  promulgated  under  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as
amended.  

     "Interest  Charges"  for  any  period  shall  mean  all  interest  and  all
amortization  of debt discount and expense on any  particular  Indebtedness  for
which such calculations are being made.

       "Investments"  shall  mean all  investments,  in cash or by  delivery  of
property,  made directly or indirectly in any Person,  whether by acquisition of
shares of capital stock,  Indebtedness or other  obligations or Securities or by
loan, advance,  capital  contribution or otherwise;  provided that "Investments"
shall not mean or include routine investments in property to be used or consumed
in the ordinary course of business.

       "Lien" shall mean any interest in property  securing an  obligation  owed
to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the  property,  whether such
interest is based on the common law, statute or contract,  and including but not
limited to the security  interest  lien  arising  from a mortgage,  encumbrance,
pledge,  conditional  sale or trust receipt or a lease,  consignment or bailment
for security purposes.  The term "Lien" shall include reservations,  exceptions,
encroachments,  easements, rights-of-way,  covenants, conditions,  restrictions,
leases and other similar title  exceptions  and  encumbrances  (including,  with
respect to stock,  stockholder  agreements,  voting trust  agreements,  buy-back
agreements and all similar arrangements) affecting property. For the purposes of
this Agreement, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be the
owner of any property  which it has acquired or holds  subject to a  conditional
sale agreement,  Capitalized Lease or other arrangement  pursuant to which title
to the property has been retained by or vested in some other Person for security
purposes and such retention or vesting shall constitute a Lien.

       "Long-Term  Lease"  shall  mean any  lease of real or  personal  property
(other than a Capitalized  Lease) having an original term,  including any period
for which the lease may be renewed or extended  at the option of the lessor,  of
more than three years.

     "Make-Whole  Amount"  shall  mean in  connection  with  any  prepayment  or
acceleration of the Notes the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate present value
as of the date of such  prepayment of each dollar of principal  being prepaid or
paid (taking into account the  application  of such  prepayment  required by the
last sentence of Section 2.1) and the amount of interest  (exclusive of interest
accrued to the date of  prepayment)  that would have been  payable in respect of
such  dollar if such  prepayment  or payment  had not been made,  determined  by
discounting such amounts at the  Reinvestment  Rate from the respective dates on
which they would have been payable, over (ii) 100% of the principal amount of

                                      -25-
<PAGE>

the outstanding  Notes being prepaid or paid. If the Reinvestment  Rate is equal
to or higher than the interest rate on the Notes then applicable, the Make-Whole
Amount  shall be zero.  For  purposes  of any  determination  of the  Make-Whole
Amount:

          "Reinvestment  Rate" shall mean (1) 0.50%,  plus the yield to maturity
     of the United States Treasury  obligations  with a maturity (as compiled by
     and  published  on  Telerate  Page 5 or its  successor  not more  than five
     Business  Days  immediately  preceding  the  payment  date)  equal  to  the
     remaining  Weighted Average Life to Maturity (rounded to the nearest month)
     of the principal being prepaid or paid (taking into account the application
     of each prepayment or payment required by the last sentence of Section 2.1)
     or (2) if such yield  shall not have been so  published,  the  Reinvestment
     Rate in respect of such payment date shall mean 0.50%, plus the mean of the
     yields to maturity of United States  Treasury  obligations  (as compiled by
     and  published  in  the  United  States  Federal  Reserve  Bulletin  or its
     successor  publication for each of the two weeks immediately  preceding the
     fifth  Business  Day prior to the  payment  date) with a constant  maturity
     equal to the  Weighted  Average  Life to  Maturity of the  principal  being
     prepaid or paid (taking into account the  application of each prepayment or
     payment  required  by the last  sentence  of Section  2.1).  If no maturity
     determined  pursuant to the preceding  sentence exactly equals the Weighted
     Average Life to  Maturity,  yields for the next longer and the next shorter
     published maturities shall be calculated pursuant to the foregoing sentence
     and the  Reinvestment  Rate  shall be  interpolated  from such  yields on a
     straight-line  basis (rounding to the nearest month).  If such yields shall
     not have  been so  published,  the  Reinvestment  Rate in  respect  of such
     determination  date shall be calculated on the basis of the arithmetic mean
     of  the  arithmetic  means  of  the  secondary  market  ask  rates,  as  of
     approximately  3:30 P.M.,  New York City time, on the last business days of
     each of the two weeks  preceding the payment date, for the actively  traded
     U.S.   Treasury  security  or  securities  with  a  maturity  most  closely
     corresponding  to the  remaining  Weighted  Average  Life to  Maturity,  as
     reported by three primary United States  Government  securities  dealers in
     New York City of national standing selected in good faith by the Company.
         
          "Weighted  Average Life to Maturity"  of the  principal  amount of the
     Notes being prepaid or paid shall mean, as of the time of any determination
     thereof,  the  number of years  obtained  by  dividing  the then  Remaining
     Dollar-Years  of such principal by the aggregate  amount of such principal.
     The term "Remaining  Dollar-Years"  of such principal shall mean the amount
     obtained  by (i)  multiplying  (x)  the  remainder  of (1)  the  amount  of
     principal that would have become due on each scheduled payment date if such
     prepayment  or payment had not been made,  less (2) the amount of principal
     on the Notes  scheduled to become due on such date after  giving  effect to
     such prepayment or payment and the  application  thereof in accordance with
     the last sentence of Section 2.1, by (y) the number of years (calculated to
     the  nearest  one-twelfth)  which  will  elapse  between  the  date of such
     prepayment or payment, as the case may be, and such scheduled payment date,
     and (ii) totalling the products obtained in (i).

     "Minority  Interests"  shall  mean any  shares  of stock of any  class of a
Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors' qualifying shares as required
 
                                  -26- 
<PAGE>

by law) that are not owned by the Company  and/or one or more of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries.  Minority  Interests shall be valued by valuing Minority Interests
constituting  preferred stock at the voluntary or involuntary  liquidating value
of such preferred stock, whichever is greater, and by valuing Minority Interests
constituting  common  stock at the book value of capital and surplus  applicable
thereto  adjusted,  if necessary,  to reflect any changes from the book value of
such common stock required by the foregoing method of valuing Minority Interests
in preferred stock.

     "Multiemployer Plan" shall have the same meaning as in ERISA.

     "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation and any entity
succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

     "Person" shall mean an individual,  partnership, limited liability company,
corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, and a government or agency or
political subdivision thereof.

     "Plan"  shall  mean a  "pension  plan," as such term is  defined  in ERISA,
established  or maintained by the Company or any ERISA  Affiliate or as to which
the Company or any ERISA  Affiliate  contributed or is a member or otherwise may
have any liability.

     "Property"  shall  mean any  interest  in any kind of  property  or  asset,
whether real, personal or mixed, and whether tangible or intangible.

     "Purchasers" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

     "Rentals"  shall  mean  and  include  as of the  date of any  determination
thereof all fixed  payments  (including as such all payments which the lessee is
obligated to make to the lessor on  termination of the lease or surrender of the
property)  payable  by the  Company  or a  Restricted  Subsidiary,  as lessee or
sublessee under a lease of real or personal property,  but shall be exclusive of
any  amounts  required  to be paid by the  Company  or a  Restricted  Subsidiary
(whether  or not  designated  as  rents  or  additional  rents)  on  account  of
maintenance,  repairs,  insurance,  taxes and similar charges. Fixed rents under
any so-called  "percentage  leases" shall be computed solely on the basis of the
minimum  rents,  if any,  required to be paid by the lessee  regardless of sales
volume or gross revenues.

     "Reportable Event" shall have the same meaning as in ERISA.

     "Responsible  Officer" shall mean the chief  executive  officer,  the chief
operating officer or the chief financial officer.

     "Restricted  Subsidiary"  shall mean (i) any Subsidiary  which is listed on
Schedule II hereto as a Restricted Subsidiary, and (ii) any other Subsidiary (A)
which is organized  under the laws of the United  States or any State thereof or
of Canada or any Province thereof,  (B) which conducts  substantially all of its
business and has  substantially  all of its assets  within the United  States or
Canada, (C) of which more than 80% (by number of votes) of the Voting Stock is

                                      -27-
<PAGE>

owned by the Company and/or one or more  Wholly-owned  Restricted  Subsidiaries,
and (D) which is designated as a Restricted  Subsidiary by written notice of the
President  or any Vice  President  of the  Company to the  holders of the Notes;
provided,  however,  that no such designation shall be effective unless (x) such
Subsidiary  shall  never  theretofore  have been a  Restricted  Subsidiary,  (y)
immediately  after such  designation,  the Company could incur at least $1.00 of
additional  Funded Debt under the  limitation  of Section  5.9(a)(3)  and (z) no
Default or Event of Default shall then exist and be continuing.

     "Security" shall have the same meaning as in Section 2(1) of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.

     The term "subsidiary"  shall mean as to any particular  parent  corporation
any  corporation of which more than 50% (by number of votes) of the Voting Stock
shall be beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by such parent corporation.
The term "Subsidiary" shall mean a subsidiary of the Company.

     "Unrestricted  Subsidiary"  shall  mean  any  Subsidiary  which  is  not  a
Restricted Subsidiary.

     "Voting Stock" shall mean  Securities of any class or classes,  the holders
of which are ordinarily,  in the absence of  contingencies,  entitled to elect a
majority of the corporate directors (or Persons performing similar functions).


     "Wholly-owned"  when used in connection  with any  Subsidiary  shall mean a
Subsidiary  of which all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of stock (except
shares  required  as  directors'  qualifying  shares) and all  Indebtedness  for
borrowed  money  shall  be  owned  by the  Company  and/or  one or  more  of its
Wholly-owned Subsidiaries.

     Section 8.2.  Accounting  Principles.  Where the character or amount of any
asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be  determined or
any consolidation or other accounting computation is required to be made for the
purposes of this  Agreement,  the same shall be done in accordance with GAAP, to
the extent  applicable,  except where such principles are inconsistent  with the
requirements of this Agreement.

     Section 8.3. Directly or Indirectly.  Where any provision in this Agreement
refers to action to be taken by any Person,  or which such Person is  prohibited
from taking,  such provision shall be applicable  whether the action in question
is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

SECTION 9.  MISCELLANEOUS.

     Section 9.1.  Registered  Notes.  The Company shall cause to be kept at its
principal  office a register for the registration and transfer of the Notes, and
the Company will register or transfer or cause to be registered or  transferred,
as hereinafter provided, any Note issued pursuant to this Agreement.

                                      -28-
<PAGE>

     At any time and from  time to time the  holder  of any Note  which has been
duly  registered as  hereinabove  provided may transfer such Note upon surrender
thereof at the principal office of the Company duly endorsed or accompanied by a
written  instrument  of transfer duly executed by the holder of such Note or its
attorney duly authorized in writing.  

     The Person in whose name any Note shall be  registered  shall be deemed and
treated as the owner and holder  thereof  for all  purposes  of this  Agreement.
Payment of or on account of the principal,  premium, if any, and interest on any
Note shall be made to or upon the written order of such holder. 

     Section 9.2. Exchange of Notes. At any time and from time to time, upon not
less  than five  days'  notice to that  effect  given by the  holder of any Note
initially delivered or of any Note substituted therefor pursuant to Section 9.1,
this Section 9.2 or Section 9.3, and, upon surrender of such Note at its office,
the Company will deliver in exchange  therefor,  without expense to such holder,
except as set forth below, a Note for the same aggregate principal amount as the
then  unpaid  principal  amount  of the  Note so  surrendered,  or  Notes in the
denomination of $200,000 (or such lesser amount as shall  constitute 100% of the
Notes of such  holder) or any  amount in excess  thereof  as such  holder  shall
specify,  dated as of the date to which  interest  has been  paid on the Note so
surrendered  or,  if such  surrender  is prior to the  payment  of any  interest
thereon,  then  dated as of the date of  issue,  registered  in the name of such
Person or Persons as may be designated by such holder, and otherwise of the same
form and tenor as the Notes so surrendered for exchange. The Company may require
the payment of a sum  sufficient to cover any stamp tax or  governmental  charge
imposed upon such exchange or transfer.

     Section  9.3.  Loss,  Theft,  Etc.  of  Notes.  Upon  receipt  of  evidence
satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, mutilation or destruction of any
Note, and in the case of any such loss,  theft or destruction upon delivery of a
bond of indemnity in such form and amount as shall be reasonably satisfactory to
the Company,  or in the event of such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation
of the Note,  the Company  will make and deliver  without  expense to the holder
thereof, a new Note, of like tenor, in lieu of such lost,  stolen,  destroyed or
mutilated Note. If the Purchaser or any subsequent  Institutional  Holder is the
owner of any such lost,  stolen or  destroyed  Note,  then the  affidavit  of an
authorized  officer  of such  owner,  setting  forth the fact of loss,  theft or
destruction and of its ownership of such Note at the time of such loss, theft or
destruction  shall be accepted as satisfactory  evidence  thereof and no further
indemnity  shall be required as a condition to the  execution  and delivery of a
new Note  other  than the  written  agreement  of such  owner to  indemnify  the
Company.

     Section 9.4. Expenses, Stamp Tax Indemnity. Whether or not the transactions
herein contemplated shall be consummated, the Company agrees to pay directly all
of your out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the preparation, execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the transactions  contemplated hereby,  including
but not  limited to all  investment  banking and similar  fees,  the  reasonable
charges  and  disbursements  of  Chapman  and  Cutler,   your  special  counsel,
duplicating  and printing  costs and charges for shipping the Notes,  adequately
insured to you at your home office or at such other place as you may  designate,
and all such expenses relating to any amendments, waivers or consents pursuant

                                      -29-
<PAGE>

to the  provisions  hereof  (whether or not the same are  actually  executed and
delivered),  including, without limitation, any amendments, waivers, or consents
resulting  from any work-out,  renegotiation  or  restructuring  relating to the
performance  by the  Company of its  obligations  under this  Agreement  and the
Notes. The Company further agrees that it will pay and save you harmless against
any and all liability  with respect to stamp and other taxes,  if any, which may
be payable or which may be  determined  to be  payable  in  connection  with the
execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Notes,  whether or not any Notes
are then  outstanding.  The Company  agrees to protect and indemnify you against
any liability for any and all brokerage fees and commissions  payable or claimed
to be payable to any Person in connection with the transactions  contemplated by
this Agreement.  Without  limiting the foregoing,  the Company agrees to pay the
cost of obtaining the private  placement number for the Notes and authorizes the
submission  of such  information  as may be required by Standard & Poor's  CUSIP
Service Bureau for the purpose of obtaining such number. .

     Section 9.5. Powers and Rights Not Waived; Remedies Cumulative. No delay or
failure  on the part of the holder of any Note in the  exercise  of any power or
right  shall  operate  as a waiver  thereof;  nor  shall any  single or  partial
exercise of the same  preclude  any other or further  exercise  thereof,  or the
exercise of any other power or right,  and the rights and remedies of the holder
of any Note are  cumulative to, and are not exclusive of, any rights or remedies
any such holder would otherwise have.

     Section 9.6. Notices. All communications provided for hereunder shall be in
writing and, if to you,  delivered or mailed  prepaid by registered or certified
mail or overnight  air  courier,  or by  facsimile  communication,  in each case
addressed  to you at your address  appearing on Schedule I to this  Agreement or
such other address as you or the subsequent  holder of any Note initially issued
to you may designate to the Company in writing, and if to the Company, delivered
or mailed by  registered  or  certified  mail or overnight  air  courier,  or by
facsimile  communication,  to the  Company at 1536 Beech  Street,  Terre  Haute,
Indiana  47804,  Attention:  Robert L.  Gray,  or to such  other  address as the
Company may in writing  designate to you or to a  subsequent  holder of the Note
initially issued to you;  provided,  however,  that a notice to you by overnight
air courier  shall only be effective  if  delivered  to you at a street  address
designated  for such  purpose in  Schedule  I, and a notice to you by  facsimile
communication  shall only be effective if  confirmed by  transmission  of a copy
thereof  by prepaid  overnight  air  courier,  or, in either  case,  as you or a
subsequent  holder  of any Note  initially  issued to you may  designate  to the
Company in writing.

     Section 9.7.  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
the Company and its  successors  and assigns and shall inure to your benefit and
to the benefit of your successors and assigns,  including each successive holder
or  holders  of  any  Notes.   

     Section 9.8.  Survival of Covenants  and  Representations.  All  covenants,
representations   and  warranties   made  by  the  Company  herein  and  in  any
certificates  delivered  pursuant hereto,  whether or not in connection with the
Closing Date,  shall survive the closing and the delivery of this  Agreement and
the Notes.




                                      -30-
<PAGE>

     Section 9.9. Severability. Should any part of this Agreement for any reason
be  declared  invalid  or  unenforceable,  such  decision  shall not  affect the
validity or  enforceability  of any remaining  portion,  which remaining portion
shall remain in force and effect as if this Agreement had been executed with the
invalid or  unenforceable  portion thereof  eliminated and it is hereby declared
the intention of the parties  hereto that they would have executed the remaining
portion of this  Agreement  without  including  therein any such part,  parts or
portion  which  may,  for  any  reason,   be  hereafter   declared   invalid  or
unenforceable.

     Section 9.10.  Governing Law.  This Agreement and the Notes issued and sold
hereunder  shall be governed by and construed in  accordance  with Illinois law,
including all matters of construction, validity and performance.
  
     Section 9.11. Captions. The descriptive headings of the various Sections or
parts of this  Agreement  are for  convenience  only and  shall not  affect  the
meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.



                                      -31-
<PAGE>

     The execution  hereof by you shall constitute a contract between us for the
uses and purposes  hereinabove set forth,  and this Agreement may be executed in
any number of counterparts,  each executed counterpart  constituting an original
but all together only one agreement. 






                                       GENERAL HOUSEWARES CORP.


                                       By Robert L. Gray
                                          -----------------------
                                          Its Vice President, Finance and 
                                          Treasurer

Accepted as of November 15, 1994.


                                        FIRST COLONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                                        BY James J. Wishan
                                           ----------------
                                           Its Chief Investment Officer
                                           First Colony Corporation









                                      -32-
<PAGE>

NAMES AND ADDRESSES                                          PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
  OF PURCHASERS                                               OF NOTES TO BE
                                                                PURCHASED

FIRST COLONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                           $8,000,000
700 Main Street
P.O. Box 1280
Lynchburg, Virginia  24505
Attention:  Mr. George D. Vermilya, Jr.
Telecopier Number:  (804) 948-5749


Payments

All  payments  on or in  respect  of the  Notes to be by bank wire  transfer  of
Federal  or other  immediately  available  funds  (identifying  each  payment as
"General  Housewares  Corp.,  8.41%  Senior  Notes  due 2004,  PPN  370073 A@ 7,
principal,  premium or interest") to: 

     Crestar  Bank  (ABA  #05-10-0002-0)  
     Richmond,   Virginia 
     Credit  -  #2111
     Attention:  Income Processing Unit Number 27955 

     for credit to: First Colony Life Insurance   Company
     Account   Number   10765400   

Notices   
     
All notices and communications,  including notices with respect to payments
and written confirmation of each such payment, to be addressed as first provided
above.  

Name of Nominee  in which  Notes are to be issued:  None  

Taxpayer  I.D.
Number: 54-0596414



                                   SCHEDULE I
                              (to Note Agreement)

<PAGE>

NAMES AND ADDRESSES                                          PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
    OF PURCHASERS                                             OF NOTES TO BE
                                                                PURCHASED


AMERICAN MAYFLOWER LIFE                                       $2,000,000
INSURANCE COMPANY                                  
700 Main Street
P.O. Box 1280
Lynchburg, Virginia  24504
Attention:  Mr. George D. Vermilya, Jr.
Telecopier Number:  (804) 948-5484


All  payments  on or in  respect  of the  Notes to be by bank wire  transfer  of
Federal  or other  immediately  available  funds  (identifying  each  payment as
"General  Housewares  Corp.,  8.41%  Senior  Notes  due 2004,  PPN  370073 A@ 7,
principal,  premium or  interest")  to:  

     Chemical Bank 
     New York, New York (ABA #0210-0012-8) 
     Attention: Rich Boxer
     
     for credit to:  American  Mayflower  Life Insurance Company 
     Custodian Account Number N-92585-25

Notices

All notices and communications, including notices with respect to payments and
written confirmation of  each such payment, to be addressed as first provided
above.

Name of Nominee in which Notes are to be issued:  None

Taxpayer I.D. Number:  13-5660550





                                      (I-2)

<PAGE>

NAMES AND ADDRESSES                                          PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
  OF PURCHASERS                                               OF NOTES TO BE
                                                                PURCHASED

THE NORTH ATLANTIC LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                       $2,000,000
OF AMERICA
c/o Washington Square Capital
100 Washington Square, Suite 800
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401-2147
Attention:  Securities Department
Telecopier Number: (612) 372-5368

All  payments  on or in  respect  of the  Notes to be by bank wire  transfer  of
Federal  or other  immediately  available  funds  (identifying  each  payment as
"General  Housewares  Corp.,  8.41%  Senior  Notes  due 2004,  PPN  370073 A@ 7,
principal, premium or interest") to:

     First  National  Bank  N.A./Mpls.  (ABA #091000022) 
     601 2nd Avenue South 
     Minneapolis,  Minnesota  
     Attention:  Securities Accounting  
    
     for  credit to:  Northern  Life  Insurance  Company  
     Account  Number 1602-3237-6105  

Notices 

All notices and communications,  including notices with respect to payments
and written confirmation of each such payment, to be addressed as first provided
above. 

Name of Nominee in which Notes are to be issued: None

Taxpayer I.D. Number: 41-1295933



                                      (I-3)
<PAGE>

NAMES AND ADDRESSES                                          PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
  OF PURCHASERS                                               OF NOTES TO BE
                                                                PURCHASED       

THE NORTH ATLANTIC LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                       $2,000,000
 OF AMERICA
c/o Washington Square Capital
100 Washington Square, Suite 800
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55401-2147
Attention:  Securities Department
Telecopier Number: (612) 372-5368

All payments on or in respect of the Notes to be by bank wire transfer of
Federal or other immediately available funds (identifying each payment as
"General Housewares Corp., 8.41% Senior Notes due 2004, PPN 370073 A@ 7,
principal, premium or interest") to:

     Northern Trust Company (ABA #071-000-152)

     for credit to:  The North Atlantic Life Insurance Company of America
     Account Number 5186041000
     Further Credit to 26-67303
     North Atlantic Life
     Attention: MBS Processing

Notices

All notices and communications to be addressed as first provided above, except
notices of payments on or in respect of the Notes and written confirmation of
each such payment to be addressed: Attention: Securities Operations.

Name of Nominee in which Notes are to be issued:  None

Taxpayer I.D. Number: 11-1983132




                                      (I-4)

<PAGE>

NAMES AND ADDRESSES                                          PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
  OF PURCHASERS                                               OF NOTES TO BE
                                                                PURCHASED      
BERKSHIRE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY                               $2,000,000
700 South Street
Pittsfield, Massachusetts  01201
Attention:  Securities Department
Telecopier Number:  (413) 443-9397

All  payments  on or in  respect  of the  Notes to be by bank wire  transfer  of
Federal  or other  immediately  available  funds  (identifying  each  payment as
"General  Housewares  Corp.,  8.41%  Senior  Notes  due 2004,  PPN  370073 A@ 7,
principal,  premium or interest")  not later than 11:00 A.M.  Chicago,  Illinois
time to:  

     The Chase  Manhattan  Bank,  N.A. (ABA  #021000021) 
     One Chase Manhattan Plaza 
     New York, New York 10081 

     for credit to: 
     Berkshire Life Insurance Company's
     Account Number 002-4-020877  

Notices 

All notices and  communications,  including notices with respect to payments and
written  confirmation  of each such payment,  to be addressed as first  provided
above.  

Name of Nominee  in which  Notes are to be issued:  None  

Taxpayer  I.D. Number: 04-1083480




                                      (I-5)


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         DESCRIPTION OF DEBT AND LEASES
<S>                                                                                  <C>      
Current Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding              2,403,000     
on September 30, 1994 is as follows:
                                                                                     2,403,000                                      


                                                                                                                                    
Funded Debt (other than Capitalized rentals) of the Company and its                         
Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on September 30, 1994 is as follows                                           

                                                                                

Long-term Notes Payable to Harris Bank (lines of credit)                             18,500,000
Defferred Purchase Payment Due to Normandy                                            1,363,408
$5M Subordinated Note Due Stockholders                                                5,000,000
                                                                                     ----------

Total Funded Debt                                                                    24,863,408
                                                                                     ==========
</TABLE>


Long-term Leases of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
outstanding on September 30, 1994 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             ANNUAL 
                                                                                                             BASE RENT   
LESSOR/LOCATION                                       DESCRIPTION           LEASE TERM       EXPIRES         PAYMENTS             
<S>                                                   <C>                   <C>              <C>              <C>    
 
B&B Warehousing, Sidney, OH                           Warehouse             41 mos           08/30/1995         38,400

Factory Merchants, Pigeon Forge, TN                   Retail Outlet         60 mos           04/30/1996         37,866
                                                      Store
MG Burlington, Burlington, WA                         Retail Outlet         72 mos           06/27/1997         42,884
                                                      Store
MG Chelsea, Lake Elsinore, CA                         Retail Outlet         60 mos           11/18/1997         53,288
                                                      Store
MG Hillsboro II Ltd., Hillsboro, TX                   Retail Outlet         60 mos           04/03/1997         42,328
                                                      Store
Southpoint Outlet Cntr, Gilroy,CA                     Retail Outlet         84 mos           10/31/1999         55,000
                                                      Store
Calhoun Outlet Cntr, Calhoun, GA                      Retail Outlet         60 mos           11/30/1997         45,744
                                                      Store
Tanger Factory Outlet, Casa Grande, AZ                Retail Outlet         60 mos           01/31/1998         37,500
                                                      Store
Las Vegas Outlet, Las Vegas, NV                       Retail Outlet         84 mos           03/31/2000         44,800
                                                      Store
Ohio Factory Shops, Jeffersonville, OH                Retail Outlet         72 mos           07/31/1998         43,408
                                                      Store 
Gulf Coast Factory, Ellenton, FL                      Retail Outlet         60 mos           08/31/1998         40,170
                                                      Store
Castle Rock Factory Stores, Castle Rock, Co           Retail Outlet         60 mos           08/28/1998         53,436
                                                      Store
Tanger Properties, Stroud, OK                         Retail Outlet         60 mos           07/31/1998         37,500
                                                      Store
Gainesville Factory Stores, Gainesville, TX           Retail Outlet         84 mos           08/31/2000         36,160              
                                                      Store
Stanley K. Tanger, Gonzales, LA                       Retail Outlet         60 mos          09/30/1998          37,500
                                                      Store
Queenstown Properties, Queentown, MD                  Retail Outlet         60 mos          10/16/1998          41,252
                                                      Store
MaxArthur Glenn Group, Algodones, NM                  Retail Outlet         60 mos          10/15/1998          43,200
                                                      Store
Stanley K. Tanger, McMinnville, OR                    Retail Outlet         60 mos          12/11/1998          40,000
                                                      Store
MCG Outlet Cntr., Conroe, TX                          Retail Outlet         60 mos          05/25/1999          44,550
                                                      Store
Horizon Outlet Centers LTD PSH, Birch Run, MI         Retail Outlet         84 mos          07/15/2001          45,000
                                                      Store
R.R. Laconia, Inc., Tilton, NH                        Retail Outlet         84 mos          07/15/2001          40,238
                                                      Store
R.R. Foley, Inc., Foley, AL                           Retail Outlet         84 mos          07/29/2001           41,850
                                                      Store
Terre Haute First National Bank                       Company Car           48 mos          01/28/1995           8,832

IBM Corp.                                             IBM Hardware/         60 mos          12/15/94           116,448
                                                      Software                       
                                                                                                              ---------  
                                                                                                             1,085,974
</TABLE>                                                                       

<PAGE>                            

Total Annual Base Rents on Leases                                               

Capitalized Leases of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on
September 30, 1994 are as follows:


                                      None


                                      II-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                          SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY
                          
<CAPTION>
 
RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES:

                                                                       PERCENTAGE OF VOTING STOCK
 NAME OF                         JURISDICTION OF                       OWNED BY COMPANY AND                                   
 SUBSIDIARY                      INCORPORATION                         EACH OTHER SUBSIDIARY
                        
<S>                              <C>                                   <C>     
Chicago Cutlery, Inc.            Florida                               100%

Chicago Cutlery etc., Inc.       Indiana                               100%

General Housewares               U.S. Virgin Islands                   100%
Export Corporation

General Housewares               Province of Quebec,                   100%
of Canada Inc.                   Canada

<CAPTION>
        
SUBSIDIARIES (OTHER THAN RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES):


                            JURISDICTION              PERCENTAGE OF VOTING STOCK
    NAME OF                 OF                        OWNED BY COMPANY AND
    SUBSIDIARY              CORPORATION               EACH OTHER SUBSIDIARY

    <S>                     <C>                       <C>    
                                
    None                    None                      None                                 
                                     


</TABLE>


                                      II-3


<PAGE>

                     LIENS EXISTING AS OF THE CLOSING DATE
                      SECURING FUNDED DEBT OF THE COMPANY
                        AND ITS RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES


                    

                        


                                      None



                                 SCHEDULE III
                              (to Note Agreement)

<PAGE> 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE  "SECURITIES  ACT"). ANY SALE,  TRANSFER OR OTHER  DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE
(OTHER THAN TO THE ISSUER  HEREOF)  MAY BE MADE ONLY IF MADE (A)  PURSUANT TO AN
EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (B) PURSUANT TO AN
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

                               
                            GENERAL HOUSEWARES CORP.
                               
                               8.41% Senior Note
                             
                             Due November 15, 2004
                                      
No.
                                                             ------------, ----
 $                                                                     
                         


     GENERAL HOUSEWARES CORP., a Delaware Corporation (the COMPANY), for value
received, herby promises to pay to



                             or registered assigns
                     on the fifteenth day of November 2004
                            the principal amount of

                                                                    DOLLARS ($ )
                                
and to pay interest  (computed  on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve  30-day
monthes) on the principal  amount from time to time  remaining  unpaid hereon at
the rate of  8.41%  per  annum  from the date  hereof  until  maturity,  payable
semiannually  on the fifteenth of May and November in each year  (commencing  on
May 15,  1995) and at  maturity.  The Company  agrees to pay interest on overdue
principal  (including any overdue required or optional  prepayment of Principal)
and premium,  if any,  and (to the extent  legally  enforceable)  on any overdue
installment  of  interest,  at the rate of 9.41% per  annum  after the due date,
whether by acceleration or otherwise, until paid.

     Both the principal  hereof and interest hereon are payable at the principal
office of the Company in Terre Haute,  Indiana in coin or currency of the United
States of  America  which at the time of payment  shall be legal  tender for the
payment of public and private  debts.  If any amount of principal,  premium,  if
any, or  interest  on or in respect of this Note  becomes due and payable on any
date  which  is  not a  Business  Day,  such  amount  shall  be  payable  on the
immediately  preceding  Business Day.  "Business Day" means any day other than a
Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in Terre Haute, Indiana or Chicago,
Illinois are required by law to close or are customarily closed.


                                   EXHIBIT A
                              (to Note Agreement)
<PAGE>

     This  Note is one of the 8.41%  Senior  Notes due  November  15,  2004 (the
Notes) of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of $20,000,000 issued or
to be issued under and pursuant to the terms and provisions of the separate Note
Agreements,  each dated as of November 15, 1994 (the Note  Agreements),  entered
into by the Company with the original  Purchasers  therein  referred to and this
Note and the holder hereof are entitled  equally and ratably with the holders of
all other  Notes  outstanding  under  the Note  Agreements  to all the  benefits
provided  for thereby or referred  to therein.  Reference  is hereby made to the
Note Agreements for a statement of such rights and benefits.

     This Note and the other Notes  outstanding under the Note Agreements may be
declared due prior to their expressed maturity dates and certain prepayments are
required to be made thereon,  all in the events,  on the terms and in the manner
and amounts as provided in the Note Agreements.

     The Notes are not subject to  prepayment or redemption at the option of the
Company  prior to  their  expressed  maturity  dates  except  on the  terms  and
conditions and in the amounts and with the premium, if any, set forth in Section
2 of the Note Agreements.

     This Note is  registered  on the books of the Company  and is  transferable
only by surrender  thereof at the principal  office of the Company duly endorsed
or  accompanied  by a  written  instrument  of  transfer  duly  executed  by the
registered  holder of this Note or its  attorney  duly  authorized  in  writing.
Payment of or on account of  principal,  premium,  if any,  and interest on this
Note  shall be made  only to or upon  the  order in  writing  of the  registered
holder.


                         
                                                        GENERAL HOUSEWARES CORP.

                                                        By
                                                          ----------------------
                                                          Its



                                       A-2


<PAGE>

                         REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTIES


     The Company represents and warrants to you as follows:

     1. Subsidiaries.  Schedule II attached to the Agreements states the name of
each of the Company's  Subsidiaries,  its jurisdiction of incorporation  and the
percentage  of its Voting  Stock owned by the company  and/or its  Subsidiaries.
Those Subsidiaries listed in Section 1 of said Schedule II constitute Restricted
Subsidiaries.  The Company and each Subsidiary has good and marketable  title to
all of the shares it pruports to own of the stock of each  Subsidiary,  free and
clear in each case of any Lien.  All such  shares  have been duly issued and are
fully paid and non-assessable.

     2. Corporate Organization and Authority.  The Company, and each Restricted
Subsidiary,

          (a) is a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly  existing and in good
standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation;

          (b) has all requisite  power and authority and all necessary  licenses
and permits to won and operate its  properties  and to carry on its  business as
now conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted; and

          (c) is duly licensed or qualified and is in good standing as a foreign
corporation in each jurisdiction  wherein the nature of the business  transacted
by it or the nature of the property  owned or leased by it makes such  licensing
or  qualification  necessary,  except  where the  failure to be so  licensed  or
qualified and in good standing  would not have a material  adverse effect on the
financial  condition  or  propertied  or  operations  of  the  Company  and  its
Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

     3. Business and Property.  You have hertofore been furnished with a copy of
the Confidential  Offering  Memorandum dated October 12, 1994 (the "Memorandum")
prepared by First Chicago which generally sets forht the business  conduc5ed and
proposed to be conducted by the Company and its  Subsidiaries  and the principal
properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

     4. Financial Statements.  (a)The consolidated balance sheets of the Company
and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31 in each of the years 1989 to
1993,  both  inclusive,  and the statements of income and retained  earnings and
changes in  financial  position or cash flows for the fiscal years ended on said
dates, each accompanied by a report theron containing an opinion  unqualified as
to scope limitations imposed by the Company and otherwise without  qualification
except as therein noted, by Price Waterhouse,  have been prepared in accordance
with GAAP consistently  applied except as therinnoted,  are correct and complete
and present fairly the financial  postition of the company and its  consolidated
Subsidiaries as of such dates and the results of their operations and changes in
their  financial  position  or  cash  flows  for  such  periods.  the  unaudited
consolidated balance sheets of the
         
                                   EXHIBIT B
                              (to Note Agreement)

<PAGE>

Company and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  as of September  30, 1994,  and the
unaudited  statements  of income and  retained  earnings  and cash flows for the
nine-month  period ended on said date prepared by the Company have been prepared
in  accordance  with GAAP  consistently  applied,  are correct and  complete and
present  fairly the  financial  position  of the  Company  and its  consolidated
Subsidiaries as of said date and the results of their  operations and changes in
their financial posititon or cash flows for such period.

     (b) Since  December  31,  1993  there has been no change in the  condition,
financial or  otherwise,  of the Company and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  as
shown on the  consolidate  balance  sheet as of such date except  changes in the
ordinary course of business,  none of which individually or in the aggregate has
been materially adverse.

     5. Indebtedness. Schedule II attached to the Agreements correctly describes
all Current Debt,  Funded Debt,  Capitalized  Leases and Long-Term Leases of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on September 30, 1994.

     6.  Full  Disclosure.  Neither  the  financial  statements  referred  to in
paragraph  4 hereof nor the  Agreements,  the  Memorandum  or any other  written
statement  furnished by the Company to you in connection with the negotiation of
the sale of the Notes, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits
a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein or herein not
misleading.  There is no fact peculiar to the Company or its Subsidiaries  which
the  company  has not  disclosed  to your in writing  whcih  materially  affects
adversely  nor, so far as the Company can now foresee,  will  materially  affect
adversely the properties, business, prospects profits or condition (financial or
otherwise) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

     7.  Pending  Litigation.  There  are  no  proceedings  pending  or,  to the
knowledge of the  Company,  threatened  against or affecting  the Company or any
Restricted  Subsidiary  in any court or before  any  governmental  authority  or
arbitration  board  or  tribunal  whcih  involve  a  reasonable   likelihood  of
materially and adversely affecting the properties,  business, prospects, profits
or  condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  of the  company  and  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries.  Except as discolsed  by the Company in its annual  report on Form
10K for the fiscal year ended  December  31, 1993 and its  quarterly  reports on
Form 10Q for the  quarterly  periods  ending March 31,  1994,  June 30, 1994 and
September  30,  1994,  respectively,  neither  the  Company  nor any  Restricted
Subsidiary is in default with respect to any order of any court or governmental
authority or arbitration board or tribunal.

     8. Title to Properties. The Company and each Restricted Subsidiary has good
and marketable  title in fee simple (or its equivalent  under applicable law) to
all  material  parcels  of real  property  and has good  title to all the  other
material  items of property it purports to own,  including that reflected in the
most recent balance sheet  referred to in paragraph 4 hereof,  except as sold or
otherwise  disposed of in the  ordinary  course of business and except for Liens
permitted by the  Agreements.  Schedule III attached to the Agreement  correctly
describes  all Liens  securing  Funded Debt of the  company  and its  Restricted
Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date.

                                       B-2

<PAGE>

     9. Patents and Trademarks.  The Company and each Restricted Subsidiary owns
or  possesses  all  the  patents,   trademarks,   trade  names,  service  marks,
copyrights,  licenses and rights with respect to the foregoing necessary for the
present and planned future  conduct of its business,  without any known conflict
with the rights of others.

     10. Sale is Legal and Authorized.  (a) the sale of the Notes and compliance
by the Company with all of the provisions of the Agreements and the Notes --

          (i) are within the corporate powers of the Company; and

          (ii) will not  violate any  provisions  of any law or any order of any
     court or  governmental  authority or agency and will not  conflict  with or
     result in any breach of any of the terms,  conditions or provisions  of, or
     constitute a default under, the Articles of Incorporation or By-laws of the
     Company or any  indenture  or other  agreement or  instrument  to which the
     Company is a party or by which it may be bound or result in the  imposition
     of any Liens or encumbrances on any property of the Company.

     (b) The sale of the Notes and the execution and delivery of the  Agreements
and the Notes have been duly authorized by proper  corporated action on the part
of the Company (no action by the  stockholders  of the Company being required by
law, by the Articles of  Incorporation  or By-laws of the Company or  otherwise)
and the Agreements and the Notes have been executed and delivered by the Company
and  constitute  the  legal,  valid  and  binding  obligations,   contracts  and
agreements of the Company enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

     11. No  Defaults.  No  Default  or Event of  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing.  The  company  is not in  default in the  payment  of  principal  or
interest on any  Indebtedness for borrowed money and is not in default under any
instrument  or  instruments  or  agreements  under  and  subject  to  which  any
Indebtedness for borrowed money has been issued and no event has occurred and is
continuing  under the provisions of any such  instrument or agreement which with
the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an event of
default thereunder.

     12. Governmental Consent. No approval,  consent or withholding of objection
on the part of any regulatory  body,  state,  Federal or local,  is necessary in
connection  with the execution and delivery by the Company of the  Agreements or
the  issuance,  sale or delivery of the Notes or  compliance by the Company with
any of the provisions of the Agreements or the Notes.

     13.  Taxes.  All tax  returns  required  to be filed by the  Company or any
Restricted  Subsidiary in any  jurisdiction  have, in fact, been filed,  and all
taxes, assessments,  fees and other governmental charges upon the Company or any
Restricted  Subsidiary  or upon any of their  respective  properties,  income or
franchises,  which are shown to be due and  payable  in such  returns  have been
paid.  For all taxable years ending on or before  December 31, 1990, the Federal
income tax liablility of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries has been

                                       B-3

<PAGE>

     satisfied and either the period of  limitations on assessment of additional
Federal  income tax has expired or the Company and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries
have  entered  into an  agreement  with the  Internal  Revenue  Service  closing
conclusively the total tax liability for the taxable year.  Although the Company
is currently being audited by the Internal  Revenue Service for the taxable year
ending  December  31, 1991 and  although  the  Company has been  informed by the
Internal  Revenue Service in connection with such audit that certain  deductions
may be  disallowed,  the company  does not know of any proposed  additional  tax
assessment  against it for which  adequate  provision  has not be en made on its
accounts,  and no material controversy in respect of additional Federal or state
income  taxes due since said date is pending or to the  knowledge of the Company
threatened.  The  provisions  for  taxes on the  books of the  Company  and each
Restricted  Subsidiary  are  adequate  for all open  years,  and for its current
fiscal period.

     14. Use of Proceeds.  The net  proceeds  from the sale of the Notes will be
used to pay down existing indebtedness under the Company's  bank-provided credit
lines and for other corporate purposes. None of the transactions contemplated in
the Agreements (including,  without limitation thereof, the use of proceeds from
the issuance of the Notes) will violate or result in a violation of Section 7 of
the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended,  or any  regulation  issued
pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, Regulations G,T, U and X of the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R., Chapter II. Neither
the Company nor any Subsidiary  owns or intends to carry or purchase any "margin
stock"  within the meaning of said  Regulation  G. None of the proceeds from the
sale of the Notes will be used to  purchase,  or  refinance  any  borrowing  the
proceeds of which were used to purchase,  any  "security"  within the meaning of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     15. Private Offering.  Neither the Company, directly or indirectly, nor any
agent on its behalf has offered or will offer the Notes or any similar  Security
to or has solicited or will solicit an offer to acquire the Notes or any similar
Security  from or has  otherwise  approached  or  negotiated or will approach or
negotiate in respect of the Notes or any similar  Security with any Person other
that the Purchasers and not more than 48 other institutional investors,  each of
whom was offered a portion of the Notes at private sale for investment.  Neither
the company, directly or indirectly,  nor any agent on its behalf has offered or
will offer the Notes or any similar Security to or has solicited or will solicit
an offer to acquire the Notes or any similar  Security  from any Person so as to
bring the issuance and sale of the Notes within the  provisions  of Section 5 of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     16.  ERISA.  the  consummation  of  the  transaction  provided  for  in the
Agreements  and  compliance by the Company with the  provisions  thereof and the
Notes issued thereunder will not involve any prohibited  transaction  within the
meaning  of ERISA or  Section  4975 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code or 1986,  as
amended. Each Plan complies in all material repects with all applicable statutes
and governmental rules and regulations, and (a) no Reportable Event has occurred
and is  continuing  with  respect to any Plan,  (b)  neither the Company nor any
ERISA Affiliate has withdrawn from any Plan or Multiemployer  Plan or instituted
steps to do so, (c) no steps have been  instituted  to  terminate  any Plan.  No
condition exists or event or transaction has occurred in connection with any

                                    B-4


<PAGE>

Plan which could result in the incurrence by the Company or any ERISA  Affiliate
of any material liability, fine or penalty. No Plan maintained by the Company or
any  ERISA  Affiliate,  nor any  trust  created  thereunder,  has  incurred  any
"accumulated funding deficiency" as defined in Section 302 of ERISA nor does the
present  value of all  benefits  vested under all Plans  exceed,  as of the last
annual  valuation  date, the value of the assets of the Plans  allocable to such
vested benefits by an amount greater that $99,000 in the aggregate.  Neither the
Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has any contingent liability with respect to any
prot-retirement  "welfare benefit plan" (as such term is defined in ERISA except
as has been disclosed to the Purchasers.

     17.  Compliance  with Law.  (a)  Neither  the  Company  nor any  Restricted
Subsidiary (1) is in violation of any law,  ordinance,  franchise,  governmental
rule or  regulation  to which it is  subject;  or (2) has  failed to obtain  any
license, permit, franchise or other governmental  authorization necessary to the
ownership of its property or to the conduct of its business,  which violation or
failure to obtain would  materially  affect  adversely the business,  prospects,
profits, properties or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole, or impair the ability of the Company
to perform its obligations contained in the Agreements or the Notes. Neither the
Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary is in default with respect to any order of
any court or governmental authority or arbitration board or tribunal.

     (b) Without limiting the provisions of clause (a) of this paragraph 17, the
Company is in compliance with all applicable  Environmental Laws, the failure to
comply with which would materially  affect  adversely the properties,  business,
prospects,  profits or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its
Subsidiaries  taken as a whole or the  ability of the  Company  to  perform  its
obligations under the Agreements or the Notes.

     18.  Investment  Company  Act.  The Company is not,  and is not directly or
indirectly controlled by or acting on behalf of any Person which is, required to
register as an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended.

     19.  Foreign  Assets  Control  Regulations,  etc. None of the Company,  any
Restricted  Subsidiary  or any Affiliate of the Company is, by reason of being a
"national" of "designated foreign country" or a "specially  designated national"
within the meaning of the  Regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets  Control,
United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V), or for any
other  reason,  subject  to  any  restriction  or  prohibition  under,  or is in
violation of, any Federal statute or Presidential  Executive Order, or any rules
or regulations of any  department,  agency or  administrative  body  promulgated
under any such statute or order,  concerning  trade or other  relations with any
foreign country or any citizen or national  thereof or the ownerhip or operation
of any property.

                                       B-5

<PAGE>

                DESCRIPTION OF SPECIAL COUNSEL'S CLOSING OPINION

     The  closing  opinion  of  Chapman  and  Cutler,  special  counsel  to  the
purchasers,  called for by  Section  4.1 of the  Agreements,  shall be dated the
Closing Date and addressed to the Purchasers,  shall be satisfactory in form and
substance to the Purchasers and shall be to the effect that:
                       
          1. The Company is a corporation, validly existing and in good standing
     under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the corporate power and the
     corporate  authority to execute and deliver the Agreements and to issue the
     Notes.

          2. The Agreements have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
     action on the part of the Company, have been duly executed and delivered by
     the Company and  constitute the legal,  valid and binding  contracts of the
     Company enforceable in accordance with their terms,  subject to bankruptcy,
     insolvency,  fraudulent  conveyance  or similar laws  affecting  creditors'
     rights generally,  and general  principles of equity (regardless of whether
     the  application of such principles is considered in a proceeding in equity
     or at law).

          3. The Notes  have been duly  authorized  by all  necessary  corporate
     action on the part of the Company, have been duly executed and delivered by
     the Company and constitute the legal, valid and binding  obligations of the
     Company enforceable in accordance with their terms,  subject to bankruptcy,
     insolvency,  fraudulent  conveyance  or similar laws  affecting  creditors'
     rights generally,  and general  principles of equity (regardless of whether
     the  application of such principles is considered in a proceeding in equity
     or at law).

          4.  The   issuance,   sale  and   delivery  of  the  Notes  under  the
     circumstances  contemplated by the Agreements does not, under existing law,
     require the  registration of the Notes under the Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended, or the qualification of an indenture under the Trust Indenture Act
     of 1939, as amended.

     The  opinion of Chapman  and  Cutler  shall also state that the  opinion of
Gordon R.  Erickson,  Esq.,  is  satisfactory  in scope and form to Chapman  and
Cutler and that,  in their  opinion,  the  Purchasers  are  justified in relying
thereon.  

     In rendering the opinion set forth in paragraph 1 above, Chapman and Cutler
may  rely  solely  upon  an  examination  of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation
certified  by, and a  certificate  of good  standing  of the Company  from,  the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware,  the By-laws of the Company and the
general  business  corporation  law of the State of  Delaware.  The  opinion  of
Chapman and Cutler is limited to the laws of the State of Illinois,  the general
business  corporation  law of the State of Delaware  and the Federal laws of the
United States. 

                                   EXHIBIT C
                              (to Note Agreement)
           
<PAGE>

     With respect to matters of fact upon which such  opinion is based,  Chapman
and Cutler may rely on appropriate certificates of public officials and officers
of the Company.





                                       C-2

<PAGE>

            DESCRIPTION OF CLOSING OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY

     The closing  opinion of Gordon R. Erickson,  Esq.,  General Counsel for the
Company,  which is called for by Section 4.1 of the  Agreements,  shall be dated
the Closing Date and addressed to the Purchasers, shall be satisfactory in scope
and form to the Purchasers  and shall be to the effect that:  

          1. The Company is a corporation,  duly organized, validly existing and
     in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has the corporate
     power and the corporate authority to execute and perform the Agreements and
     to issue the Notes and has the full corporate power to carry on its present
     business and is duly licensed or qualified in all states and  jurisdictions
     wherein  the  nature of the  business  carried  on by it or the  assets and
     properties owned or leased by it requires such  qualification or licensing,
     except  where the failure to be so licensed or  qualified  would not have a
     material  adverse  effect  on the  financial  condition  or  properties  or
     operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

          2. Each Subsidiary is a corporation  duly organized,  validly existing
     and in good standing under the laws of its  jurisdiction  of  incorporation
     and  is  duly  licensed  or  qualified  and is in  good  standing  in  each
     jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it
     or the nature of the  business  transacted  by it makes such  licensing  or
     qualification  necessary  and all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of
     capital stock of each such Subsidiary have been duly issued, are fully paid
     and non-assessable and are owned by the Company.

          3. The Agreements have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
     action on the part of the Company, have been duly executed and delivered by
     the Company and  constitute the legal,  valid and binding  contracts of the
     Company enforceable in accordance with their terms,  subject to bankruptcy,
     insolvency,  fraudulent  conveyance  or similar laws  affecting  creditors'
     rights generally,  and general  principles of equity (regardless of whether
     the  application of such principles is considered in a proceeding in equity
     or at law).

          4. The Notes  have been duly  authorized  by all  necessary  corporate
     action on the part of the Company, have been duly executed and delivered by
     the Company and constitute the legal, valid and binding  obligations of the
     Company enforceable in accordance with their terms,  subject to bankruptcy,
     insolvency,  fraudulent  conveyance  or similar laws  affecting  creditors'
     rights generally,  and general  principles of equity (regardless of whether
     the  application of such principles is considered in a proceeding in equity
     or at law).

          5. No approval, consent or withholding of objection on the part of, or
     filing, registration or qualification with, any governmental body, Federal,
     state or local, is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and
     performance of the Agreements or the Notes.

                                   EXHIBIT D
                              (to Note Agreement)

<PAGE>

          6. The issuance and sale of the Notes and the execution,  delivery and
     performance by the Company of the Agreements do not conflict with or result
     in any breach of any of the  provisions of or constitute a default under or
     result in the creation or  imposition  of any Lien upon any of the property
     of  the  Company   pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  the   Certificate  of
     Incorporation  or  By-laws  of  the  Company  or  any  agreement  or  other
     instrument  known to such  counsel  to which the  Company  is a party or by
     which the Company may be bound.

          7.  The   issuance,   sale  and   delivery  of  the  Notes  under  the
     circumstances  contemplated by the Agreements does not, under existing law,
     require the  registration of the Notes under the Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended, or the qualification of an indenture under the Trust Indenture Act
     of 1939, as amended.

         8. The  issuance of the Notes and the use of the  proceeds of the sale
     of the Notes in accordance  with the provisions of and  contemplated by the
     Agreements do not violate or conflict  with  Regulation G, T, U or X of the
     Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

          9. There is no  litigation  pending or, to the best  knowledge of such
     counsel,  threatened  which in such counsel's  opinion could  reasonably be
     expected to have a materially  adverse effect on the Company's  business or
     assets or which  would  impair  the  ability  of the  Company  to issue and
     deliver the Notes or to comply with the provisions of the Agreements. 

     The opinion of Gordon R.  Erickson,  Esq.,  shall cover such other  matters
relating to the sale of the Notes as the Purchasers  may reasonably  request and
may rely upon an  opinion  of  Canadian  counsel  with  respect  to the  opinion
required in  paragraph 2  regarding  the  Company's  Canadian  Subsidiary.  With
respect to matters of fact on which such opinion is based, such counsel shall be
entitled to rely on appropriate certificates of public officials and officers of
the Company.


                                       D-2



                                  $30,000,000

                                Credit Agreement
                                  Dated as of

                               November 30, 1994
                                     Among

                           General Housewares Corp.,
                          The Banks Signatory Hereto,

                                      And
                         Harris Trust And Savings Bank

                                    as Agent


<PAGE>


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section                                                                    Page

Section 1.             The Credit Facility...................................1
      Section 1.1.         The Revolving Credit..............................1

Section 2.             General Provisions Applicable To All Loans............4
      Section 2.1.         Applicable Interest Rates.........................4
      Section 2.2.         Minimum Borrowing Amounts.........................7
      Section 2.3.         Borrowing Procedures..............................7
      Section 2.4.         Interest Periods..................................8
      Section 2.5.         Maturity of Loans.................................9
      Section 2.6.         Prepayments.......................................9
      Section 2.7.         Default Rate......................................10
      Section 2.8.         The Notes.........................................10
      Section 2.9.         Commitment Terminations...........................11
      Section 2.10.        Funding Indemnity.................................11
      Section 2.11.        Margin Adjustments................................12
Section 3.             Fees..................................................12
      Section 3.1.         Commitment Fee....................................12
      Section 3.2.         Closing Fee.......................................13
      Section 3.3.         Agent's Fees......................................13
      Section 3.4.         Letter of Credit Fees.............................13
      Section 3.5.         Transaction Charges...............................13
Section 4.             Place And Application Of Payments; Extension of

                       Termination Date......................................13
      Section 4.1.         Place and Application of Payments.................13

Section 5.             Definitions; Interpretation...........................15
      Section 5.1.         Definitions.......................................15
      Section 5.2.         Interpretation....................................24


<PAGE>

Section 6.             Representations And Warranties........................24
      Section 6.1.         Organization and Qualification....................24
      Section 6.2.         Subsidiaries......................................25
      Section 6.3.         Corporate Authority and Validity of Obligations...25
      Section 6.4.         Not an Investment Company.........................25
      Section 6.5.         Margin Stock......................................25
      Section 6.6.         Financial Reports.................................26
      Section 6.7.         No Material Adverse Change........................26
      Section 6.8.         Litigation........................................26
      Section 6.9.         Tax Returns.......................................26
      Section 6.10.        Approvals.........................................26
      Section 6.11.        Liens.............................................27
      Section 6.12.        ERISA.............................................27
      Section 6.13.        Material Agreements...............................27
      Section 6.14.        Compliance with Environmental Laws................27
Section 7.             Conditions Precedent..................................28
      Section 7.1.         Initial Borrowing.................................28
      Section 7.2.         All Loans and Letters of Credit...................28
      Section 7.3.         Additional Conditions to Loans (other than Refunding
                           Borrowings), Letters of Credit....................29

      Section 7.4.         Letters of Credit.................................29
      Section 7.5.         Termination of The 1993 Credit Agreement..........29

Section 8.             Covenants.............................................30
      Section 8.1.         Corporate Existence...............................30
      Section 8.2.         Maintenance.......................................30
      Section 8.3.         Taxes.............................................30
      Section 8.4.         Insurance.........................................30
      Section 8.5.         Financial Reports and Other Information...........30
      Section 8.6.         Consolidated Net Worth............................32
      Section 8.7.         Leverage Ratio....................................32
      Section 8.8.         Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.......................32
      Section 8.9.         Minimum Current Ratio.............................32
      Section 8.10.        Distributions.....................................33
      Section 8.11.        Indebtedness for Borrowed Money...................33
      Section 8.12.        Sale and Leaseback................................34
      Section 8.13.        Investments.......................................34
      Section 8.14.        Capital Expenditures..............................34
      Section 8.15.        Mergers, Consolidations, Leases, and Sales........34
      Section 8.16.        ERISA.............................................35
      Section 8.17.        Conduct of Business...............................35
      Section 8.18.        Liens.............................................35
      Section 8.19.        Use of Proceeds; Margin Stock.....................36
      Section 8.20.        Compliance with Laws..............................36
<PAGE>


Section 9.             Events Of Default And Remedies........................36
      Section 9.1.         Events of Default.................................36
      Section 9.2.         Non-Bankruptcy Defaults...........................38
      Section 9.3.         Bankruptcy Defaults...............................38
      Section 9.4.         Letters of Credit.................................38
      Section 9.5.         Expenses..........................................39
Section 10.            Change In Circumstances...............................39
      Section 10.1.        Change of Law.....................................39
      Section 10.2.        Unavailability of Deposits or Inability to Ascertain,
                           or Inadequacy of, LIBOR...........................39
      Section 10.3.        Increased Cost and Reduced Return.................40
      Section 10.4.        Lending Offices...................................41
      Section 10.5.        Discretion of Bank as to Manner of Funding........41

Section 11.            The Agent.............................................41
      Section 11.1.        Appointment and Authorization.....................41
      Section 11.2.        Agent and Affiliates..............................42
      Section 11.3.        Action by Agent...................................42
      Section 11.4.        Consultation with Experts.........................42
      Section 11.5.        Liability of Agent................................42
      Section 11.6.        Indemnification...................................43
      Section 11.7.        Credit Decision...................................43
      Section 11.8.        Resignation of the Agent..........................43
      Section 11.9.        Payments..........................................43
Section 12.            Miscellaneous.........................................44
      Section 12.1.        Withholding Taxes.................................44
      Section 12.2.        No Waiver of Rights...............................45
      Section 12.3.        Non-Business Day..................................45
      Section 12.4.        Documentary Taxes.................................45
      Section 12.5.        Survival of Representations.......................45
      Section 12.6.        Survival of Indemnities...........................45
      Section 12.7.        Sharing of Set-Off................................45
      Section 12.8.        Notices...........................................46
      Section 12.9.        Counterparts......................................47
      Section 12.10.       Successors and Assigns............................47
      Section 12.11.       Participants and Note Assignees...................47
      Section 12.12.       Assignment of Commitments by Banks................47
      Section 12.13.       Amendments........................................48
      Section 12.14.       Non-Reliance on Margin Stock......................48
      Section 12.15.       Legal Fees and Indemnification....................48
      Section 12.18.       Governing Law.....................................49
      Section 12.19.       Headings..........................................49
      Section 12.20.       Entire Agreement..................................49


<PAGE>


Exhibit A          Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit B          Subsidiaries of General Housewares Corp.
Exhibit C          Opinion of Counsel
Exhibit D          Compliance Certificate
Exhibit E          Funded Debt of Subsidiaries and Existing Short Term 
                   Indebtedness of Borrower
Exhibit F          Liens
Exhibit G          Guaranties


<PAGE>
                                CREDIT AGREEMENT
                              
To each of the Banks signatory hereto

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     The  undersigned,  General  Housewares  Corp., a Delaware  corporation (the
"Borrower"),  applies to you for your  several  commitments,  subject to all the
terms  and  conditions  hereof  and on the  basis  of  the  representations  and
warranties  hereinafter  set forth,  to make a revolving  credit  facility  (the
"Revolving Credit")  and a letter of credit  facility  (the  "Letter of Credit
Facility")  available  in the form of loans or letters  of  credit,  all as more
fully hereinafter set forth. Each of you is hereinafter referred to as a "Bank",
all of you are  hereinafter  referred to  collectively as the "Banks" and Harris
Trust  and  Savings  Bank in its  capacity  as agent  hereunder  is  hereinafter
referred to as the "Agent".

SECTION 1. THE CREDIT FACILITY.

     Section 1.1. The Revolving  Credit.  (a) General.  Subject to the terms and
conditions  hereof,  the  Banks  agree to  extend  the  Revolving  Credit to the
Borrower which may be availed of by the Borrower in its discretion  from time to
time to and including the Termination Date. The Revolving Credit, subject to all
of the terms and conditions  hereof, may be utilized by the Borrower in the form
of loans ("Loans"), letters of credit (such letters of credit, together with all
letters of credit issued and outstanding  under The 1993 Credit  Agreement which
shall be deemed issued and outstanding hereunder,  the "Letters of Credit"), all
as more fully  hereinafter set forth. The maximum amount of the Revolving Credit
which  each  Bank  agrees  to  extend  to the  Borrower  (which  in the  case of
Eurocurrency  Loans  denominated in an  Alternative  Currency means the Original
Dollar Amount thereof) shall be as set forth opposite its name under the heading
"Revolving Credit Loan Commitment" on the applicable  signature page hereof (its
"Revolving  Credit  Loan  Commitment"  and  cumulatively  for all the  Banks the
"Revolving Credit Loan Commitments") (subject to any reductions thereof pursuant
to the terms hereof). The obligations of the Banks hereunder are several and not
joint and no Bank shall under any  circumstances  be obligated to extend  credit
hereunder in excess of its Revolving Credit Loan Commitment.

     (b) Loans.  Each Borrowing of Loans shall be made ratably from the Banks in
proportion  to their  respective  Commitments.  The Borrower may elect that each
Borrowing of Loans be made available by means of Domestic Rate Loans denominated
in U.S. Dollars or Eurocurrency  Loans denominated  either in U.S. Dollars or an
Alternative Currency.

     (c) Letters of Credit.  (i) General Terms.  Subject to all of the terms and
conditions  hereof,  the Banks  agree to extend  the  Letter of Credit  Facility
through the Termination Date to the Borrower which may be availed of in the form
of Letters of Credit,  provided that the maximum  amount of the Letter of Credit
Facility  (which in the case of  Letters  of Credit  payable  in an  Alternative
Currency  means the U.S.  Dollar  Equivalent  thereof as determined  pursuant to
Section 1.1(c)(vi) hereof which each Bank agrees to extend to the Borrower shall

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

be as set  forth  opposite  its  name  under  the  headings  "Letter  of  Credit
Commitment"  on the  applicable  signature  page hereof  (its  "Letter of Credit
Commitment"   and  cumulative   for  all  the  Banks,   the  "Letter  of  Credit
Commitments") (subject to any reductions thereof pursuant to the terms thereof).
The  obligations  of the Banks  hereunder  are several and not joint and no Bank
shall under any  circumstances be obligated to extend credit hereunder in excess
of its Letter of Credit  Commitment  except as  contemplated  in Section  1.1(d)
hereof. The aggregate  outstanding amount of Letter of Credit Utilization by the
Borrower  hereunder  shall in no event exceed the Letter of Credit  Commitments.
The  Letters  of Credit  shall be issued by the  Agent,  but each Bank  shall be
obligated  to  reimburse  the Agent for a pro rata  share of the  amount of each
draft drawn thereunder and,  accordingly,  each Letter of Credit shall be deemed
to utilize the  Commitments  of all Banks pro rata in accord with the respective
amounts thereof.

          (ii) Term.  Each Letter of Credit  issued  hereunder  shall expire not
     later  than the  earlier  of (i) one  year  from  the  date  issued  (or be
     cancelable  not  later  than one year  from  the date  issued)  or (ii) the
     Termination Date.

          (iii) General Characteristics.  Each Letter of Credit issued hereunder
     shall be payable in U.S. dollars or an Alternative Currency,  shall conform
     to the general  requirements of the Agent for the issuance of commercial or
     standby  letters of credit (as  appropriate)  as to form and  substance and
     shall be a letter of credit which the Agent may lawfully issue.

          (iv)  Applications.  At the time the Borrower  requests each Letter of
     Credit to be issued (or prior to the first  issuance of a Letter of Credit,
     in the case of a continuing  application),  it shall execute and deliver to
     the Agent an application for such Letter of Credit in the form  customarily
     prescribed by the Agent for a Letter of Credit of the type  requested  (the
     "Applications"). In the event that the Agent is not promptly reimbursed for
     the amount of any draft  drawn under a Letter of Credit  issued  hereunder,
     the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse it for the amount of such draft
     so paid by the  Agent  shall  bear  interest  (which  the  Borrower  hereby
     promises  to pay) from and after the date such draft is paid until  payment
     in full thereof (a) in the case of a draft payable in U.S. Dollars,  at the
     rate per annum  determined  by adding 2% per annum to the Domestic  Rate as
     from time to time in effect  and (b) in the case of a draft  payable  in an
     Alternative  Currency, at the rate per annum determined by adding 2% to the
     sum of the Overnight  Eurocurrency  Rate as from time to time in effect and
     the Applicable  Margin for Eurocurrency  Loans under the Revolving  Credit.
     Subject  to the  provisions  hereof,  the  Borrower  may  request a Loan in
     payment of any such reimbursement obligation, such Loans to be evidenced by
     the Notes and, further, in the event the conditions precedent to making any
     such Loan are not satisfied, the Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the
     Banks

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

     to  make a  Domestic  Rate  Loan  for  payment  of any  such  reimbursement
     obligations,  any such Loan may be made without regard to the provisions of
     Section 5 hereof and the Borrower  acknowledges and agrees,  however,  that
     the Banks shall be under no  obligation to make any such Loan and the Banks
     shall incur no liability to the Borrower or any other Person for failing or
     refusing  to  make  a  Loan  under  this  Section  1.1(c).  This  Agreement
     supersedes  any  terms  of  the  Applications   which  are   irreconcilably
     inconsistent with the terms hereof.  Anything contained in the Applications
     to the contrary  notwithstanding  the Borrower shall pay fees in connection
     with Letters of Credit as set forth in Sections 3.4 and 3.5 hereof.

          (v) Change in Law.  If the Agent or any Bank shall  determine  in good
     faith  that any  change in any  applicable  law,  regulation  or  guideline
     (including,  without limitation,  Regulation D of the Board of Governors of
     the Federal Reserve System) or any new law, regulation or guideline, or any
     interpretation  of any  of the  foregoing  by  any  governmental  authority
     charged  with  the  administration  thereof  or any  central  bank or other
     fiscal,  monetary or other  authority  having  jurisdiction  over such Bank
     (whether or not having the force of law) shall:

               (i)  impose,  modify  or deem  applicable  any  reserve,  special
          deposit or similar  requirements against the Letters of Credit, or the
          Agent's  or such  Bank's  or the  Borrower's  liability  with  respect
          thereto; or

               (ii) impose on the Agent or such Bank any penalty with respect to
          the foregoing or any other  condition  regarding this  Agreement,  the
          Applications or the Letters of Credit;

     and the Agent or such Bank shall determine in good faith that the result of
     any of the  foregoing is to increase the cost  (whether by incurring a cost
     or adding to a cost) to the Agent or such Bank of issuing,  maintaining  or
     participating  in the Letters of Credit  hereunder  (without benefit of, or
     credit for, any prorations,  exemptions, credits or other offsets available
     under any such laws, regulations,  guidelines or interpretations  thereof),
     then the Agent or such Bank shall use its best efforts to give the Borrower
     prompt notice  thereof and the Borrower shall pay on demand to the Agent or
     such  Bank from  time to time as  specified  by the Agent or such Bank such
     additional amounts as the Agent or such Bank shall reasonably determine are
     sufficient  to  compensate  and  indemnify it (computed  commencing  on the
     effective date of any event  mentioned  herein) for such increased cost. If
     the Agent or a Bank makes such a claim for  compensation,  it shall provide
     to the  Borrower a  certificate  setting  forth such  increased  costs as a
     result of any event mentioned  herein and such  certificate  shall be Prima
     Facie evidence as to the amount thereof.

          (vi) Foreign Currency Equivalency. For all purposes of determining the
     amount of Letters  of Credit  hereunder,  Letters  of Credit  payable in an
     Alternative  Currency shall be converted into their U.S. Dollar  Equivalent
     as of the time  issued and shall be  reconverted  into  their  U.S.  Dollar
     Equivalent  as of the first  day of each  calendar  quarter  (and as of any
     other  time  the  Required   Banks  deem   appropriate),   with  each  such
     redetermination to apply until the next determination.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

     (d)  Participation in Letters of Credit.  Each Bank shall  participate on a
pro rata basis in the Letters of Credit issued by the Agent, which participation
shall  automatically arise upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit. Each Bank
unconditionally agrees that in the event the Agent is not immediately reimbursed
by the Borrower for the amount paid by it on any draft  presented under a Letter
of Credit,  then in that event such Bank shall pay to the Agent that  portion of
the  amount  of each  draft  so paid by the  Agent  which  is  equal to the same
percentage of the amount so paid as the percentage which its Commitment bears to
the  aggregate of the  Commitments  and in return such Bank shall  automatically
receive an  equivalent  percentage  participation  in the rights of the Agent to
obtain  reimbursement  from the Borrower for the amount of such draft,  together
with interest  thereon as provided for herein.  In the event that any Bank fails
to honor its  obligation  to  reimburse  the Agent for its pro rata share of the
amount of any such draft then in that event (i) each other Bank shall pay to the
Agent its pro rata share of the payment due the Agent from the defaulting  Bank,
(ii) the  defaulting  Bank shall have no right to  participate in any recoveries
from the  Borrower  in respect of such draft and (iii) all  amounts to which the
defaulting  Bank would  otherwise be entitled  under the terms of this Agreement
shall first be applied to  reimbursing  the Banks for their  respective pro rata
shares of the  defaulting  Bank's  portion of the draft  together  with interest
thereon  at  the  rate  provided  for  in  Section   1.1(c)(iv)   hereof.   Upon
reimbursement  to other  Banks  pursuant  to clause  (iii)  above of the amounts
advanced by them to the Agent in respect of the  defaulting  Bank's share of the
draft,  together with interest  thereon,  the defaulting Bank shall thereupon be
entitled  to its  participation  in the Agent's  rights of recovery  against the
Borrower in respect of the draft paid by the Agent.

SECTION 2.  GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL LOANS.

     Section 2.1.  Applicable  Interest  Rates.  (a) Domestic  Rate Loans.  Each
Domestic  Rate Loan made by a Bank  (including  Loans made  pursuant  to Section
1.1(c) hereof) shall bear interest  (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days
and actual days elapsed) on the unpaid  principal  amount  thereof from the date
such Loan is made until  maturity  (whether by  acceleration  or otherwise) at a
rate per annum equal to the Domestic  Rate from time to time in effect,  payable
on the last day of the applicable  Interest  Period and at maturity  (whether by
acceleration or otherwise).

     "Domestic rate" means for any day the greater of:

     (i) The rate of  interest  announced  by the  agent  from time as its prime
commercial  rate, or equivalent,  with any change in the domestic rate resulting
from a change in said prime  commercial  rate to be  effective as of the date of
the relevant change in said prime commercial rate; and

     (ii)  the sum of the (x) the  rate for  that  day set  forth  opposite  the
caption "Federal Fund (effective)" in the daily statistical  release  designated
as "Composite  3:30 P.M.  Quotations  for U.S.  Government  Securities",  or any
successor publication,  published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or, if
such publication shall be suspended or terminated, the arithmetic average of the
rates quoted to the Agent as the prevailing rates per annum (rounded upward,  if
necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1%) bid at approximately 10:00 A.M.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

(Chicago time) (or as soon  thereafter as is  practicable) on such day by two or
more New York or Chicago Federal funds dealers of recognized  standing  selected
by the Agent for the  purchase at face value of Federal  funds in the  secondary
market in an amount  comparable  to the  principal  amount owed to the Banks for
which such rate is being determined, plus (y) 1/2 of 1% (0.50%).

     (b) Eurocurrency Loans. (i) General.  Each Eurocurrency Loan made by a Bank
(including  Loans made  pursuant to Section  1.1(c)  hereof) shall bear interest
(computed  on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual  days  elapsed)  on the
unpaid  principal  amount thereof from the date such Loan is made until maturity
(whether by  acceleration  or otherwise) at a rate per annum equal to the sum of
the applicable  Eurocurrency Margin plus the Adjusted LIBOR, payable on the last
day of the applicable  Interest Period and at maturity  (whether by acceleration
or  otherwise),  and,  if the  applicable  Interest  Period is longer than three
months,  on each day  occurring  every three  months after the date such Loan is
made.

       "Adjusted LIBOR" means,  for any Borrowing of Eurocurrency  Loans, a rate
per annum determined in accordance with the following formula:

           Adjusted LIBOR =                        LIBOR
                                    --------------------------------------
                                    100% - Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage

     "LIBOR"  means,  with  respect to an  Interest  Period for a  Borrowing  of
Eurocurrency  Loans, (a) the LIBOR Index Rate for such Interest Period,  if such
rate is  available,  and (b) if the LIBOR Index Rate cannot be  determined,  the
arithmetic average of the rate of interest per annum, as determined by the Agent
(rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest whole multiple of 1/16 of 1%), at
which  deposits  of  U.S.  Dollars  or  the  relevant  Alternative  Currency  in
immediately  available and freely transferable funds are offered to the Agent at
11:00 a.m. (London, England time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of
such Interest  Period by major banks in the interbank  market for a period equal
to such Interest  Period and in an amount  approximately  equal to the principal
amount of the  Eurocurrency  Loan  scheduled  to be made by the Agent as part of
such Borrowing.

     "Libor  Index Rate"  means,  for any  Interest  Period,  the rate per annum
(rounded upwards, if necessary,  to the next higher one  hundred-thousandth of a
percentage  point) for  deposits  in U.S.  Dollars or the  relevant  Alternative
Currency  for a period  equal to such  Interest  Period,  which  appears  on the
Telerate  Page  3750 as of  11:00  a.m.  (London,  England  time) on the day two
Business Days before the commencement of such Interest Period.

     "Telerate  Page 3750"  means the display  designated  as "Page 3750" on the
Telerate Service (or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service or
such other service as may be nominated by the British  Bankers'  Association  as
the  information   vendor  for  the  purpose  of  displaying   British  Bankers'
Association  Interest  Settlement  Rates for  deposits  in U.S.  Dollars  or the
relevant Alternative Currency).

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

     "Eurocurrency  Reserve Percentage" means, for any Borrowing of Eurocurrency
Loans, the daily average for the applicable  Interest Period of the maximum rate
at which reserves (including, without limitation, any supplemental, marginal and
emergency  reserves)  are imposed  during such  Interest  Period by the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) under Regulation D on
"Eurocurrency  Liabilities",  as defined in such  Board's  Regulation  D, (or in
respect of any other category of liabilities that includes deposits by reference
to which the interest rate on  Eurocurrency  Loans is determined or any category
of extension of credit or other assets that include loans by  non-United  States
offices of any Bank to United  States  residents)  subject to any  amendments of
such reserve requirement by such Board or its successor, taking into account any
transitional   adjustments  thereto.  For  purposes  of  this  definition,   the
Eurocurrency  Loans shall be deemed to be "Eurocurrency  Liabilities" as defined
in  Regulation D without  benefit or credit for any  prorations,  exemptions  or
offsets under Regulation D.

     "Eurocurrency  Margin"  means 1.00%  subject to  adjustment  as provided in
Section 2.11 hereof.
 
     (ii)  Borrowings  of  Alternative  Currencies.  On the  date  the  Borrower
requests a  Borrowing  of  Eurocurrency  Loans from the Banks in an  Alternative
Currency,  as provided in Section 2.3(a) below,  the Agent shall promptly notify
each Bank of the  currency  in which  such  Borrowing  is  requested.  If a Bank
determines that such  Alternative  Currency is not available to it in sufficient
amount and for a sufficient  term to enable it to make the Loan  requested of it
as part of such  Eurocurrency  Borrowing and so notifies the Agent no later than
2:00 p.m.  (Chicago  time) on the same day it receives  notice from the Agent of
such requested  Loan,  the Agent shall  promptly so notify the Borrower.  If the
Borrower  nevertheless  desires such  Borrowing,  it must notify the Agent by no
later than 3:00 p.m.  (Chicago  time) on such day. If the Agent does not receive
such notice from the Borrower by 3:00 p.m.  (Chicago  time),  the Borrower shall
automatically  be  deemed  to  have  revoked  its  request  of the  Eurocurrency
Borrowing and the Agent will promptly  notify the Banks of such  revocation.  If
the Borrower does give such notice by 3:00 p.m.  (Chicago time),  each Bank that
did not  notify  the  Agent by 2:00  p.m.  (Chicago  time)  that  the  requested
Alternative  Currency is  unavailable  to it to fund the  requested  Loan shall,
subject to Section 7 hereof, make its Loan in the Alternative Currency requested
in accordance with Section 2.3(d) hereof. Each Bank that did so notify the Agent
by 2:00 p.m. (Chicago time) that it would not be able to make the Loan requested
from it shall, subject to Section 7 hereof, make a Eurocurrency Loan denominated
in U.S.  Dollars in the amount of the  Original  Dollar  Amount of, and with the
same  Interest  Period  as,  the  Eurocurrency  Loan  such  Bank was  originally
requested to make. Such  Eurocurrency  Loan denominated in U.S. Dollars shall be
made  by the  affected  Bank on the  same  day as the  other  Banks  make  their
Eurocurrency Loans denominated in the applicable Alternative Currency as part of
the relevant  Borrowing of  Eurocurrency  Loans,  but shall bear  interest  with
reference to the  Adjusted  LIBOR  applicable  to U.S.  Dollars  rather than the
relevant  Alternative  Currency for the applicable  Interest Period and shall be
made available in accordance  with the procedures  for  disbursing  U.S.  Dollar
Loans under Section  2.3(d)  hereof.  Any Loan made in an  Alternative  Currency
shall be advanced in such  currency,  and all payments of principal and interest
thereon shall be made in such Alternative Currency.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

     (c) Rate  Determinations.  The Agent shall  determine  each  interest  rate
applicable  to the  Loans  and  reimbursement  obligations  hereunder,  and  its
determination  thereof  shall be  conclusive  and binding  except in the case of
manifest error.

     Section 2.2.  Minimum  Borrowing  Amounts.  Each Borrowing of Domestic Rate
Loans shall be in an amount not less than $1,000,000,  or any larger amount that
is an integral  multiple of  $500,000.  Each  Borrowing  of  Eurocurrency  Loans
denominated in U.S. Dollars shall be in an amount not less than  $3,000,000,  or
any larger amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000.  Each Borrowing of
Eurocurrency Loans denominated in an Alternative  Currency shall be in an amount
for which the U.S.  Dollar  Equivalent is not less than $3,000,000 or any larger
amount that is an integral  multiple of the U.S. Dollar equivalent of $1,000,000
or, solely in the case of Refunding  Borrowing for a Borrowing in an Alternative
Currency,  if less, the same amount of the Alternative  Currency as the maturing
Borrowing.

     Section 2.3.  Borrowing  Procedures.  (a) Notice to the Agent. The Borrower
shall give  telephonic  or telecopy  notice to the Agent (which  notice shall be
irrevocable  once given and, if by  telephone,  shall be promptly  confirmed  in
writing)  by no later than 10:00  A.M.  (Chicago  time) (i) on the date at least
three  (3)  Business  Days  prior to the  date of each  requested  Borrowing  of
Eurocurrency  Loans and (ii) on the date of any requested  Borrowing of Domestic
Rate Loans.  Each such notice shall specify the date of the requested  Borrowing
(which shall be a Business Day), the amount of the requested Borrowing, the type
of Loans to comprise such Borrowing and, if such Borrowing is to be comprised of
Eurocurrency Loans, the Interest Period applicable thereto and if such Borrowing
is  of  a  Eurocurrency  Loan  denominated  in  an  Alternative  Currency,   the
Alternative  Currency  in which  such Loan is to be  denominated.  The  Borrower
agrees that the Agent may rely on any such  telephonic or telecopy  notice given
by any person it in good faith believes is an Authorized  Representative without
the necessity of independent  investigation  and in the event any notice by such
means conflicts with the written  confirmation,  such notice shall govern if the
Agent has acted in reliance thereon.

     (b) Notice to the Banks. The Agent shall give prompt  telephonic,  telex or
telecopy notice to each of the Banks of any borrowing  request received pursuant
to  Section  2.3(a)  above  and,  if such  notice  requests  the  Banks  to make
Eurocurrency  Loans, the Agent shall give notice to the Borrower and each of the
Banks by like means of the interest rate applicable thereto (but, if such notice
is given by telephone,  the Agent shall  confirm such rate in writing)  promptly
after the Agent has made such determination.

     (c)  Borrower's  Failure to  Notify.  In the event  Borrower  fails to give
notice  pursuant to Section  2.3(a) above of the  reborrowing  of the  principal
amount of any maturing  Borrowing of Loans  denominated in U.S.  Dollars and has
not notified the Agent by 10:00 A.M.  (Chicago  time) on the day such  Borrowing
matures that it intends to repay such Borrowing, the Borrower shall be deemed to
have  requested a Borrowing of Domestic  Rate Loans on such day in the amount of
the maturing Borrowing of Loans, subject to Section 7.2 hereof. In the event the
Borrower  fails  to  give  notice  pursuant  to  Section  2.3(a)  above  of  the
reborrowing of the principal amount of any maturing Borrowing of Loans

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

denominated in an  Alternative  Currency and has not notified the Agent by 10:00
A.M.  (Chicago time) on the day such Borrowing  matures that it intends to repay
such  Borrowing,  the Borrower  shall be deemed to have  required a Borrowing of
Eurocurrency Loans denominated in the same currency as the maturing Borrowing on
such day in the  amount of the  maturing  Borrowing  of Loans  with an  Interest
Period of one (1) month, subject to Section 7.2 hereof.

     (d) Disbursement of Loans. Not later than 11:00 A.M.  (Chicago time) on the
date of any Borrowing of Loans  denominated in U.S.  Dollars other than Domestic
Rate  Loans,  and not  later  than 12 Noon  (Chicago  time)  on the  date of any
Borrowing of Domestic  Rate Loans,  each Bank shall make  available  its Loan in
funds immediately available in Chicago,  Illinois at the principal office of the
Agent, except to the extent such Borrowing is either a reborrowing,  in whole or
in part, of the principal amount of a maturing  Borrowing of Loans (a "Refunding
Borrowing") or a refinancing  of a  reimbursement  obligation  with respect to a
letter of credit  issued (a  "Refinancing  Borrowing"),  in which case each Bank
shall  record  the  Loan  made by it as a part of such  Refunding  Borrowing  or
Refinancing  Borrowing,  as the case may be,  on its  books or  records  or on a
schedule to the appropriate  Note, as provided in Section 2.8 hereof,  and shall
effect the repayment, in whole or in part, as appropriate,  of its maturing Loan
or reimbursement  obligation  through the proceeds of such new Loan.  Subject to
Section 7 hereof, the Agent shall make the proceeds of each Borrowing  available
to the  Borrower at the Agent's  principal  office in  Chicago,  Illinois.  If a
Borrowing is to be denominated in an Alternative  Currency,  subject to Sections
2.1(b)(ii)  and 7  hereof,  each  Bank  shall  make  available  its  Loan in the
Alternative Currency at such office as the Agent has previously notified to each
Bank,  for  delivery to the  Borrower at the  Agent's  direction,  in funds then
customary for the settlement of international  transactions in such currency and
no later than such local time as is necessary  for such funds to be received and
transferred  to the  Borrower  for same day  value,  except to the  extent  such
Borrowing is a Refunding  Borrowing or a  Refinancing  Borrowing,  in which case
each Bank shall record the Loan made by it as part of such  Refunding  Borrowing
or Refinancing on its books and records or on a schedule to the appropriate Note
as provided in Section 2.8 hereof,  and shall effect the repayment,  in whole or
in part,  as  appropriate,  of its  maturing  Loan or  reimbursement  obligation
through the proceeds of such new Loan.

     Section 2.4.  Interest  Periods.  As provided in Section 2.3 hereof, at the
time of each request for the  Borrowing of Loans  hereunder  the Borrower  shall
select an  Interest  Period  applicable  to such Loans from among the  available
options.  The term "Interest  Period" means the period  commencing on the date a
Borrowing of Loans is made and ending,  (a) in the case of Domestic  Rate Loans,
on the last day of the  calendar  quarter in which  such Loan is made (i.e.  the
first to occur of March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 following the
date such  Borrowing  is made) and (b) in the case of  Eurocurrency  Loans,  the
date,  as the Borrower  may select,  1, 2, 3 or 6 months  thereafter;  Provided,
However, that:

          (a) any  Interest  Period  for a  Borrowing  of  Domestic  Rate  Loans
     commencing less than 90 days before the  Termination  Date shall end on the
     Termination Date;

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

          (b) with respect to any Borrowing of Eurocurrency  Loans, the Borrower
     may not select an Interest Period that extends beyond the Termination Date;

          (c) whenever the last day of any Interest  Period would otherwise be a
     day that is not a Business Day, the last day of such Interest  Period shall
     be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, provided that, in the case
     of an  Interest  Period for a  Borrowing  of  Eurocurrency  Loans,  if such
     extension  would cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur in the
     following calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall be the
     immediately preceding Business Day; and

          (d) for purposes of determining the Interest Period for a Borrowing of
     Eurocurrency  Loans,  a  month  means  a  period  starting  on one day in a
     calendar month and ending on the numerically  corresponding day in the next
     calendar  month;  Provided,  However,  that  if  there  is  no  numerically
     corresponding  day in the month in which such an Interest  Period is to end
     or if such an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar
     month,  then such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the
     calendar month in which such Interest Period is to end.

     Section 2.5.  Maturity of Loans.  Each Loan shall mature and become due and
payable  by the  Borrower  on the last  day of the  Interest  Period  applicable
thereto.

     Section 2.6. Prepayments.  (a) Voluntary.  (i) Domestic Loans. The Borrower
shall have the privilege of prepaying without premium or penalty and in whole or
in part (but, if in part, then: (i) in an amount not less than $1,000,000 and in
integral multiples of $500,000 in the case of Domestic Rate Loans and (ii) in an
amount such that the minimum amount required for a Borrowing pursuant to Section
2.2 hereof  remains  outstanding)  on any  Business Day upon prior notice to the
Agent which must be received by the Agent  (which shall advise each Bank thereof
promptly  thereafter) by no later than 11:00 a.m. on the prepayment  date,  such
prepayment to be made by the payment of the principal amount to be prepaid.

          (ii) Eurocurrency  Loans. The Borrower may not prepay any Eurocurrency
     Loan before its maturity.

          (iii) Reborrowings. Any amount paid or prepaid on the Loans before the
     Termination  Date  may,  subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this
     Agreement, be borrowed, repaid and borrowed again.

     (b) Mandatory. Concurrently with each reduction of the Commitments (whether
voluntarily or required) the Borrower  shall prepay the Notes by the amount,  if
any, necessary so that the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Notes,
when taken together with the aggregate  outstanding  amounts of Letter of Credit
Utilization shall not exceed the Commitments as so reduced, each such prepayment
to be made by the  payment of the  principal  amount to be prepaid  and  accrued
interest  thereon  to  the  date  fixed  for  prepayment,  and in  the  case  of
Eurocurrency   Loans,  any   compensation   required  by  Section  2.10  hereof.
Additionally, in the event that outstanding Letter of Credit Utilization (which



                                      -9-
<PAGE>

in the case of Letters of Credit payable in an  Alternative  Currency shall mean
the U.S. Dollar Equivalent thereof as determined  pursuant to Section 1.1(c)(vi)
hereof) shall at any time exceed the Letter of Credit Commitments,  the Borrower
shall pay the amount of such excess to the Agent,  which each such payment first
to be applied to outstanding  reimbursement  obligations with respect to Letters
of Credit until payment in full thereof with any remaining balance to be held by
the Agent as collateral  security for the obligations  owing with respect to the
Letters of Credit.

     Section 2.7.  Default  Rate. If any payment of principal on any Loan is not
made when due  (whether  by  acceleration  or  otherwise),  such Loan shall bear
interest  (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days  elapsed)
from the date such payment was due until paid in full,  payable on demand,  at a
rate per annum equal to:

          (a) with  respect to any  Domestic  Rate Loan,  the sum of two percent
     (2%) plus the Domestic Rate from time to time in effect;

          (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency  Loan denominated in U.S. Dollars
     the sum of two percent (2%) plus the rate of interest in effect  thereon at
     the time of such default  until the end of the Interest  Period  applicable
     thereto  and,  thereafter,  at a rate  per  annum  equal  to the sum of two
     percent (2%) plus the Domestic Rate from time to time in effect; and

          (c)  with  respect  to  any   Eurocurrency   Loan  denominated  in  an
     Alternative Currency, the sum of two percent (2%) plus the rate of interest
     in effect thereon at the time of such default until the end of the Interest
     Period applicable thereto and, thereafter, at a rate per annum equal to the
     sum of the Applicable  Eurocurrency  Margin, plus two percent (2%) plus the
     Overnight Eurocurrency Rate.

     Section  2.8.  The  Notes.  (a) Each  Loan made to the  Borrower  by a Bank
(including Loans made pursuant to Section  1.1(c)(iv) hereof) shall be evidenced
by a  promissory  note  of  the  Borrower  in  the  form  of  Exhibit  A  hereto
(individually,  a "Note" and  collectively,  the  "Notes").  Such Notes shall be
dated the date hereof,  payable to the order of each Bank and shall otherwise be
in the form of the relevant Exhibits hereto.

     (b) Each Bank shall  record on its books or records or on a schedule to the
appropriate  Note  the  amount  of each  Loan  made by it to the  Borrower,  the
Interest  Period  thereof,  all  payments  of  principal  and  interest  and the
principal  balance  from time to time  outstanding  thereon,  in  respect of any
Eurocurrency  Loan,  the interest  rate  applicable  thereto and the currency in
which such Loan is made,  and,  in  respect of any Loan,  the type of such Loan;
provided  that  prior to the  transfer  of any Note  all such  amounts  shall be
recorded on a schedule to such Note. The record  thereof,  whether shown on such
books or records of a Bank or on a schedule  to any Note,  shall be Prima  Facie
evidence as to all such amounts; Provided, However, that the failure of any Bank
to record any of the  foregoing  or any error in any such record shall not limit
or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay all Loans made to it
hereunder together with accrued interest thereon. At the request of any Bank and


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

upon such Bank  tendering to the Borrower the Note to be replaced,  the Borrower
shall  furnish a new Note to such Bank to replace  any  outstanding  Note and at
such time the first notation  appearing on a schedule on the reverse side of, or
attached to, such Note shall set forth the aggregate  unpaid principal amount of
all Loans, if any, then outstanding thereon.

     Section 2.9. Commitment Terminations.  The Borrower shall have the right at
any time and from  time to time,  upon five (5)  Business  Days'  prior  written
notice to the Agent,  to terminate  without  premium or penalty,  in whole or in
part, the Commitments,  any partial termination to be in an amount not less than
$5,000,000 or any larger amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000,  and
to reduce ratably the respective Commitments of each Bank; provided that (x) the
Revolving  Credit Loan Commitments may not be reduced to an amount less than the
aggregate  principal amount of Loans (which,  in the case of Eurocurrency  Loans
denominated in an Alternative  Currency,  shall mean the Original  Dollar Amount
thereof)  and (y) the  Letter of Credit  Commitments  may not be  reduced  to an
amount less than Letter of Credit  Utilization  then  outstanding  (which in the
case of Letters of Credit payable in an Alternative Currency shall mean the U.S.
Dollar Equivalent  thereof as determined  pursuant to Section 1.1(c)(vi) hereof)
and  further  provided  that the  Borrower  shall not be  entitled to reduce the
Revolving Credit Loan Commitments in whole without a termination in whole of the
Letter of Credit  Commitments  and vice versa.  Any  termination  of Commitments
pursuant to this Section 2.9 may not be reinstated.

     Section  2.10.  Funding  Indemnity.  In the event any Bank shall  incur any
loss, cost or expense (including,  without  limitation,  any loss of profit, and
any loss, cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or re-employment
of  deposits  or other  funds  acquired  by such  Bank to fund or  maintain  any
Eurocurrency  Loan or the relending or  reinvesting  of such deposits or amounts
paid or prepaid to such Bank) as a result of:

          (a) any payment or prepayment of a  Eurocurrency  Loan on a date other
     than the last day of its Interest Period,

          (b) any  failure  (because  of a  failure  to meet the  conditions  of
     Section 7 or  otherwise) by the Borrower to borrow a  Eurocurrency  Loan on
     the date specified in a notice given pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof (unless
     such notice was revoked in accordance with Section  2.1(b)(ii) in the event
     a Bank  determined  that the requested  Alternative  Currency in which such
     Eurocurrency Loan was to be made was unavailable to it),

          (c) any failure by the  Borrower to make any payment of  principal  on
     any Eurocurrency Loan when due (whether by acceleration or otherwise), or

          (d) any  acceleration  of the  maturity  of a  Eurocurrency  Loan as a
     result of the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder,

then,  upon the demand of such Bank,  the  Borrower  shall pay to such Bank such
amount as will reimburse such Bank for such loss,  cost or expense.  If any Bank
makes such a claim for  compensation,  it shall provide to the Borrower,  with a
copy to the Agent,  a  certificate  executed by an officer of such Bank  setting

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

forth the amount of such loss, cost or expense in reasonable  detail  (including
an  explanation  of the  basis for and the  computation  of such  loss,  cost or
expense) and the amounts shown on such certificate shall be conclusive.

     Section  2.11.  Margin  Adjustments.  The  applicable  Eurocurrency  Margin
specified in Section  2.1(b)  hereof  shall be subject to  quarterly  adjustment
(commencing  with the fiscal  quarter  ending  December 31, 1994) based upon the
ratio of (a)  average  monthly  Consolidated  Funded  Debt  for the  immediately
preceding  four fiscal  quarters  ended on each such  fiscal  quarter end to (b)
Consolidated Income Before Interest,  Taxes and Depreciation for the immediately
preceding four fiscal  quarters ended on each such fiscal quarter end (the "Case
Flow  Ratio")  as  follows  (the  margins  from time to time  applicable  to the
Eurocurrency   Loans  being   hereinafter   referred  to  as  the  "  Applicable
Eurocurrency Margin"):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Applicable Eurocurrency
If as of the last  day of any  fiscal quarter                Margin Shall Each Be:

<S>                                                           <C>      

LEVEL I:                                                       .625%
Cash Flow Ratio is less than 1.75 to 1.00                     

LEVEL II:                                                      .75%
Cash Flow Ratio is greater than or equal to 1.75 to 1.00 
but  less than or equal to 2.50 to 1 

LEVEL III:                                                    1.00%
Cash Flow Ratio is greater than 2.50 to 1.00 
</TABLE>

     Not  later  than  five  Business  Days  after  receipt  by the Agent of the
financial  statements and the compliance  certificate  called for by Section 8.5
hereof for the applicable quarter, the Agent shall determine the Cash Flow Ratio
for the applicable  period based on the information  contained in such financial
statements and compliance certificate and shall promptly notify the Borrower and
the Banks of such determination and of any change in the Applicable Eurocurrency
Margin  resulting  therefrom,  any such  change in the  Applicable  Eurocurrency
Margin to be effective as of the date the Agent so notifies the  Borrower,  with
such new  Applicable  Eurocurrency  Margin  to  continue  in  effect  until  the
effective  date of the next  quarterly  redetermination  in accordance  with the
foregoing. Each determination of the Cash Flow Ratio and Applicable Eurocurrency
Margin by the Agent in  accordance  with this Section  shall be  conclusive  and
binding on the Borrower and the Banks absent  manifest  error.  The foregoing to
the contrary  notwithstanding,  in the event the  Borrower  shall have failed to
deliver the financial  statements  for the  applicable  quarter within the times
provided by Section 8.5 hereof, the highest applicable margins shall apply until
delivery of such financial statements.

SECTION 3. FEES.

     Section 3.1.  Commitment  Fee. The Borrower  shall pay to the Agent for the
ratable account of the Banks a commitment fee at the rate of one-fourth of one

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

percent  (0.25%) per annum  (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and the
actual  number  of days  elapsed)  on the  average  daily  Unused  Amount of the
Revolving Credit Loan Commitments  hereunder.  Such commitment fee is payable in
arrears on the last day of each March,  June,  September and December  occurring
after the date hereof  (commencing  December  31,  1994) and on the  Termination
Date, unless the Revolving Credit Loan Commitments are terminated in whole on an
earlier  date,  in  which  event  the fees  for the  period  to the date of such
termination in whole shall be paid on the date of such termination.

     Section  3.2.  Closing  Fee.  The  Borrower  shall pay to the Agent for the
ratable account of the Banks, a nonrefundable closing fee equal to $39,000, such
fee to be  payable on the  earlier  of (a)  January 3, 1995 or (b) the date upon
which the Commitments are terminated in while pursuant to Section 2.9 hereof.

     Section 3.3.  Agent's  Fees.  The Borrower shall from time to time pay the
Agent for its own use and benefit  such fees as the  Borrower and the Agent have
mutually agreed upon.

     Section 3.4.  Letter of Credit  Fees.  (a) Standby  Letters of Credit.  The
Borrower  shall  pay to the  Agent  for  the  ratable  account  of the  Banks  a
nonrefundable  fee for each  special  purpose  standby  Letter of Credit  issued
hereunder  equal to one percent (1%) per annum  (computed on the basis of a year
of 360 days and actual days  elapsed)  (or such other rate as may be agreed upon
by the Borrower and the Banks) of the initial face amount of each standby Letter
of Credit,  such fee to be  payable  in U. S.  Dollars in advance on the date of
issuance  of the  relevant  Letter of Credit  and,  in the event the term of any
Letter  of  Credit  expires  or is  extendible  for more  than one year from the
issuance date thereof,  on the date(s)  occurring each year  thereafter and such
fee to be  nonrefundable  in the event any  Letter  of Credit is  terminated  or
canceled prior to its expressed maturity date.

     (b) Commercial Letters of Credit. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent in U.
S. Dollars,  for the ratable account of the Banks, a  nonrefundable  negotiation
fee for each  documentary  commercial  letter of credit  issued  hereunder in an
amount  equal to 1/4 of 1% of the initial  face amount of such Letter of Credit,
such fee to be payable upon issuance of such letter of credit.

     Section 3.5.  Transaction  Charges. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for
its own account such issuing and  processing  fees and charges as the Agent from
time to time  customarily  imposes in connection with the issuance,  negotiation
and payment of letters of credit and drafts  drawn  thereunder,  such fees to be
paid in accord with the standard and customary practices of the Agent.

SECTION 4.  PLACE AND APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS; EXTENSION OF TERMINATION DATE.   

     Section 4.1. Place and  Application of Payments.  All payments of principal
of and interest on the Loans,  reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters
of Credit and all  payments  of fees and all other  amounts  payable  under this
Agreement shall be made to the Agent by no later than 12:00 noon (Chicago time)

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

(a) at the  principal  office of the Agent in Chicago,  Illinois  (or such other
location in the State of Illinois as the Agent may designate to the Borrower) or
(b) if such  payment  is to be made in an  Alternative  Currency,  no later than
12:00 noon  local  time at the place of payment to such  office as the Agent has
previously notified the Borrower, in each case for the benefit of the Banks. Any
payments  received  after such time shall be deemed to have been received by the
Agent on the next Business Day. All such payments  shall be made (i) in the case
of obligations  payable in U.S. Dollars,  in immediately  available funds at the
place of payment or (ii) in the case of  obligations  payable in an  Alternative
Currency,  in  such  Alternative  Currency  in  funds  then  customary  for  the
settlement of international transactions in such currency, in all cases, without
setoff or  counterclaim  and without  reduction  for, and free from, any and all
present or future taxes, levies,  imposts,  duties,  fees, charges,  deductions,
withholdings, restrictions or conditions of any nature imposed by any government
or any  political  subdivision  or taxing  authority  thereof.  The  Agent  will
promptly  thereafter  cause to be distributed like funds relating to the payment
of principal  or interest on Loans,  reimbursement  obligations  with respect to
Letters of Credit or fees  ratably to the Banks and like funds  relating  to the
payment of any other amount payable to any Bank to such Bank, in each case to be
applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, all payments and
collections received in respect of the indebtedness evidenced by the Notes, this
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents received, in each instance, by the
Agent or any of the Banks after the  occurrence  of an Event of Default shall be
remitted to the Agent and distributed as follows:

          (a)  first,  to the  payment  of any  outstanding  costs and  expenses
     incurred by the Agent in monitoring,  verifying, protecting,  preserving or
     enforcing  rights under the Credit Agreement or the Notes or the other Loan
     Documents and in any event  including all costs and expenses of a character
     which the  Borrower  has agreed to pay under  Sections 9.5 and 12.15 hereof
     (such funds to be  retained by the Agent for its own account  unless it has
     previously  been  reimbursed  for such costs and expenses by the Banks,  in
     which event such amounts  shall be remitted to the Banks to reimburse  them
     for payments theretofore made to the Agent);

          (b) second,  to the payment of any outstanding  interest or other fees
     or amounts  due under the Notes,  the Credit  Agreement  and the other Loan
     Documents  other than for  principal,  ratably as among the Banks in accord
     with the amount of such interest and other fees or amounts owing each Bank;

          (c) third, to the payment of the principal of the Notes and principal
     amounts owing in respect of other Obligations  hereunder,  ratably as among
     the Banks in accord with the amount of such principal owing each Bank;

          (d) fourth,  to the Agent to be held as  collateral  security  for all
     undrawn  outstanding  Letters of Credit hereunder unless and until all such
     indebtedness,   obligations  and  liabilities  have  been  fully  paid  and
     satisfied or such Letters of Credit have been terminated or expired; and

                                    -14-
<PAGE>

          (e)  fifth,  to the  Borrower  or  whoever  may be  lawfully  entitled
     thereto.
  
     Section 4.2.  Extension of the Revolving Credit Termination Date. No sooner
than 60 days prior to the second  anniversary  date of the  Closing  Date and no
later than the second  anniversary  of the Closing Date (and,  if the same shall
have been extended  pursuant to this Section 4.2, the third  anniversary  of the
Closing Date) the Borrower may request in a written notice to the Agent that the
scheduled  Termination  Date then in effect be  extended  for one (1) year.  The
Agent will promptly  inform the Banks of such request and each Bank shall notify
the Agent in writing  within 30 days of receipt of such notice whether it agrees
to such extension.  In the event that any Bank shall fail to so notify the Agent
whether it agrees to such  extension,  such Bank shall be deemed to have refused
to grant the  requested  extension.  Upon receipt by the Agent of the consent of
all the Banks, the Borrower and the Banks shall enter into such documents as the
Agent may deem necessary or appropriate to reflect such  extension.  In no event
shall the Termination Date be extended beyond November 30, 1999.

SECTION 5.  DEFINITIONS; INTERPERTATION.

     Section 5.1.  Definitions.  The  following  terms when used herein have the
following meanings:

     "Adjusted LIBOR" is defined in Section 2.1(b) hereof.

     "Agent" means Harris Trust and Savings Bank and any  successor  pursuant to
Section 11.8 hereof.

     "Agreement Accounting  Principles" shall mean generally accepted principles
of  accounting  in  effect  at the  time  of the  preparation  of the  financial
statements  referred to in Section 6.6  hereof,  applied in a manner  consistent
with that used in preparing such statements.

     "Alternative  Currency"  means each of  Canadian  Dollars,  British  Pounds
Sterling,  Japanese  Yen or German  Deutschmarks,  so long as such  currency  is
freely transferable and freely convertible into U.S. Dollars.

     "Applicable Eurocurrency Margin" is defined in Section 2.11 hereof.
       
     "Authorized  Representative"  means any of the persons shown on the list of
officers  provided by the Borrower  pursuant to Section  7.1(c)  hereof,  or any
other  person  shown on any updated  such list  provided by the  Borrower to the
Agent, or any further or different  officer(s) or employee(s) of the Borrower so
named by any  Authorized  Representative  of the Borrower in a written notice to
the Agent.

     "Bank" means each bank signatory hereto.

     "Borrower" means General Housewares Corp., a Delaware corporation.
       
                                      -15-
<PAGE>

     "Borrowing"  means the total of Loans of a single  type made by one or more
Banks to the Borrower on a single date and for a single  Interest  Period and if
such Loans are Eurocurrency Loans, denominated in the same currency.  Borrowings
of Loans are made ratably from each of the Banks according to their Commitments.

     "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday on which Banks
are not  authorized or required to close in Chicago,  Illinois or New York,  New
York and, if the applicable  Business Day relates to the borrowing or payment of
a Eurocurrency Loan, on which banks are dealing in United States Dollar deposits
or the relevant Alternative Currency in the interbank market in London,  England
and Nassau,  Bahamas and, if the applicable  Business Day relates to a borrowing
or payment of a Eurocurrency  Loan  denominated in an Alternative  Currency,  on
which banks and foreign exchange markets are open for business in the city where
disbursements of or payments on such Loans are to be made.

     "Capital Lease" of a Person means at any date any lease of Property by such
Person as lessee which would be  capitalized  on a balance  sheet of such Person
prepared in accordance with Agreement Accounting Principles.

     "Capitalized  Lease  Obligations"  of a  Person  means  the  amount  of the
obligations  of such Person under  Capitalized  Leases which would be shown as a
liability  on a  balance  sheet of such  Person,  prepared  in  accordance  with
Agreement Accounting Principles.

     "Cash Flow Ration" is defined in Section 2.11 hereof.
       
     "Closing Date" shall mean November 30, 1994.
       
     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     "Commitments"  shall mean and include the Revolving Credit Loan Commitments
and the Letter of Credit  Commitments,  unless the context in which such term is
used shall otherwise require.

     "Consolidated  Current Assets" means the consolidated current assets of the
Borrower  and  its  Consolidated  Subsidiaries  determined  in  accordance  with
Agreement Accounting Principles.

     "Consolidated   Current   Liabilities"   means  the  consolidated   current
liabilities  of the Borrower and its  Consolidated  Subsidiaries  determined  in
accordance with Agreement Accounting Principles.

     "Consolidated  Funded  Debt"  means  Funded  Debt of the  Borrower  and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis without duplication.

     "Conslidated Income before Interest, Taxes and Depreciation" means, for any
fiscal quarter, Consolidated Income Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

Rentals less all payments  during such fiscal quarter  pursuant to all operating
leases, determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and the Consolidated
Subsidiaries in accordance with Agreement Accounting Principles.

     "Consolidated  Income Before  Interest,  Taxes,  Depreciation  and Rentals"
means,  for any fiscal quarter,  the sum of (i) earnings before income taxes for
such fiscal  quarter,  plus (ii) Interest  Expense for such fiscal  quarter plus
(iii)  all  charges  for  depreciation  of  fixed  assets  and  amortization  of
Intangible  Assets for such fiscal quarter plus (iv) payments during such fiscal
quarter pursuant to all operating leases determined on a consolidated  basis for
the Borrower and the  Consolidated  Subsidiaries  in accordance  with  Agreement
Accounting Principles.

     "Consolidated  Net  Earnings"  for any period  means the  consolidated  net
income of the Borrower and its  Consolidated  Subsidiaries  accrued  during such
period  as  computed  on a  consolidated  basis  in  accordance  with  Agreement
Accounting Principles, and, without limiting the foregoing, after deduction from
gross income of all charges and reserves, including charges and reserves for all
taxes on or measured by income,  but excluding any profits or losses on the sale
or other  disposition not in the ordinary course of business of fixed or capital
assets or on the acquisition,  retirement, sale or other disposition of stock or
securities of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, and also excluding
taxes on such profits and any tax  deductions  or credits on account of any such
losses.

     "Consolidated  Subsidiary"  means  any  Subsidiary  or other  entity  whose
accounts  are  required  to be  consolidated  with  those  of  the  Borrower  in
accordance with Agreement Accounting Principles.

     "Consolidated  Net  Worth"  means,  as of the  date  of  any  determination
thereof,  the total  stockholders  equity of the Borrower  and its  Consolidated
Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with Agreement Accounting Principles.

     "Controlled Group" has the same meaning as in Section 414(b) of the Code.

     "Current  Assets" shall mean current  assets as defined in accordance  with
Agreement Accounting Principles.

     "Current  Debt" means any obligation for borrowed money payable one year or
less from the date of the creation of such obligation.

     "Current   Liabilities"  shall  mean  current  liabilities  as  defined  in
accordance with Agreement Accounting Principles.

     "Default" means any event or condition the occurrence of which would,  with
the  passage of time or the giving of notice,  or both,  constitute  an Event of
Default.

     "Domestic Rate" is defined in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

     "Domestic Rate Loan" means a Loan bearing interest at the rate specified in
Section 2.1(a) hereof.

     "Earnings Available for Fixed Charges" for any period shall mean the sum of
(a)  Consolidated  Net Earnings for such period plus (to the extent  deducted in
determining such Consolidated Net Earnings), (b) all provisions for any Federal,
state  or  other  income  taxes  made  by  the  Company  and  its   Consolidated
Subsidiaries during such period and (c) Fixed Charges during such period.

     "ERISA" is defined in Section 6.12 hereof.

     "Eurocurrency  Loan" means a Loan bearing interest at the rate specified in
Section 2.1(b) hereof and shall also include  eurodollar loans outstanding as of
the date hereof and made pursuant to The 1993 Credit Agreement.

     "Eurocurrency Margin" is defined in Section 2.1(b) hereof.
      
     "Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage" is defined in Section 2.1(b) hereof.
       
     "Event of Default"  means any of the events or  circumstances  specified in
Section 9.1 hereof.

     "Federal Funds Rate" is defined in Section 11.9 hereof.
       
     "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" is defined in Section 8.8 hereof.
       
     "Fixed  Charges" for any period shall mean on a consolidated  basis the sum
of (a) All Rentals  (excluding  Capitalized  Lease  Obligations)  payable by the
Borrower and its Consolidated  Subsidiaries  plus (b) all Consolidated  Interest
Expense  (including the interest component of all Capitalized Lease Obligations)
of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries.

     "Fixed Rate Loans" means the Eurocurrency Loans.

     "Funded Debt" of any Person shall mean (a) all  Indebtedness of such Person
for borrowed money (including, without limitation, the Obligations hereunder) or
which has been incurred in  connection  with the  acquisition  of assets in each
case  having a final  maturity  of one or more  than  one year  from the date of
origin thereof (or which is renewable or extendible at the option of the obligor
for a period or periods  more than one year from the date of origin),  including
all  payments in respect  thereof  that are  required to be made within one year
from the date of any determination of Funded Debt, whether or not the obligation
to make such payments shall constitute a current  liability of the obligor under
Agreement Accounting  Principles,  (b) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such
Person, and (c) all Guaranties by such Person of Funded Debt of others.

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

     "Gangelhoff Note" means the 12% Subordinated  Note, due 2000 dated December
29, 1988 of General Housewares Corp. payable to Ronald J. Gangelhoff in the face
principal amount of $5,000,000.

     "Guaranties"  of a Person means any agreement by which such Person assumes,
guarantees,  endorses,  contingently agrees to purchase or provide funds for the
payment of, or  otherwise  becomes  liable  upon,  the  obligation  of any other
Person,  or  agrees  to  maintain  the net  worth or  working  capital  or other
financial  condition of any other  Person or  otherwise  assures any creditor of
such other Person  against  loss,  including,  without  limitation,  any comfort
letter,  operating  agreement,  take-or-pay  contract  or letter  of credit  but
excluding customary  indemnities by any Persons with respect to products sold by
it in the ordinary course of business.

     "Indebtedness" of any Person shall mean and include all obligations of such
Person  which  in  accordance  with  Agreement  Accounting  Principles  shall be
classified  upon a balance sheet of such Person as  liabilities  of such Person,
and in any event shall include all (a)  obligations  of such Person for borrowed
money or which have been incurred in connection with the acquisition of property
or assets, (b) obligations  secured by any Lien upon property or assets owned by
such  Person,  even though such Person has not assumed or become  liable for the
payment of such  obligations,  (c)  obligations  created  or  arising  under any
conditional  sale or other title  retention  agreement  with respect to property
acquired by such Person,  notwithstanding  the fact that the rights and remedies
of the seller, lender or lessor under such agreement in the event of default are
limited to  repossession  or sale of property,  (d)  obligations to purchase any
property or to obtain the services of another  Person if the  contract  requires
that payment for such  property or services be made  regardless  of whether such
property is delivered or such services are performed,  except that no obligation
shall  constitute   Indebtedness   solely  because  the  contract  provides  for
commercially   reasonable   liquidated  charges  or  reimbursement  of  expenses
following cancellation,  (e) Capitalized Lease Obligations, (f) obligations with
respect to  letters of credit and  bankers  acceptances  and (g)  Guaranties  of
obligations of others of the character referred to in this definition.

     "Interest Period" is defined in Section 2.4 hereof.

     "Investments"  shall  mean  all  investments,  in  cash or by  delivery  of
property,  made directly or indirectly in any Person,  whether by acquisition of
shares of capital stock,  Indebtedness or other  obligations or Securities or by
loan, advance,  capital  contribution or otherwise;  PROVIDED that "INVESTMENTS"
shall not mean or include routine investments in property to be used or consumed
in the ordinary course of business.

     "Lending Office" is defined in Section 10.4 hereof.
       
     "Letter of Credit" is defined in Section 1.1(a) hereof.
       
     "Letter of Credit Commitment" is defined in Section 1.1(c) hereof.

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

     "Letter  of Credit  Facility"  is  defined  in the  introductory  paragraph
hereof.
      
     "Letter of Credit Utilization" means, as of any date of determination,  the
sum of (i) the maximum  aggregate  amount which is or at any time thereafter may
be available for drawing under all Letters of Credit then outstanding  (which in
the case of Letters of Credit payable in an Alternative  Currency shall mean the
U.S.  Dollar  Equivalent  thereof as determined  pursuant to Section  1.1(c)(vi)
hereof) plus (ii) the aggregate  amount of all drawings  under Letters of Credit
honored by the Agent and not theretofore reimbursed by the Borrower.

     "Leverage Ratio" is defined in Section 8.7 hereof.
       
     "LIBOR" is defined in Section 2.1(b) hereof.
       
     "Lien" means any interest in Property  securing an obligation owed to, or a
claim by, a Person other than the owner of the  Property,  whether such interest
is based on the common law, statute or contract,  including, but not limited to,
the  security  interest  lien  arising  from a  mortgage,  encumbrance,  pledge,
conditional sale, security agreement or trust receipt,  or a lease,  consignment
or  bailment  for  security  purposes.   The  term  "Lien"  shall  also  include
reservations,  exceptions,  encroachments,  easements, rights of way, covenants,
conditions,  restrictions,  leases and other title  exceptions and  encumbrances
affecting  Property.  For the  purposes of this  definition,  a Person  shall be
deemed to be the owner of any Property which it has acquired or holds subject to
a conditional  sale agreement,  Capital Lease or other  arrangement  pursuant to
which title to the Property has been  retained by or vested in some other Person
for security purposes, and such retention of title shall constitute a "Lien."

     "Loan" is defined in Section  1.1(a)  hereof,  and the term  "type" of Loan
refers to its status as a Domestic Rate Loan or Eurocurrency Loan.

     "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Notes and the Applications.

     "Margin Stock" means "Margin Stock" as defined in Regulation U of the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
       
     "Material Plan" is defined in Section 9.1(f) hereof.

     "Note" is defined in Section 2.8 hereof.

     "Obligations" means all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest
on the Notes and the  reimbursement  obligation  of the Borrower with respect to
the Letters of Credit,  all accrued and unpaid fees and all other obligations of
the  Borrower  to the  Banks or any Bank or the  Agent  arising  under  the Loan
Documents.

     "Original  Dollar  Amount" means in relation to any Loan  denominated in an
Alternative  Currency,  the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such Loan on the day it is
made.
                                      -20-
<PAGE>

     "Overnight   Eurocurrency   Rate"  shall  mean  for  a  Eurocurrency   Loan
denominated  in an Alternative  Currency,  or any Letter of Credit payable in an
Alternative Currency,  the rate of interest per annum as determined by the Agent
(rounded upwards,  if necessary,  to the nearest whole multiple of one-sixteenth
of one  percent  (1/16 of 1%)) at which  overnight  or weekend  deposits  of the
appropriate   currency  for  delivery  in   immediately   available  and  freely
transferable funds would be offered by the Agent to major banks in the interbank
market upon request of such major banks for the applicable  period as determined
above  and in an  amount  comparable  to the  unpaid  principal  amount  of such
Eurocurrency  Loan or  reimbursement  obligation  with respect to such Letter of
Credit  (or,  if the  Agent is not  placing  deposits  in such  currency  in the
interbank  market,  then the  Agent's  cost of funds in such  currency  for such
period).

     "PBGC" is defined in Section 6.12 hereof.

     "Permitted Investments" means the following:

          (1) Existing Investments in foreign Consolidated  Subsidiaries,  other
     Investments  existing as of December 31, 1993 and  disclosed on the audited
     financial  statements  herefore  delivered  to the  Banks,  Investments  in
     domestic Consolidated Subsidiaries and Investments in any corporation which
     concurrently with such investment becomes a Consolidated Subsidiary;

          (2)  Property  to be  used  by the  Borrower  or a  Subsidiary  in the
     ordinary course of its business;

          (3) Current  assets arising from the sale of goods and services in the
     ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

          (4) Investments in direct obligations of the United States of America,
     or any agency  thereof,  or obligations  guaranteed by the United States of
     America,  maturing  not more  than one  year  from the date of  acquisition
     thereof;

          (5) Investments in certificates of deposits maturing not more than one
     year from the date of  acquisition  thereof,  issued by any of the Banks or
     any commercial  banks or trust  companies  organized  under the laws of the
     United  States or any state  thereof,  each  having  capital,  surplus  and
     undivided profits aggregating at least $500,000,000;

          (6)  Investments in commercial  paper given the highest rating by both
     Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc. and Standard and Poors  Corporation  and
     maturing not more than 270 days from the date of creation thereof;

          (7) Investments in direct obligations of a state of the United States,
     or a  municipality  thereof,  given  the  highest  rating  by both  Moody's
     Investors  Services,  Inc. and Standard and Poors  Corporation and maturing
     not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof; and

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

          (8) the  Borrower's  own  stock  option  plans  and  savings  or stock
     purchase plans.

Investments  shall be valued at cost less any net return of capital  through the
sale,  liquidation or repayment (by credit or otherwise) thereof or other return
of capital thereon.

     "Person" means an individual,  partnership,  corporation, associate, trust,
unincorporated  organization  or any other entity or  organization,  including a
government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

     "Plan" means with respect to the Borrower and each  Subsidiary  at any time
an  employee  pension  benefit  plan  which is  covered  by Title IV of ERISA or
subject to the  minimum  funding  standards  under  Section  412 of the Code and
either (i) is maintained by a member of the Controlled  Group for employees of a
member of the  Controlled  Group of which the Borrower or such  Subsidiary  is a
part, (ii) is maintained  pursuant to a collective  bargaining  agreement or any
other arrangement under which more than one employer makes  contributions and to
which a member of the Controlled  Group of which the Borrower or such Subsidiary
is a part is then making or accruing an obligation to make  contributions or has
within the preceding five plan years made contributions,  or (iii) under which a
member of the  Controlled  Group of which the Borrower or such  Subsidiary  is a
part has any  liability,  including  any  liability  by reason of having  been a
substantial  employer  within the  meaning of Section  4063 of ERISA at any time
during  the  preceding  five years or by reason of being  deemed a  contributing
sponsor under Section 4069 of ERISA.

     "Property"  means any  interest in any kind of  property or asset,  whether
real,  personal  or mixed,  or  tangible  or  intangible,  whether  now owned or
hereafter acquired.

     "Refinancing Borrowing" is defined in Section 2.3(d) hereof.

     "Refunding Borrowing" is defined in Section 2.3(d) hereof.

     "Rentals"  shall  mean  and  include  as of the  date of any  determination
thereof all fixed  payments  (including as such all payments which the lessee is
obligated to make to the lessor on  termination of the lease or surrender of the
property)  payable by the Borrower or a  Consolidated  Subsidiary,  as lessee or
sublessee under a lease of real or personal property,  but shall be exclusive of
any amounts  required to be paid by the  Borrower or a  Consolidated  Subsidiary
(whether  or not  designated  as  rents  or  additional  rents)  on  account  of
maintenance,  repairs,  insurance,  taxes and similar charges. Fixed rents under
any so-called  "percentage  leases" shall be computed solely on the basis of the
minimum  rents,  if any,  required to be paid by the lessee  regardless of sales
volume or gross revenues.

     "Required Banks" means as of the date of determination thereof, those Banks
holding at least 66-2/3% of the Commitments or, in the event that no Commitments
are  outstanding  hereunder,  those Banks  holding at least 66-2/3% in aggregate
principal  amount  of the Loans and  Letter  of Credit  Utilization  outstanding
hereunder.

                                      -22-
<PAGE>

     "Revolving Credit" is defined in the introductory paragraph hereof.

     "Revolving Credit Loan Commitment" is defined in Section 1.1(a) hereof.

     "Security" has the same meaning as in Section 2(l) of the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended.

     "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "Set-Off" is defined in Section 12.7 hereof.

     "Subordinated  Indebtedness"  means the  Indebtedness for Borrowed Money of
the Borrower  evidenced by the Gangelhoff  Note and any other  Indebtedness  for
Borrowed  Money of the  Borrower  for  money  borrowed  the  terms of which  are
acceptable to the Required Banks and which is  subordinated  in right of payment
to the prior payment of the  Obligations  pursuant to  subordination  provisions
approved in writing by the Required Banks.

     "Subsidiary"  means any  corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%)
of the outstanding  Voting Stock is at the time directly or indirectly  owned by
the Borrower, by one or more of its Subsidiaries,  or by the Borrower and one or
more of its Subsidiaries.

     "Tangible  Assets" of any Person means, as of the date of any determination
thereof,  the total  amount of all  assets of such  Person  (less  depreciation,
depletion and other properly deductible  valuation reserves) after deducting the
following: good will, patents, trade names, trade marks, copyrights, franchises,
experimental  expense,  organization  expense,  unamortized  debt  discount  and
expense,  deferred assets, the excess of cost of shares acquired over book value
of related assets, any write-ups in the book value of any asset resulting from a
revaluation  thereof,  and such  other  assets  as are  properly  classified  as
"Intangible Assets" in accordance with Agreement Account Principles.

     "Termination  Date" means  November 30,  1997,  as the same may be extended
pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof.

     "The 1993 Credit Agreement" means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of
April 20, 1993 as amended among the Borrower, the Agent and the Banks.

     "Total  Liabilities" means the total of the liabilities of the Borrower and
its Consolidated  Subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis determined in accordance
with Agreement Accounting Principles.

     "Unfunded Vested  Liabilities" means, with respect to any Plan at any time,
the amount (if any) by which (i) the present value of all vested  nonforfeitable
accrued  benefits under such Plan exceeds (ii) the fair market value of all Plan
assets  allocable to such  benefits,  all  determined as of the then most recent
valuation date for such Plan, but only to the extent that such excess represents

                                      -23-
<PAGE>

a potential  liability  of a member of the  Controlled  Group to the PBGC or the
Plan under Title IV of ERISA.

     "Unrestricted  Subsidiary" shall mean any Subsidiary  designated as such on
Exhibit B hereto.

     "U.S. Dollars" means lawful currency of the United States of America.

     "U.S.  Dollar  Equivalent"  means the amount of U.S. Dollars which would be
realized by converting  an  Alternative  Currency into U.S.  Dollars in the spot
market at the  exchange  rate  quoted by the Agent at  approximately  11:00 a.m.
(London,  England  time)  two  Business  Days  prior  to the  date  on  which  a
computation  thereof is  required to be made,  to major  banks in the  interbank
exchange market for the purchase of U.S. Dollars for such Alternative Currency.

     "Voting  Stock" of any Person means  capital  stock of any class or classes
(however  designated) having ordinary voting power for the election of directors
of such  Person,  other  than  stock  having  such  power  only by reason of the
happening of a contingency.

     "Welfare  Plan" means a "Welfare  Plan," as said term is defined in Section
3(1) of ERISA.

     "Wholly-Owned"   means  a  Subsidiary  of  which  all  of  the  issued  and
outstanding shares of stock (other than directors' qualifying shares as required
by law) shall be owned by the  Borrower  and/or one or more of its  Wholly-Owned
Subsidiaries.

     Section 5.2.  Interpretation.  The foregoing  definitions  shall be equally
applicable  to both the  singular  and plural  forms of the terms  defined.  All
references to times of day herein shall be references to Chicago,  Illinois time
unless  otherwise  specifically  provided.  Where the character or amount of any
asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be  determined or
any consolidation or other accounting computation is required to be made for the
purposes of this Agreement,  the same shall be done in accordance with Agreement
Accounting  Principles as in effect from time to time, to the extent applicable,
except where such principles are  inconsistent  with the specific  provisions of
this Agreement.

SECTION 6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

     The Borrower represents and warrants to the Banks as follows:

     Section 6.1. Organization and Qualification. The Borrower is duly organized
and validly  existing in good standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware,
has full and adequate corporate power to carry on its business as now conducted,
is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which
the nature of the business  transacted by it or the nature of the Property owned
or leased by it makes such licensing or  qualification  necessary,  except where
the failure to be so licensed or qualified and in goodstanding would not have a


                                      -24-
<PAGE>

material  adverse  effect on the  financial  condition or Property,  business or
operations of the Borrower and the Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

     Section 6.2. Subsidiaries.  As of the date hereof, the only Subsidiaries of
the  Borrower  are  designated  in  Exhibit  B  hereto;  each  Subsidiary  is  a
corporation  duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws
of the  jurisdiction  in  which  it was  incorporated,  has  full  and  adequate
corporate power to carry on its business as now conducted,  and is duly licensed
or qualified  and in good standing in each  jurisdiction  in which the nature of
the business  transacted by it or the nature of the Property  owned or leased by
it makes such licensing or qualification necessary,  except where the failure to
be so  licensed  or  qualified  and in good  standing  would not have a material
adverse effect on the financial condition or Property, business or operations of
the  Borrower  and the  Consolidated  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole.  Exhibit B
hereto  correctly  sets  forth,  as to each  Subsidiary,  whether or not it is a
Consolidated Subsidiary,  the jurisdiction of its incorporation,  the percentage
of issued and outstanding shares of each class of its capital stock owned by the
Borrower and the  Subsidiaries  and, if such  percentage is not 100%  (excluding
directors' qualifying shares as required by law), a description of each class of
its  authorized  capital stock and the number of shares of each class issued and
outstanding.  All of the issued and outstanding  shares of capital stock of each
Subsidiary are validly issued and outstanding  and fully paid and  nonassessable
and all such  shares  indicated  in  Exhibit  B as owned  by the  Borrower  or a
Subsidiary  are owned,  beneficially  and of  record,  by the  Borrower  or such
Subsidiary, free of any Lien.

     Section 6.3. Corporate Authority and Validity of Obligations.  The Borrower
has  full  right  and  authority  to  enter  into  this  Agreement,  to make the
borrowings  herein provided for, to request that the Letters of Credit be issued
hereunder,  to issue its Notes and  execute  and  deliver  the  Applications  in
evidence  thereof and to perform all of its obligations  hereunder and under the
Notes and Applications; this Agreement, each Note and each Application delivered
by the  Borrower  have been  duly  authorized,  executed  and  delivered  by the
Borrower  and  constitute   valid  and  binding   obligations  of  the  Borrower
enforceable in accordance with their terms;  and this  Agreement,  the Notes and
the  Applications do not, nor does the performance or observance by the Borrower
or any  Subsidiary  of any  of the  matters  or  things  therein  provided  for,
contravene  any  provision  of law or any  charter  or by-law  provision  of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary or any material  covenant,  indenture or agreement of
or affecting the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  or a substantial  portion of their
respective Properties.

     Section 6.4. Not an Investment Company.  The Borrower is not an "investment
company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

     Section 6.5. Margin Stock. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries
is engaged principally,  or as one of its primary activities, in the business of
extending  credit for the purpose of  purchasing or carrying  Margin Stock,  and
neither the  Borrower nor any of its  Subsidiaries  will use the proceeds of any
Loan or Letter of Credit in a manner that  violates any  provision of Regulation
U, G or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

                                      -25-
<PAGE>

     Section 6.6.  Financial  Reports.  The consolidated  statement of financial
condition of the Borrower and the  Consolidated  Subsidiaries as at December 31,
1993 and the related  statements of consolidated  income and  consolidated  cash
flows of the Borrower and the Consolidated  Subsidiaries for the year then ended
and accompanying  notes thereto,  which financial  statements are accompanied by
the  report  of  Price  Waterhouse,  independent  public  accountants,  and  the
unaudited statement of consolidated  financial condition of the Borrower and the
Consolidated Subsidiaries as at September 30, 1994 and the related statements of
consolidated  income  and  consolidated  cash  flows  of the  Borrower  and  the
Consolidated Subsidiaries for the nine months then ended and accompanying notes,
heretofore  furnished to the Banks,  fairly present the  consolidated  financial
conditions of the Borrower and the  Consolidated  Subsidiaries  as at such dates
and the  consolidated  results of their operations and their  consolidated  cash
flows  for  the  periods  then  ended  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

     Section 6.7. No Material Adverse Change. Since December 31, 1993, there has
been no material  adverse  change in the condition,  financial or otherwise,  or
business prospects of the Borrower and the Consolidated  Subsidiaries taken as a
whole.

     Section 6.8. Litigation.  There is no litigation or governmental proceeding
pending, nor to the knowledge of the Borrower  threatened,  against the Borrower
or any Consolidated  Subsidiary  which if adversely  determined would (a) impair
the  validity  or  enforceability  of, or  materially  impair the ability of the
Borrower to perform its  obligations  under,  this  Agreement,  the Notes or the
Applications  or (b)  result in any  material  adverse  change in the  financial
condition  or  Property,   business  or  operations  of  the  Borrower  and  the
Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

     Section 6.9. Tax Returns. The consolidated United States federal income tax
returns of the Borrower for the taxable year ended December 31, 1989 and for all
taxable  years  ended  prior to said  date have been  examined  by the  Internal
Revenue Service and have been approved as filed, and any additional  assessments
in connection with any of such years have been paid or the applicable statute of
limitations  therefor has expired.  There are no  assessments  in respect of the
consolidated  United States  federal  income tax returns of the Borrower and the
Consolidated  Subsidiaries of a material nature for any taxable year ended after
December  31, 1990  pending,  nor to the  knowledge  of the Borrower is any such
assessment threatened, other than for those which are either (i) provided for by
reserves which in the opinion of the Borrower are adequate  therefor or (ii) are
related to the deductibility of approximately  $2,400,000 of noncompete payments
made by the Borrower to Ronald J. Gangelhoff during 1991, 1992 and 1993.

     Section 6.10. Approvals. No authorization,  consent, license,  exemption or
filing or  registration  with any court or  governmental  department,  agency or
instrumentality,  or any approval or consent of the stockholders of the Borrower
or from any other  Person,  is  necessary  to the valid  execution,  delivery or
performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, the Notes or the Applications.


                                      -26-
<PAGE>


     Section  6.11.  Liens.  There  are no Liens on any of the  Property  of the
Borrower or any  Subsidiary,  except  those which are  permitted by Section 8.18
hereof.

     Section 6.12.  ERISA. The Borrower and each Subsidiary are in compliance in
all material respects with the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended  ("ERISA"),  to the extent  applicable  to them and have  received no
notice to the contrary from the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation ("PBGC") or
any other  governmental  entity or agency. As of December 31, 1993 the liability
of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  to PBGC in respect of  Unfunded  Vested
Liabilities  would not have been in excess of  $99,000 if all  employee  pension
benefit  plans  maintained  by  the  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  had  been
terminated  as of such date.  No condition  exists or event or  transaction  has
occurred  with respect to any Plan which could  reasonably be expected to result
in the incurrence by the Borrower or any  Subsidiary of any material  liability,
fine or  penalty.  Except as  disclosed  to the Banks in  writing,  neither  the
Borrower nor any  Subsidiary  has any  contingent  liability with respect to any
post-retirement  benefits  under  a  Welfare  Plan,  other  than  liability  for
continuation  coverage described in Part 6 of Title I of ERISA and liability for
post-retirement life insurance benefits.

     Section 6.13. Material Agreements.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary
is a party to any  agreement  or  instrument  or subject to any charter or other
corporate   restriction   materially  and  adversely   affecting  its  business,
properties or assets, operations or condition (financial or otherwise).  Neither
the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in default in the performance,  observance or
fulfillment of any of the obligations,  covenants or conditions contained in (i)
any  agreement  to which it is a party,  which  default  might  have a  material
adverse effect on the business,  properties or assets,  operations, or condition
(financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole
or (ii) any agreement or instrument evidencing or governing Indebtedness.

     Section 6.14.  Compliance  with  Environmental  Laws.  (a) The business and
operation of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  comply in all respects with all
applicable federal,  state,  regional,  county and local laws, statutes,  rules,
regulations and ordinances relating to public health, safety or the environment,
including, without limitation,  relating to releases,  discharges,  emissions or
disposals  to air,  water,  land or  groundwater,  to the  withdrawal  or use of
groundwater,  to the use,  handling  or disposal  of  polychlorinated  biphenyls
(PCB's), asbestos or urea formaldehyde,  to the treatment,  storage, disposal or
management of hazardous substances  (including,  without limitation,  petroleum,
its  derivatives,  by-products  or other  hydrocarbons),  to  exposure to toxic,
hazardous  or other  controlled,  prohibited  or  regulated  substances,  to the
transportations,  storage,  disposal  management or release or gaseous or liquid
substances, and any regulation, order, injunction, judgment, declaration, notice
or demand issued thereunder,  except to the extent that such noncompliance would
not have a material  adverse  effect on the  business,  operations,  properties,
assets  or  condition   (financial   or  otherwise)  of  the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

     (b) The  Borrower has not given,  nor should it give,  nor has it received,
any notice,  letter,  citation,  order, warning,  complaint,  inquiry,  claim or
demand that: (i) the Borrower has violated, or is about to violate, any federal,

                                      -27-
<PAGE>

state, regional,  county or local environmental,  health or safety statute, law,
rule, regulation,  ordinance,  judgment or order; (ii) there has been a release,
or there is a threat of release,  of hazardous  substances  (including,  without
limitation,  petroleum,  its by-products or derivatives,  or other hydrocarbons)
from the  Borrower's  property,  facilities,  equipment or  vehicles;  (iii) the
Borrower may be or is liable, in whole or in part, for the costs or cleaning up,
remediating  or  responding  to a release of  hazardous  substances  (including,
without  limitation,   petroleum,  its  by-products  or  derivatives,  or  other
hydrocarbons);  (iv) any of the  Borrower's  property or assets are subject to a
Lien in favor of any  governmental  entity for any liability,  costs or damages,
under any federal,  state or local environmental law, rule or regulation arising
from, or costs incurred by such governmental entity in response to, a release of
a hazardous substance (including, without limitation, petroleum, its by-products
or  derivatives,  or  other  hydrocarbons),  except  to  the  extent  that  such
violation,  release,  liability or Lien could not have a material adverse effect
on the  business,  operations,  properties,  assets or condition  (financial  or
otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

SECTION 7.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

     The  obligation  of each  Bank  to make  any  Loan or any  other  financial
accommodation hereunder shall be subject to the following conditions precedent:

     Section 7.1. Initial  Borrowing.  Prior to the initial Borrowing and Letter
of Credit hereunder:

          (a) The Agent shall have received for each Bank the favorable  written
     opinion  of  Gordon R.  Erickson,  Secretary  and  General  Counsel  of the
     Borrower,  in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto,  and otherwise in
     and substance satisfactory to the Required Banks;

          (b) The Agent shall have received for each Bank (i)  certified  copies
     of  resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Borrower  authorizing  the
     execution and delivery of this Agreement,  the Notes and the  Applications,
     indicating  the  authorized  signers of this  Agreement,  the Notes and the
     Applications  and all other  documents  relating  thereto and the  specimen
     signatures  of such  signers,  (ii)  copies of the  Borrower's  Articles of
     Incorporation  and by-laws  certified by the Secretary or other appropriate
     officer  of the  Borrower  together  with a  certificate  of good  standing
     certified by the appropriate  governmental  officer in the  jurisdiction of
     the Borrower's incorporation; and

          (c) The Agent  shall  have  received  from the  Borrower a list of its
     Authorized Representatives.

     Section 7.2. All Loans and Letters of Credit.  As of the time of the making
of each Borrowing,  the issuance of each Letter of Credit (including the initial
Borrowing and Letter of Credit):

                                      -28-
<PAGE>

          (a) The  Agent  shall  have  received  for each  Bank the Notes of the
     Borrower and the notice required by Section 2.3 hereof;

          (b) Each of the  representations  and  warranties  of the Borrower set
     forth in  Section  6 hereof  (except  for  Section  6.7)  shall be true and
     correct as of said time, except to the extent that any such  representation
     or warranty relates solely to an earlier date;

          (c) The Borrower shall be in full compliance with all of the terms and
     conditions  hereof,  and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
     and be  continuing  or would occur as a result of making such  Borrowing or
     issuing such Letter of Credit;

          (d) After  giving  effect  to the  Borrowing  or Letter of Credit  the
     aggregate  principal  amount of all Loans and Letter of Credit  Utilization
     outstanding hereunder shall not exceed the Commitments; and

          (e) Such  Borrowing  or Letter of Credit  shall not violate any order,
     judgment or decree of any court or other  authority or any provision of law
     or  regulation  applicable  to any  Bank  (including,  without  limitation,
     Regulation U of the Board of Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System) as
     then in effect,  provided that if any such circumstances affects fewer than
     all the Banks then the  unaffected  Banks  shall not be  relieved  of their
     obligations to make a Loan as part of a Refunding  Borrowing.  Each request
     for a Borrowing or Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a  representation
     and warranty by the Borrower on the date of such  Borrowing as to the facts
     specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 7.2.

     Section  7.3.   Additional   Conditions  to  Loans  (other  than  Refunding
Borrowings), Letters of Credit.  In  addition to the  conditions  set forth in
Sections  7.1 and 7.2  hereof,  as of the time of each  Borrowing  (other than a
Refunding Borrowing), the issuance of each Letter of Credit, the representations
and  warranties  set forth in Section 6.7 hereof  shall be true as of said time,
and the request for such Borrowing,  as mentioned in Section 7.2.,  shall be and
constitute a representation and warranty as to such matters specified in Section
6.7 hereof.

     Section 7.4. Letters of Credit.  As a further  condition to the issuance of
each Letter of Credit, the Agent shall have received an Application therefor.

     Section 7.5.  Termination of the 1993 Credit  Agreement.  The initial Loans
hereunder  shall be in an amount  sufficient  to repay all  indebtedness  of the
Borrower  owing to the Banks and Agent  under The 1993 Credit  Agreement  (other
than with  respect to (a) letters of credit  which shall  constitute  Letters of
Credit issued and  outstanding  hereunder and (b) eurodollar  loans  outstanding
thereunder  which shall constitute  Eurocurrency  Loans for all purposes hereof,
including  without  limitation,  Section 2.10  hereof) and the  Borrower  hereby
directs the Agent to such extent to so apply the proceeds of such Loans at which
time The 1993 Credit Agreement shall terminate.

                                      -29-
<PAGE>

SECTION 8. COVENANTS.

     The Borrower  agrees that, so long as any Note is outstanding  hereunder or
any credit is  available to or in use by the  Borrower  hereunder  except to the
extent  compliance  in any case or cases is waived in  writing  by the  Required
Banks:

     Section 8.1. Corporate Existence.  The Borrower shall, and shall cause each
Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) to, preserve and maintain its
corporate existence, subject to the provisions of Section 8.15 hereof.

     Section 8.2. Maintenance. The Borrower will maintain, preserve and keep its
plants,  properties and equipment  deemed necessary to the proper conduct of its
business in  reasonably  good repair,  working order and condition and will from
time to time make all  reasonably  necessary  repairs,  renewals,  replacements,
additions and betterments  thereto so that at all times such plants,  properties
and equipment shall be reasonably preserved and maintained,  and will cause each
Subsidiary  so to do in  respect  of  Property  owned  or used by it;  Provided,
However, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Borrower or a Subsidiary
from  discontinuing  the operation or maintenance of any such properties if such
discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Borrower,  desirable in the conduct of
its business or the business of the  Subsidiary and not  disadvantageous  in any
material respect to the Banks or the holders of the Notes.

     Section 8.3.  Taxes.  The Borrower  will duly pay and  discharge,  and will
cause each Subsidiary to pay and discharge, all taxes, rates, assessments,  fees
and  governmental  charges  upon or against the Borrower or such  Subsidiary  or
against  their  respective  Properties,  in each case  before  the same  becomes
delinquent and before  penalties  accrue thereon,  unless and to the extent that
the same is being  contested in good faith and by  appropriate  proceedings  and
reserves are provided therefor that in the opinion of the Borrower are adequate.

     Section 8.4.  Insurance.  The Borrower will insure,  and keep insured,  and
will cause each Subsidiary to insure, and keep insured,  in good and responsible
insurance companies,  all insurable Property owned by it which is of a character
usually insured by companies similarly situated and operating like Property; and
to the extent usually insured (subject to self-insured  retentions) by companies
similarly  situated and conducting  similar  businesses,  the Borrower will also
insure,  and cause each Subsidiary to insure,  employers' and public and product
liability risks in good and responsible  insurance companies.  The Borrower will
upon request of the Agent furnish a summary  setting forth the nature and extent
of the insurance maintained pursuant to this Section 8.4.

     Section 8.5.  Financial Reports and Other  Information.  The Borrower will,
and will cause each  Subsidiary to,  maintain a standard system of accounting in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and will furnish to the
Banks and their respective duly authorized representatives such information

                                      -30-
<PAGE>

respecting  the  business  and  financial  condition  of the  Borrower  and  the
Subsidiaries  as may be  reasonably  requested;  and without  any  request  will
furnish to each Bank:

          (a)  Within  90  days  after  the  close  of each  fiscal  year of the
     Borrower, an audit report of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries
     for  such  year  and  accompanying   financial   statements   certified  by
     independent  certified public accountants of recognized  national standing,
     prepared in accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles on a
     consolidated basis, including a balance sheet as of the end of such period,
     related  profit and loss and  reconciliation  of surplus  statement,  and a
     statement of changes in financial  position,  accompanied by any management
     letter  prepared  by  said   accountants  and  by  a  certificate  of  said
     accountants  that, in the course of their  examination  necessary for their
     certification  of the  foregoing,  they have  obtained no  knowledge of any
     Default or Event of Default, or if, in the opinion of such accountants, any
     Default  or Event of Default  shall  exist,  stating  the nature and status
     thereof.

          (b)  Within  60 days  after the  close of the  first  three  quarterly
     periods of each  fiscal  year of the  Borrower,  a  consolidated  unaudited
     balance sheet as at the close of each such period and a consolidated profit
     and loss and reconciliation of surplus statement and a statement of changes
     in financial position for the period from the beginning of such fiscal year
     to the  end of such  quarter,  all  certified  by a  responsible  financial
     officer.

          (c) Together  with the  financial  statements  required  hereunder,  a
     compliance certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto signed
     by a responsible financial officer of the Borrower showing the calculations
     necessary to determine  compliance  with this Agreement and stating that no
     Default or Event of Default  exists,  or if any Default or Event of Default
     exists, stating the nature and status thereof.

          (d)  Within  270 days  after the  close of each  fiscal  year,  if any
     Unfunded  Vested  Liabilities  exist a  statement  of the  Unfunded  Vested
     Liabilities of each Plan, certified as correct by an actuary enrolled under
     ERISA.

          (e) As soon as  possible  and in any event  within  30 days  after the
     Borrower knows that any reportable event (as defined in ERISA) has occurred
     with respect to any Plan, a statement,  signed by a  responsible  financial
     officer of the Borrower,  describing said  reportable  event and the action
     which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.

          (f) As soon as possible and in any event within 10 days after  receipt
     by a corporate  officer of the Borrower,  a copy of (i) any notice or claim
     to the effect that the  Borrower or any  Subsidiary  is or may be liable to
     any  Person  as a  result  of  the  release  by  the  Borrower,  any of its
     Subsidiaries  or any  other  Person  of any  toxic  or  hazardous  waste or
     substance  into the  environment,  which  liability  could  have a material
     adverse effect on the business, operation, properties, assets or conditions
     (financial or otherwise) of the
      
                                      -31-
<PAGE>

     Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole and (ii) any notice alleging
     any  violation  of any  federal,  state or local  environmental,  health or
     safety law or regulation by the Borrower or any Subsidiary  which violation
     could  have  a  material   adverse  effect  on  the  business,   operation,
     properties,  assets or conditions  (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower
     and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

          (g) Promptly upon the furnishing  thereof to the  shareholders  of the
     Borrower, copies of all financial statements,  reports and proxy statements
     so furnished.

          (h)  Promptly  upon the  filing  thereof,  copies of all  registration
     statements and annual,  quarterly,  monthly or other regular  reports which
     the Borrower or any Subsidiary files with the SEC.

          (i) Promptly upon discovery  thereof,  notice of the occurrence of any
     Default and of any other development,  financial or otherwise,  which might
     materially adversely affect its ability to repay the Obligations.

               (j) Promptly after incurrence thereof,  notice of any Funded Debt
          incurred by the Borrower after the date hereof.

          (k) Such other information  (including  non-financial  information) as
     the Agent or any Bank may from time to time reasonably request.

     Section 8.6.  Consolidated  Net Worth.  The Borrower will at all times keep
and  maintain  Consolidated  Net Worth at an amount not less than the sum of (i)
$45,000,000  plus (ii) 50% of positive  Consolidated  Net Earnings earned by the
Borrower  during each completed  fiscal  quarter on a cumulative  basis (without
deduction  for a net loss during a fiscal  quarter) from January 1, 1995 through
and including the date of determination.

     Section 8.7.  Leverage  Ratio.  The Borrower  will  maintain at all times a
ratio of (a) the  difference  between  (i)  Consolidated  Funded  Debt less (ii)
Indebtedness  with  respect  to  commercial  letters  of  credit  ("Consolidated
Adjusted  Funded Debt") to (b) the sum of (i)  Consolidated  Net Worth plus (ii)
Consolidated Adjusted Funded Debt (the "Leverage Ratio") of not more than .45 to
1.0.

     Section 8.8.  Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio.  As of the end of each fiscal
quarter,  the Borrower  will  maintain a ratio of Earnings  Available  for Fixed
Charges to Fixed  Charges,  in each case for the previous  four fiscal  quarters
ending on the last day of such  quarter  (taken as a single  accounting  period)
(the "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio") for the previous four fiscal quarters ending
on the last day of such quarter of not less than 2.0 to 1.0.

     Section 8.9. Minimum Current Ratio. The Borrower will maintain at all times
a ratio of Consolidated  Current Assets to Consolidated  Current  Liabilities of
not less than 1.5:1.0.


                                      -32-
<PAGE>

     Section 8.10.  Distribution.  The Borrower will not,  except as hereinafter
provided:

          (a)  declare or pay any  dividends,  either in cash or property on any
     class of its stock (except  dividends payable solely in common stock of the
     Borrower); or

          (b)  directly  or  indirectly,  or through any  Subsidiary,  purchase,
     redeem or retire  any of its stock or any  warrants,  rights or  options to
     purchase or otherwise  acquire any shares of its stock (other than payments
     to any officer of the  Borrower  in  connection  with the  exercise of such
     officer's  stock  appreciation  rights  granted  pursuant to stock purchase
     plans of the  Borrower  to the extent  such  payments  are  required  to be
     deducted in the calculation of  Consolidated  Net Earnings and so long as a
     Default or Event of Default  shall not have  occurred and be  continuing at
     the  time of any such  payment  or would  occur  as a result  thereof,  the
     Borrower  acknowledging  and agreeing that all  agreements  relating to any
     such  payments  shall provide that the  Borrower's  obligation to make such
     payments shall be subject to satisfaction of the foregoing conditions); or

          (c) make any other  distribution,  either  directly or  indirectly  or
     through any Subsidiary, in respect of its stock;

(such  declarations and payments of dividends  (computed  without  duplication),
purchases,  redemptions or retirements of stock, warrants, rights or options and
all such other distributions being herein collectively called  "Distributions"),
if after  giving  effect  to any such  Distribution,  the  aggregate  amount  of
Distributions  declared  or made  outstanding  during the period  from and after
December 31, 1993 to and including the date of the  declaration or making of the
Distribution   would  exceed  the  sum  of  (i)  $3,000,000  plus  (ii)  50%  of
Consolidated  Net Earnings (or, if such  Consolidated  Net Earnings is a deficit
figure,  then  minus  100%  of such  deficit)  for  such  period  computed  on a
cumulative basis for said entire period.

     The Borrower will not declare any dividend  payable more than 90 days after
the  date  of  the  declaration  thereof  and  will  not  declare  or  make  any
Distribution  if a Default has  occurred  and is  continuing  or if, on the date
thereof and after giving  effect  thereto the payment  would create a Default or
Event of Default.

     For the  purposes  of this  Section  8.10 the  amount  of any  Distribution
declared or paid or distributed in property shall be deemed to be the greater of
book or fair market value as  determined in good faith by the board of directors
of the Borrower (in each case after deducting any liabilities  relating thereto,
which are,  concurrently with the receipt of such  Distribution,  assumed by the
recipient  thereof),  of  such  property  at  the  time  of  the  making  of the
Distribution in question.

     Section 8.11.  Indebtedness  for Borrowed Money.  The Borrower will not nor
will  it  permit  any  Subsidiary  to,  issue,  incur,  assume,  create  or have
outstanding any Indebtedness  for Borrowed Money;  Provided,  However,  that the
foregoing provisions shall not restrict nor operate to prevent:


                                      -33-
<PAGE>

          (a) the  indebtedness of the Borrower on the Notes and with respect to
     the Letters of Credit;

          (b) Funded Debt of the Borrower's Subsidiaries existing as of the date
     hereof and disclosed on Exhibit E hereto and Funded Debt of the Borrower;

          (c) purchase money  indebtedness  permitted by Section 8.18(f) hereof;
     (d) other existing  short term  indebtedness  of the Borrower  disclosed on
     Exhibit E hereto;

          (e) Subordinated Indebtedness; and

          (f) indebtedness not otherwise  permitted by this Section  aggregating
     not more than $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding.

     Section 8.12. Sale and Leaseback. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit
any  Subsidiary  to, sell or transfer any property in order to  concurrently  or
subsequently lease as lessee such or similar property.

     Section 8.13.  Investments.  The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any
Subsidiary  to,  make or  suffer  to  exist  any  Investments  except  Permitted
Investments.

     Section  8.14.  Capital  Expenditures.  The Borrower will not, and will not
permit its Consolidated  Subsidiaries to, expend or become obligated for capital
expenditures (as defined and classified in accordance with Agreement  Accounting
Principles  consistently  applied)  during any fiscal  year in excess of (a) the
amount of all charges  for  depreciation  of fixed  assets and  amortization  of
Intangible Assets for the previous fiscal year computed on a consolidated  basis
for the Borrower and the Consolidated  Subsidiaries in accordance with Agreement
Accounting Principles plus (b) Consolidated Net Earnings for the previous fiscal
year less (c)  dividends  paid during the previous  fiscal year in the aggregate
for the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, provided, that, the Borrower
will not, nor will it permit its Consolidated  Subsidiaries to, make any capital
expenditure if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,  or
if on the date thereof and after giving effect  thereto such  expenditure  would
create a Default or Event of Default.

     Section 8.15. Mergers, Consolidations, Leases, and Sales. The Borrower:
             
          (a) will not be a party to any merger or  consolidation  except that a
     Subsidiary   may  merge  into  the   Borrower  or  into  any  one  or  more
     Subsidiaries; and

          (b) will not,  and will not permit  any  Consolidated  Subsidiary  to,
sell, assign,  lease or otherwise transfer to any Person other than the Borrower
or one or more  Consolidated  Subsidiaries  any Properties  (including,  without
limitation, any capital stock of any Consolidated Subsidiary), unless such sale,
assignment,  lease or  transfer  is for a  consideration  not less than the fair
market value thereof and unless,  after giving  effect to such  sale,assignment,
lease or transfer (i) the aggregate

                                      -34-
<PAGE>

proceeds to the Borrower and the  Consolidated  Subsidiaries  of all such sales,
assignments, leases and transfers (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary
course of its business as conducted on the date hereof) during the calendar year
in which such sale,  assignment,  lease or transfer shall occur shall not exceed
10% of Tangible Assets,  (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be  continuing  or would occur as a result  thereof  and (iii) the  Borrower
shall  have  furnished  to the  Banks  a  certificate  and  historic  pro  forma
calculations  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Required Banks showing that after
giving  effect  to such  sale  Consolidated  Net  Earnings  for the  immediately
preceding twelve month period ending on or about the date of such sale would not
have been less than 10% of actual Consolidated Net Earnings for such period.

     Section  8.16.  ERISA.  The Borrower  will  promptly pay and  discharge all
obligations and  liabilities  arising under ERISA of a character which if unpaid
or  unperformed  might  result in the  imposition  of a Lien  against any of its
properties or assets and will promptly notify the Agent of (i) the occurrence of
any  reportable  event (as defined in ERISA) with respect to a Plan,  other than
any such event of which the PBGC has waived notice by  regulation,  (ii) receipt
of any notice  from PBGC of its  intention  to seek  termination  of any Plan or
appointment of a trustee  therefor,  (iii) its or any Subsidiary's  intention to
terminate or withdraw from any Plan,  and (iv) the  occurrence of any event with
respect to any Plan which could result in the  incurrence by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary of any material liability,  fine or penalty, or any material increase
in the contingent  liability of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  with respect to
any post-retirement Welfare Plan benefit.

     Section  8.17.  Conduct of Business.  The  Borrower  will not engage in any
business if, as a result, the general nature of the business which would then be
engaged in by the  Borrower  would be  substantially  changed  from the  general
nature of the business engaged in by the Borrower on the date of this Agreement.

     Section  8.18.  Liens.  The  Borrower  will  not  nor  will it  permit  any
Subsidiary to create,  incur,  permit to exist or to be incurred any Lien of any
kind on any Property owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; Provided, However.
that this Section 8.18 shall not apply to nor operate to prevent:

          (a) Liens for taxes,  assessments or governmental charges or levies on
     its property if the same shall not at the time be  delinquent or thereafter
     can be paid  without  penalty or are being  contested  in good faith and by
     appropriate proceedings.

          (b)  Liens  imposed  by law,  such as  carriers',  warehousemen's  and
     mechanics'  liens and other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of
     business  which secure  payment of  obligations  not more than 60 days past
     due.

          (c)  Liens  arising  out  of  pledges  or  deposits   under   worker's
     compensation  laws,  unemployment  insurance,  old age  pensions,  or other
     social security or retirement benefits, or similar legislation.


                                      -35-
<PAGE>

          (d)  Utility   easements,   building   restrictions   and  such  other
     encumbrances or charges against real property as are of a nature  generally
     existing with respect to properties of a similar character and which do not
     in any material way affect the  marketability of the same or interfere with
     the use thereof in the business of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries.

          (e) Liens  existing  on the date  hereof  and  described  in Exhibit F
     hereto.

          (f) Liens  incurred  to  sellers in  connection  with  purchase  money
     financing up to an aggregate amount outstanding at any time of $3,000,000.

     Section 8.19.  Use of Proceeds;  Margin Stock.  The Borrower shall only use
the proceeds of the Loans for general corporate purposes, and the Borrower shall
not directly or  indirectly  use the proceeds of any of the Loans to purchase or
carry any Margin Stock,  and at no time will Margin Stock constitute 25% or more
of the assets of the Borrower or of the consolidated  assets of the Borrower and
the Subsidiaries.

     Section  8.20.  Compliance  with Laws.  Without  limiting  any of the other
covenants of the Borrower in this Section 8, the Borrower  will,  and will cause
each of its  Subsidiaries  to,  conduct  its  business,  and  otherwise  be,  in
compliance with all applicable laws,  regulations,  ordinances and orders of any
governmental or judicial authorities  (including,  without limitation,  those of
the type mentioned in Section 6.14 hereof),  non-compliance with which would (a)
impair the validity or  enforceability or the ability of the Borrower to perform
its obligations  under the Loan Documents or (b) result in any material  adverse
change in the financial  condition or properties,  business or operations of the
Borrower and the Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,
that the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  shall not be required to comply with any
such law,  regulation,  ordinance or order if it shall be  contesting  such law,
regulation,  ordinance  or order in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings  and
reserves, if appropriate, shall have been established therefor that are adequate
in the Borrower's opinion.

SECTION 9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

     Section  9.1.  Events of Default.  Any one or more of the  following  shall
constitute an Event of Default:

          (a) (i) default in the payment  when due of any  principal on any Note
     or any Loan evidenced  thereby,  or of any  reimbursement  obligation  with
     respect to any Letter of Credit,  whether at the stated maturity thereof or
     at any other time provided in this Agreement;  or (ii) default for a period
     of five days in the  payment  when due of  interest on any Note or any Loan
     evidenced thereby or of any other sums required to be paid pursuant to this
     Agreement;

          (b) default by the Borrower in the  observance or  performance  of any
     covenant set forth in Sections 8.6 through 8.15 and Section 8.17 hereof;

                                      -36-
<PAGE>

          (c) default by the Borrower in the  observance or  performance  of any
     other  provision  hereof not  mentioned  in (a) or (b) above,  which is not
     remedied  within 30 days after notice  thereof to the Borrower by the Agent
     or any Bank;

          (d) any representation or warranty made herein by the Borrower,  or in
     any statement or certificate  furnished pursuant hereto by the Borrower, or
     in any  Application  or in connection  with any Loan or other  extension of
     credit made hereunder, proves untrue in any material respect as of the date
     of the issuance or making thereof;

          (e) the Borrower or any Subsidiary  shall fail within thirty (30) days
     to pay,  bond or otherwise  discharge any judgment or order for the payment
     of money in excess of $500,000,  which is not stayed on appeal or otherwise
     being appropriately contested in good faith;

          (f) the  Borrower or any other  member of its  Controlled  Group shall
     fail to pay when due an amount or amounts aggregating in excess of $500,000
     which it shall  have  become  liable to pay to the PBGC or to a Plan  under
     Title IV of ERISA;  or notice of intent to terminate a Plan or Plans having
     aggregate Unfunded Vested Liabilities in excess of $500,000  (collectively,
     a "Material  Plan")  shall be filed under Title IV of ERISA by the Borrower
     or any other member of its Controlled Group, any plan  administrator or any
     combination of the foregoing; or the PBGC shall institute proceedings under
     Title IV of ERISA to  terminate  or to cause a trustee to be  appointed  to
     administer  any Material  Plan or a  proceeding  shall be  instituted  by a
     fiduciary  of any  Material  Plan against the Borrower or any member of its
     Controlled  Group to enforce  Section 515 or  4219(c)(5)  of ERISA and such
     proceeding   shall  not  have  been  dismissed   within  thirty  (30)  days
     thereafter; or a condition shall exist by reason of which the PBGC would be
     entitled to obtain a decree  adjudicating  that any  Material  Plan must be
     terminated;

          (g)  (A)  default   shall  occur  in  the  payment  when  due  of  any
     indebtedness  for  borrowed  money  issued,  assumed or  guaranteed  by the
     Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  aggregating  in  excess of  $250,000,  or (B)
     default  shall occur under any  indenture,  agreement  or other  instrument
     under which any  indebtedness  for  borrowed  money of the  Borrower or any
     Subsidiary  may be issued,  assumed or  guaranteed,  and such default shall
     continue for a period of time sufficient to permit the  acceleration of the
     maturity of any such indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower or any
     Subsidiary  aggregating in excess of $250,000 (whether or not such maturity
     is in fact accelerated);

          (h) the  Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall (i) have  entered
     involuntarily  against  it an order  for  relief  under the  United  States
     Bankruptcy  Code,  as  amended,  (ii) not pay,  or  admit  in  writing  its
     inability  to pay, its debts  generally  as they become due,  (iii) make an
     assignment for the benefit of creditors,  (iv) apply for, seek, consent to,
     or  acquiesce  in,  the  appointment  of a  receiver,  custodian,  trustee,
     examiner,  liquidator or similar official for it or any substantial part of
     its property,  (v) institute any proceeding seeking to have entered against
     
      

                                      -37-
<PAGE>

     it an order for relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended,
     to   adjudicate  it  insolvent,   or  seeking   dissolution,   winding  up,
     liquidation,  reorganization,  arrangement, adjustment or composition of it
     or  its  debts  under  any  law  relating  to  bankruptcy,   insolvency  or
     reorganization  or  relief  of  debtors  or fail to file an answer or other
     pleading  denying the material  allegations  of any such  proceeding  filed
     against  it, or (vi) fail to  contest  in good  faith  any  appointment  or
     proceeding described in Section 9.1.(i) hereof; or

          (i) a custodian,  receiver,  trustee, examiner,  liquidator or similar
     official shall be appointed for the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries or
     any substantial part of any of their Property, or a proceeding described in
     Section  9.1(h)(v)  shall be  instituted  against  the  Borrower,  and such
     appointment continues undischarged or such proceeding continues undismissed
     or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days.

     Section 9.2. Non-Bankruptcy  Defaults. When any Event of Default other than
those described in Sections  9.1.(h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing,  the
Agent  shall,  if so directed by the Required  Banks by notice to the  Borrower,
take either or both of the following actions:

          (a) terminate the remaining  Commitments of the Banks hereunder on the
     date stated in such notice (which may be the date thereof); and

          (b)  declare  the  principal  of  and  the  accrued  interest  on  all
     outstanding Notes and other  outstanding  Obligations of the Borrower to be
     forthwith  due and  payable  and  thereupon  all of said  Notes  and  other
     outstanding  Obligations,  including both principal and interest,  shall be
     and become  immediately  due and payable  together  with all other  amounts
     payable under this Agreement without further demand,  presentment,  protest
     or notice of any kind.

The Agent,  after giving notice to the Borrower  pursuant to Section 9.1 or this
Section 9.2,  shall also promptly send a copy of such notice to the other Banks,
but the failure to do so shall not impair or annul the effect of such notice.

   Section 9.3.  Bankruptcy Defaults.  When any Event of Default described in
subsections  (h) or (i) of Section 9.1.  hereof has occurred and is  continuing,
then all outstanding Notes and other  Obligations  shall immediately  become due
and payable together with all other amounts payable under this Agreement without
presentment,  demand,  protest or notice of any kind,  and the obligation of the
Banks to  extend  further  credit  pursuant  to any of the  terms  hereof  shall
immediately terminate.

     Section 9.4.  Letters of Credit.  When any Event of Default,  other than an
Event of Default  described in subsections  (h) or (i) of Section 9.1 hereof has
occurred and is continuing,  the Borrower shall,  upon demand of the Agent,  and
when any Event of Default described in subsections (h) or (i) of Section 9.1 has
occurred,  the  Borrower  shall,  without  notice  or  demand  from  the  Agent,
immediately pay to the Agent the full amount of each Letter of Credit, Provided,
However, that with respect to the undrawn face amount of Letters of Credit, such


                                      -38-
<PAGE>

amount shall be held by the Agent as collateral security for such Obligations of
the  Borrower  with  respect  to such  Letters of Credit,  the  Borrower  hereby
agreeing to immediately  make each such payment and  acknowledging  and agreeing
the Agent would not have an adequate  remedy at law for failure of the  Borrower
to honor any such  demand and that the Agent shall have the right to require the
Borrower to specifically  perform such undertaking  whether or not any draws had
been made under the Letters of Credit.

     Section 9.5.  Expenses.  The  Borrower  agrees to pay to the Agent and each
Bank,  or any other  holder  of any Note  outstanding  hereunder,  all costs and
expenses  incurred  or paid by the  Agent  and  such  Bank or any  such  holder,
including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and court costs,  in connection with any
Default or Event of Default by the Borrower  hereunder or in connection with the
enforcement of any of the terms hereof or of the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 10.  CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES.

     Section 10.1. Change of Law.  Notwithstanding  any other provisions of this
Agreement  or any Note,  if at any time  after  the date  hereof  any  change in
applicable law or regulation or in the interpretation  thereof makes it unlawful
for any  Bank to make or  continue  to  maintain  Eurocurrency  Loans or to give
effect to its obligations as contemplated  hereby, such Bank shall promptly give
notice  thereof  to the  Borrower,  with a copy to the  Agent,  and such  Bank's
obligations to make or maintain  Eurocurrency  Loans under this Agreement  shall
terminate  until it is no  longer  unlawful  for such  Bank to make or  maintain
Eurocurrency  Loans.  The  Borrower  shall  prepay  on  demand  the  outstanding
principal  amount of any such  affected  Eurocurrency  Loans,  together with all
interest accrued thereon and all other amounts then due and payable to such Bank
under  this  Agreement;  Provided,  However,  subject  to all of the  terms  and
conditions of this Agreement,  if denominated in U.S. Dollars,  the Borrower may
then elect to borrow the principal amount of the affected Eurocurrency Loan from
such Bank by means of a Domestic Rate Loan from such Bank that shall not be made
ratably by the Banks but only from such affected Bank and payments thereon shall
be  made   contemporaneously   with  payments  on  the  relevant   Borrowing  of
Eurocurrency Loans.

     Section  10.2.  Unavailability  of Deposits or Inability to  Ascertain,  or
Inadequacy of, LIBOR. If on or prior to the first day of any Interest Period for
any Borrowing of Eurocurrency Loans:

          (a) the Agent  advises the  Borrower  that  deposits  in the  relevant
     currency (in the  applicable  amounts)  are not being  offered to it in the
     eurocurrency interbank market for such Interest Period, or

          (b)  Banks  having  50%  or  more  of  the  aggregate  amount  of  the
     Commitments advise the Agent that LIBOR as determined by the Agent will not
     adequately  and fairly  reflect  the cost to such  Banks of  funding  their
     Eurocurrency Loans for such Interest Period, then the Agent shall forthwith


                                      -39-
<PAGE>

give notice  thereof to the  Borrower and the Banks,  whereupon  until the Agent
notifies the Borrower that the  circumstances  giving rise to such suspension no
longer exist,  the  obligations of the Banks to make  Eurocurrency  Loans in the
affected currency shall be suspended.

     Section 10.3.  Increased Cost and Reduced Return.  (a) If on or after the
date hereof,  the adoption of any  applicable  law, rule or  regulation,  or any
change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by
any governmental  authority,  central bank or comparable agency charged with the
interpretation  or  administration  thereof,  or  compliance by any Bank (or its
Lending  Office) with any request or directive  (whether or not having the force
of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency:

               (i) shall  subject any Bank (or its  Lending  Office) to any tax,
          duty or other charge with respect to its Eurocurrency Loans, its Notes
          or its  obligation  to make  Eurocurrency  Loans,  or shall change the
          basis of taxation  of payments to any Bank (or its Lending  Office) of
          the  principal of or interest on its  Eurocurrency  Loans or any other
          amounts due under this Agreement in respect of its Eurocurrency  Loans
          or its  obligation to make  Eurocurrency  Loans (except for changes in
          the rate of tax on the  overall net income of such Bank or its Lending
          Office  imposed by the  jurisdiction  in which such  Bank's  principal
          executive office or Lending Office is located); or

               (ii) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special
          deposit or similar requirement  (including,  without  limitation,  any
          such  requirement  imposed by the Board of  Governors  of the  Federal
          Reserve System,  but excluding with respect to any Eurocurrency  Loans
          any such requirement  included in an applicable  Eurocurrency  Reserve
          Percentage) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or
          credit  extended by, any Bank (or its Lending  Office) or shall impose
          on any Bank (or its  Lending  Office) or on the  interbank  market any
          other condition  affecting its  Eurocurrency  Loans,  its Notes or its
          obligation to make Eurocurrency Loans;

and the result of any of the  foregoing is to increase the cost to such Bank (or
its Lending Office) of making or maintaining any Eurocurrency Loan, or to reduce
the  amount of any sum  received  or  receivable  by such  Bank (or its  Lending
Office)  under this  Agreement  or under its Notes with respect  thereto,  by an
amount deemed by such Bank to be material,  then, within fifteen (15) days after
demand by such Bank (with a copy to the Agent),  the Borrower shall be obligated
to pay to such Bank such  additional  amount or amounts as will  compensate such
Bank for such increased cost or reduction (computed  commencing on the effective
date of any event mentioned herein). Each Bank agrees to use its best efforts to
give the Borrower notice of the occurrence of any event mentioned herein.

          (b) The  parties  recognize  that as of the date  hereof the Banks are
     subject to guidelines published by various banking regulators in the United
     States and elsewhere with jurisdiction  over the Banks,  issued pursuant to
     the  risk-based  capital  framework  developed  by the Basle  Committee  of
     Banking  Regulation and Supervisory  Practices,  that call for the Banks to
     maintain  capital  against,  among other things,  unfunded loan commitments
     with a maturity  of more than one year.  The  parties  agree that each Bank
     shall have the right to require a renegotiation of the fees payable to it


                                      -40-
<PAGE>

under  Section 3.1 hereof at any time by giving  notice to the  Borrower and the
Agent of its desire to so  renegotiate  such fees if such Bank  determines it or
any corporation  controlling it is required to maintain  capital to support such
Bank's unused Commitment hereunder. Upon the Borrower receiving such notice from
a Bank,  for a period of 30 days the  Borrower  and such Bank  shall  attempt to
renegotiate  the fees payable to such Bank so that such fees shall be acceptable
to both parties in their  discretion,  which  renegotiated  fees, if any,  shall
become  effective  on the date  specified  by the Borrower and Bank in a written
notice to the Agent  setting  forth  such fee.  If after  such 30 day period the
Borrower and such Bank have been unable to reach such an agreement,  either such
party  shall  have the  right  to  terminate  the  relevant  Bank's  Commitments
hereunder by giving the other party and the Agent notice thereof,  whereupon the
Commitment  of such Bank shall  terminate;  provided that if any Loans from such
Bank are then outstanding hereunder the Borrower shall have the right to require
that the  Commitment  of such  Bank  remain  in  effect  in the  amount  of such
outstanding  Loans and thereafter  continue to remain in effect in the aggregate
amount of all Loans of such Bank outstanding hereunder;  Provided, However, that
any repayment of such Bank's  outstanding  Loans (other than through a Refunding
Borrowing) shall automatically  reduce the amount of the Commitment of such Bank
by the  amount  of such  repayment.  Without  limiting  the  effect of any other
provision hereof,  it is specifically  understood that each Bank may require the
renegotiation  of the fees  payable to such Bank at any time  hereunder,  and no
failure or delay on the part of a Bank in requiring such renegotiation  shall be
deemed a waiver of, or otherwise limited or affect,  the Bank's right to require
such renegotiation.

     Section 10.4. Lending Offices.  Each Bank may, at its option, elect to make
its  Loans  hereunder  at the  branch,  office  or  affiliate  specified  on the
appropriate  signature  page hereof  (each a "Lending  Office") for each type of
Loan available hereunder or at such other of its branches, offices or affiliates
as it may from time to time elect and  designate in a notice to the Borrower and
the Agent.

     Section 10.5.  Discretion of Bank as to Manner of Funding.  Notwithstanding
any other provision of this  Agreement,  each Bank shall be entitled to fund and
maintain  its funding of all or any part of its Loans in any manner it sees fit,
it being  understood,  however,  that for the  purposes  of this  Agreement  all
determinations  hereunder  shall be made as if each Bank had actually funded and
maintained  each  Eurocurrency  Loan  through  the  purchase  of deposits in the
relevant market having a maturity  corresponding  to such Loan's Interest Period
and bearing an interest rate equal to LIBOR for such Interest Period.

SECTION 11.  THE AGENT.

     Section 11.1.  Appointment and Authorization.  Each Bank hereby irrevocably
appoints  Harris Trust and Savings Bank its Agent under this  Agreement  and the
other Loan  Documents  and hereby  authorizes  the Agent to take such  action as
Agent and on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof, together
with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.



                                      -41-
<PAGE>

     Section 11.2.  Agent and  Affiliates.  The Agent shall have the same rights
and powers under this  Agreement and the other Loan  Documents as any other Bank
and may  exercise or refrain from  exercising  the same as though it were not an
Agent, and the Agent and its affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to,
and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary
or  affiliate  of  the  Borrower  as if it  were  not  an  Agent  hereunder  and
thereunder.

     Section 11.3. Action by Agent.  Except for action expressly required of the
Agent  hereunder,  the Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or
refusing to act  hereunder and under the other Loan  Documents  unless the Agent
shall be indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction by the Banks against any and
all  liability  and  expense  which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or
continuing to take any such action.  In all cases in which this  Agreement  does
not  require  the  Agent  to take  certain  actions,  the  Agent  shall be fully
justified  in using its  discretion  in  failing to take or in taking any action
hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.  Without limiting the generality of
the  foregoing,  the Agent shall not be required to take any action with respect
to any Event of Default,  except as expressly provided in Section 9.2. The Agent
shall be acting as an independent  contractor hereunder and nothing herein shall
be deemed to impose on the Agent any fiduciary  obligations  to the Banks or the
Borrower.

     Section 11.4.  Consultation with Experts.  The Agent may consult with legal
counsel,  independent  public  accountants and other experts  selected by it and
shall not be liable  for any  action  taken or omitted to be taken by it in good
faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts.

     Section  11.5.  Liability  of  Agent.  No Agent  nor any of its  directors,
officers,  agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or not taken
by it in  connection  herewith  (i) with the  consent  or at the  request of the
Required  Banks or (ii) in the  absence of its own gross  negligence  or willful
misconduct.  The Agent nor any of its directors,  officers,  agents or employees
shall not be  responsible  for or have any duty to  ascertain,  inquire  into or
verify (i) any statement,  warranty or  representation  made in connection  with
this  Agreement or any borrowing or other  extension of credit  hereunder or any
other Loan Document;  (ii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants
or agreements of the Borrower in any Loan Document;  (iii) the  satisfaction  of
any  condition  specified in Section 7, except  receipt of items  required to be
delivered to the Agent;  or (iv) the validity,  effectiveness  or genuineness of
this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit, any other Loan Document or any
other instrument or writing  furnished in connection  herewith.  The Agent shall
not  incur  any  liability  by  acting in  reliance  upon any  notice,  consent,
certificate,  request or statement, (whether written or oral) or other documents
believed by it to be genuine or to be signed by the proper party or parties and,
in the case of legal  matters,  in relying  on the advice of counsel  (including
counsel for the  Borrower).  The Agent may treat the Banks that are named herein
as the holders of the Notes and the indebtedness  contemplated herein unless and
until  the  Agent  receives  notice  of the  assignment  of  the  Note  and  the
indebtedness held by a Bank hereunder pursuant to an assignment  contemplated by
Section 12.11 hereof.

                                      -42-
<PAGE>

     Section 11.6. Indemnification.  Each Bank shall, ratably in accordance with
its Commitments (or, if the Commitments  have been terminated in whole,  ratably
in  accordance  with its  outstanding  Loans and Letter of Credit  Utilization),
indemnify the Agent (to the extent not  reimbursed by the Borrower)  against any
cost,  expense  (including  counsels' fees and  disbursements),  claim,  demand,
action, loss,  obligation,  damages,  penalties,  judgments,  suits or liability
(except such as result from the Agent's gross negligence or willful  misconduct)
that the Agent may  suffer or incur in  connection  with this  Agreement  or any
other Loan  Document or any action  taken or omitted by the Agent  hereunder  or
thereunder.

     Section  11.7.  Credit  Decision.  Each  Bank  acknowledges  that  it  has,
independently  and without  reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank, and based
on such  documents and  information as it has deemed  appropriate,  made its own
credit  analysis  and  decision  to enter  into this  Agreement.  Each Bank also
acknowledges that it will,  independently and without reliance upon the Agent or
any other Bank,  and based on such  documents and  information  as it shall deem
appropriate at the time,  continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

     Section 11.8.  Resignation  of the Agent.  Subject to the  appointment  and
acceptance of a successor Agent as provided  below,  the Agent may resign at any
time by giving written  notice  thereof to the Banks and the Borrower.  Upon any
such  resignation  of the  Agent,  the  Required  Banks  shall have the right to
appoint,  with the consent of the Borrower,  a successor  Agent. If no successor
Agent  shall  have been so  appointed  by the  Required  Banks,  and shall  have
accepted such  appointment,  within thirty (30) days after the retiring  Agent's
giving of notice of  resignation,  then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the
Banks,  appoint a successor  Agent,  which shall be a commercial  bank organized
under the laws of the  United  States of  America  or of any State  thereof  and
having  a  combined  capital  and  surplus  of at least  $200,000,000.  Upon the
acceptance of its  appointment  as Agent  hereunder by a successor  Agent,  such
successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights
and duties of the retiring  Agent,  and the retiring  Agent shall be  discharged
from its duties and  obligations  hereunder and under the other Loan  Documents.
After any retiring  Agent's  resignation  hereunder as Agent,  the provisions of
this Section 11 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to
be taken by it while it was Agent.

     Section 11.9. Payments. Unless the Agent shall have been notified by a Bank
prior to the date on which such Bank is  scheduled  to make payment to the Agent
of the proceeds of a Loan (which  notice shall be effective  upon  receipt) that
such Bank does not intend to make such  payment,  the Agent may assume that such
Bank has made such  payment  when due and the Agent  may in  reliance  upon such
assumption  (but shall not be required  to) make  available  to the Borrower the
proceeds  of the Loan to be made by such Bank  and,  if any Bank has not in fact
made such payment to the Agent, such Bank shall, on demand, pay to the Agent the
amount made  available to the Borrower  attributable  to such Bank together with
interest thereon in respect of each day during the period commencing on the date
such amount was made available to the Borrower and ending on (but excluding) the
date such Bank  pays such  amount to the Agent at a rate per annum  equal to the
Federal Funds Rate (as hereinafter defined). If such amount is not received from
such Bank by the Agent  immediately  upon demand,  the Borrower will, on demand,
repay to the Agent the proceeds of the Loan attributable to such Bank with

                                      -43-
<PAGE>

interest  thereon at a rate per annum equal to the interest  rate  applicable to
the  relevant  Loan,  but without  such  payment  being  considered a payment or
prepayment of a Loan, so that the Borrower will have no liability  under Section
2.10 hereof with respect to such  payment.  "Federal  Funds Rate" shall mean the
"Federal Funds (Effective)" rate described in Section 2.1(a)(ii) hereof.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS.

     Section 12.1. Witholding Taxes. (a) Except as otherwise required by law and
subject to Section  12.1(b)  hereof,  each  payment by the  Borrower  under this
Agreement  or the Notes or in  respect of the  Letters  of Credit  shall be made
without setoff or counterclaim and without  withholding for or on account of any
present  or future  taxes  imposed by or within  the  jurisdiction  in which the
Borrower  is  domiciled,  any  jurisdiction  from which the  Borrower  makes any
payment  hereunder,  or (in each  case)  any  political  subdivision  or  taxing
authority  thereof or  therein.  If any such  withholding  is so  required,  the
Borrower shall make the withholding,  pay the amount withheld to the appropriate
governmental  authority  before  penalties  attach  thereto or interest  accrues
thereon and forthwith pay such  additional  amount as may be necessary to ensure
that the net amount actually  received by each Bank and the Agent free and clear
of such taxes  (including such taxes on such additional  amount) is equal to the
amount which that Bank or the Agent (as the case may be) would have received had
such  withholding  not been  made.  If the Agent or any Bank pays any  amount in
respect of any such taxes,  penalties or interest,  the Borrower shall reimburse
the Agent or that Bank for that  payment on demand in the currency in which such
payment was made. If the Borrower pays any such taxes, penalties or interest, it
shall deliver official tax receipts  evidencing that payment or certified copies
thereof to the Agent on or before the thirtieth day after payment.

               (b) U.S.  Witholding  Tax  Exemptions.  Each  Bank  that is not a
          United States  person (as such term is defined in Section  7701(a)(30)
          of the Code)  shall  submit to the  Borrower on or before the date the
          initial Borrowing is made hereunder,  duly completed and signed copies
          of either  Form 1001  (relating  to such  Bank and  entitling  it to a
          complete  exemption from  withholding on all amounts to be received by
          such Bank,  including fees,  pursuant to this Agreement and the Loans)
          or Form 4224  (relating  to all  amounts to be  received by such Bank,
          including  fees,  pursuant  to this  Agreement  and the  Loans) of the
          United States Internal  Revenue  Service.  Thereafter and from time to
          time, each such Bank shall submit to the Borrower such additional duly
          completed and signed copies of one or the other of such Forms (or such
          successor  forms as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant
          United  States  taxing  authorities)  as may be  (i)  notified  by the
          Borrower  to such Bank and (ii)  required  under  then-current  United
          States law or regulations to avoid or reduce United States withholding
          taxes on  payments  in respect of all  amounts to be  received by such
          Bank,  including fees,  pursuant to this Agreement or the Loans or the
          Letters of Credit. Upon the request of the Borrower, each Bank that is
          a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30)
          of the Code) shall submit to the Borrower a certificate  to the effect
          that it is such a United States person.

                                      -44-
<PAGE>

               (c) Inability of Bank to Submit Forms. If any Bank determines, as
          a result of any change in applicable law,  regulation or treaty, or in
          any official application or interpretation  thereof, that it is unable
          to submit to the  Borrower any form or  certificate  that such Bank is
          obligated to submit  pursuant to subsection  (b) of this Section 12.1,
          or that such Bank is  required  to withdraw or cancel any such form or
          certificate  previously  submitted  or any  such  form or  certificate
          otherwise becomes ineffective or inaccurate,  such Bank shall promptly
          notify the Borrower of such fact and the Bank shall to that extent not
          be  obligated  to  provide  any such form or  certificate  and will be
          entitled to withdraw or cancel any affected  form or  certificate,  as
          applicable.

     Section 12.2.  No Waiver of Rights.  No delay or failure on the part of any
Bank or on the part of the holder or holders of any Note in the  exercise of any
power or right shall operate as a waiver thereof,  nor as an acquiescence in any
default,  nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or
further  exercise  of any other  power or right,  and the  rights  and  remedies
hereunder of the Banks and of the holder or holders of any Notes are  cumulative
to,  and not  exclusive  of,  any  rights or  remedies  which any of them  would
otherwise have.

     Section 12.3.  Non-Business Day. If any payment of principal or interest on
any Loan or of any fee hereunder shall fall due on a day which is not a Business
Day, interest at the rate such Loan bears for the period prior to maturity or at
the rate such fee  accrues  shall  continue  to accrue  from the stated due date
thereof to and  including  the next  succeeding  Business Day, on which the same
shall be payable.

     Section 12.4.  Documentary  Taxes. The Borrower agrees that it will pay any
documentary,  stamp or similar taxes payable in respect to this  Agreement,  the
Applications  or any Note,  including  interest and penalties,  in the event any
such taxes are assessed irrespective of when such assessment is made and whether
or not any credit is then in use or available hereunder.

     Section  12.5.  Survival  of   Representations.   All  representations  and
warranties  made herein or in  certificates  given pursuant hereto shall survive
the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Applications and of the Notes,
and shall continue in full force and effect with respect to the date as of which
they were made as long as any credit is in use or available hereunder.

     Section  12.6.  Survival  of  Indemnities.  All  indemnities  and all other
provisions  relative  to  reimbursement  to the Banks of amounts  sufficient  to
protect  the yield of the Banks with  respect to the Loans,  including,  but not
limited to, Section 2.10 and Section 10.3 hereof,  shall survive the termination
of this  Agreement and the payment of the Loans,  the Notes and  obligations  in
respect of the Letters of Credit.

     Section 12.7.  Sharing of Set-off.  Each Bank agrees with each other Bank a
party  hereto  that if on or  after  the date of the  occurrence  of an Event of
Default and the  acceleration  of the maturity of the Notes  pursuant to Section
9.2 or 9.3 hereof  such Bank shall  receive and retain any  payment,  whether by
set-off or application of deposit balances or otherwise ("Set-Off"), on any of

                                      -45-
<PAGE>

the Obligations  outstanding under this Agreement in excess of its ratable share
of payments on all  Obligations  then  outstanding to the Banks,  then such Bank
shall purchase for cash at face value, but without  recourse,  ratably from each
of the other Banks such amount of the  Obligations  held by each such other Bank
(or  interest  therein) as shall be  necessary  to cause such Bank to share such
excess payment ratably with all the other Banks; Provided,  However, that if any
such purchase is made by any Bank, and if such excess payment or part thereof is
thereafter  recovered from such purchasing Bank, the related  purchases from the
other Banks shall be rescinded ratably and the purchase price restored as to the
portion of such excess payment so recovered,  but without interest.  Each Bank's
ratable share of any such Set-off shall be determined by the proportion that the
aggregate amount of Loans and Obligations with respect to outstanding Letters of
Credit then due and payable to such Bank bears to the total aggregate  amount of
the Loans and Obligations with respect to outstanding Letters of Credit then due
and payable to all the Banks.

     Section 12.8.  Notices.  Except as otherwise  specified herein, all notices
hereunder shall be in writing (including cable,  telecopy or telex) and shall be
given to the relevant  party at its address,  telecopier  number or telex number
set forth below, in the case of the Borrower,  or on the  appropriate  signature
page  hereof,  in the case of the Banks and the Agent,  or such  other  address,
telecopier  number or telex number as such party may hereafter specify by notice
to the Agent and the Borrower,  given by United  States  certified or registered
mail,  by telecopy or by other  telecommunication  device  capable of creating a
written record of such notice and its receipt. Notices hereunder to the Borrower
shall be addressed to:

                    General  Housewares  Corp.  
                    1536 Beech  Street  
                    Terre Haute, Indiana  47804-4066  
                    Attention:  Robert L.  Gray  
                    Telephone:  (812)232-1000,  Ext. 288 
                    Telecopy:  (812)232-7016

                    with a copy to: 

                    General  Housewares  Corp. 
                    Six Suburban Avenue 
                    P.O. Box 10265 
                    Stamford, Connecticut 06904-2265 
                    Attention:  Gordon R. Erickson  
                    Telephone:   (203)325-4141  
                    Telecopy:  (203)348-5247

Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (i) if given
by  telecopier,  when such  telecopy is  transmitted  to the  telecopier  number
specified in this Section and a confirmation  of such telecopy has been received
by the sender,  (ii) if given by telex,  when such telex is  transmitted  to the
telex number specified in this Section and the answerback is received by sender,


                                      -46-
<PAGE>

(iii) if given by mail, five (5) days after such  communication  is deposited in
the mail,  certified or registered with return receipt  requested,  addressed as
aforesaid or (iv) if given by any other means,  when  delivered at the addresses
specified in this Section;  provided that any notice given pursuant to Section 1
hereof shall be effective only upon receipt.

     Section 12.9. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts,  and by the different parties on different  counterparts,  each of
which when executed shall be deemed an original but all such counterparts  taken
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

     Section 12.10. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon
the Borrower and its successors  and assigns,  and shall inure to the benefit of
each of the Banks and the benefit of their  respective  successors  and assigns,
including any subsequent  holder of any Note. The Borrower may not assign any of
its rights or obligations  hereunder  without the written  consent of all of the
Banks.

     Section 12.11.  Participants  and Note Assignees.  Each Bank shall have the
right at its own cost to grant  participations  (to be  evidenced by one or more
agreements or  certificates  of  participation)  in the Loans made,  Commitments
and/or Letters of Credit, by such Bank at any time and from time to time, and to
assign its  rights  under  such  Loans or the Notes  evidencing  such Loans to a
federal  reserve bank;  provided that no such  participation  or assignment of a
Note shall relieve any Bank of any of its obligations under this Agreement,  and
provided  further  that no such  assignee or  participant  shall have any rights
under this  Agreement  except as provided in this Section  12.11,  and the Agent
shall have no  obligation or  responsibility  to such  participant  or assignee,
except  that  nothing  herein  provided  is  intended to affect the rights of an
assignee  of a Note to  enforce  the Note  assigned.  Any party to which  such a
participation  or assignment has been granted shall have the benefits of Section
2.10 and  Section  10.3  hereof but shall not be entitled to receive any greater
payment under either such Section than the Bank granting such  participation  or
assignment  would  have been  entitled  to  receive  with  respect to the rights
transferred.

     Section 12.12. Assignment of Commitments By Banks. Each Bank shall have the
right at any time,  with the prior consent of Borrower  (which consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to sell, assign, transfer or negotiate all
or any part of its Loans,  Commitments  and/or  Letters of Credit to one or more
commercial banks or other financial institutions;  provided that such assignment
is in an amount of at least  $5,000,000  and  provided  further that without the
consent of the Borrower or the Agent,  any Bank may so assign all or part of its
Commitment to any affiliate of the assigning  Bank (provided that such affiliate
complies with Section 12.1 hereof at the time of such assignment). Upon any such
assignment,  and its notification to the Agent, the assignee shall become a Bank
hereunder,  all Loans and the  Commitment  it thereby holds shall be governed by
all the terms and conditions hereof, and the Bank granting such assignment shall
have its  Commitment  and its  obligations  and rights in connection  therewith,
reduced by the amount of such assignment.

                                      -47-
<PAGE>

     Section  12.13.   Amendments.   Any  provision  of  this   Agreement,   the
Applications  or the  Notes  may be  amended  or waived  if,  but only if,  such
amendment  or waiver is in writing  and is signed by (a) the  Borrower,  (b) the
Required  Banks,  and (c) if the  rights or  duties  of the  Agent are  affected
thereby, the Agent, as applicable; provided that:

          (i) no amendment or waiver pursuant to this Section shall (A) increase
     any  Commitment  of any Bank without the consent of such Bank or (B) reduce
     the  amount of or  postpone  the date for  payment of any  principal  of or
     interest on any Loan or of any fee payable hereunder without the consent of
     the Bank to which such payment is owing or which has committed to make such
     Loan or other credit hereunder; and

          (ii) no amendment or waiver  pursuant to this  Section  shall,  unless
     signed by each Bank, change the provisions of this Section,  the definition
     of Required Banks or Termination Date, or any condition precedent set forth
     in Section 7 hereof or the provisions of Sections 9.1.(h), 9.1.(i) or 9.3.,
     or affect the number of Banks required to take any action hereunder.

     Section 12.14.  Non-Reliance on Margin Stock.  Each of the Banks represents
to the Agent and to each of the other Banks that it in good faith is not relying
upon any Margin  Stock as  collateral  in the  extension or  maintenance  of the
credit provided for in this Agreement.

     Section 12.15.  Legal Fees and Indemnification.  The Borrower agrees to pay
the reasonable fees and disbursements of Messrs.  Chapman and Cutler, counsel to
the Agent,  in connection  with the  preparation and execution of this Agreement
and the other Loan  Documents,  and any  amendment,  waiver or  consent  related
hereto, whether or not the transactions contemplated herein are consummated. The
Borrower  further agrees to indemnify  each Bank,  its  directors,  officers and
employees against all losses, claims, damages, penalties, judgments, liabilities
and expenses  (including,  without  limitations,  all expenses of  litigation or
preparation  therefor  whether or not any Bank is a party  thereto) which any of
them may pay or incur  arising out of or relating to this  Agreement,  any other
Loan Document, the transactions  contemplated hereby or thereby or the direct or
indirect  application  or proposed  application  of the  proceeds of any Loan or
Letter  of  Credit  hereunder,  other  than  those  which  arise  from the gross
negligence or willful  misconduct  of the party  claiming  indemnification.  The
obligations of the Borrower under this Section shall survive the  termination of
this Agreement.

     Section 12.16.  Currency.  Each reference in this Agreement to U.S. Dollars
or to an Alternative  Currency (the "relevant currency") is of the essence.  To
the fullest  extent  permitted by law, the obligation of the Borrower in respect
of  any  amount  due  in the  relevant  currency  under  this  Agreement  shall,
notwithstanding  any  payment  in any  other  currency  (whether  pursuant  to a
judgment or  otherwise),  be discharged  only to the extent of the amount in the
relevant currency that the Bank entitled to receive such payment may, in


                                      -48-
<PAGE>

accordance  with normal banking  procedures,  purchase with the sum paid in such
other  currency  (after any premium and costs of  exchange)  on the Business Day
immediately  following the day on which such party receives such payment. If the
amount in the relevant  currency  that may be so purchased  for any reason falls
short of the amount  originally  due,  the  Borrower  shall pay such  additional
amounts,  in the relevant  currency,  as may be necessary to compensate  for the
shortfall. Any obligations of the Borrower not discharged by such payment shall,
to the fullest  extent  permitted  by  applicable  law, be due as a separate and
independent  obligation and, until discharged as provided herein, shall continue
in full force and effect.

     Section  12.17.  Currency  Equivalence.  If for the  purposes of  obtaining
judgment  in any court it is  necessary  to convert a sum due from the  Borrower
hereunder or under the Notes in the currency  expressed to be payable  herein or
under the Notes (the "specified  currency") into another  currency,  the parties
agree that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in  accordance  with
normal banking  procedures the Agent could purchase the specified  currency with
such other  currency on the Business Day preceding  that on which final judgment
is given.  The  obligation of the Borrower in respect of any such sum due to any
Bank or the  Agent  hereunder  or under  any  Note  shall,  notwithstanding  any
judgment in a currency other than the specified currency,  be discharged only to
the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Bank or the Agent,
as the case may be, of any sum  adjudged  to be so due in such  other  currency,
such Bank or the Agent,  as  applicable,  may in accordance  with normal banking
procedures  purchase the  specified  currency with such other  currency.  If the
amount of the  specified  currency so purchased is less than the sum  originally
due to such Bank or the Agent in the specified currency, the Borrower agrees, as
a separate obligation and  notwithstanding any such judgment,  to indemnify such
Bank and the  Agent  against  such  loss,  and if the  amount  of the  specified
currency so purchased  exceeds the sum of (a) the amount  originally  due to the
applicable  Bank or the Agent in the  specified  currency  plus (b) any  amounts
shared  with  other  Banks  as a  result  of  allocations  of such  excess  as a
disproportionate  payment to such Bank under  Section 12.7 hereof,  such Bank or
the Agent, as the case may be, agrees to remit such excess to the Borrower.

     Section 12.18.  Governing Law. This  Agreement,  the  Applications  and the
Notes,  and the rights and duties of the parties  hereto and  thereto,  shall be
construed and  determined in accordance  with the laws of the State of Illinois,
without regard to the internal laws thereof with respect to conflicts of law.

     Section 12.19.  Headings.  Section  headings used in this Agreement are for
reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

     Section 12.20.  Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement  constitutes  the entire
understanding  of the parties  hereto with respect to the subject  matter hereof
and any prior or  contemporaneous  agreements,  whether  written  or oral,  with
respect thereto are superseded hereby.


                                      -49-
<PAGE>

     Upon your  acceptance  hereof in the manner  hereinafter  set  forth,  this
Agreement shall be a contract between us for the purposes hereinabove set forth.

       Dated as of November 30, 1994.

                                               General Housewares Corp.

(Seal)
                                               By      Robert L. Gray
                                                ------------------------------- 
                                                  Its Vice President-Finance and
                                                  Treasurer

Attest:
Gordon R. Erickson
--------------------
Secretary






                                      -50-
<PAGE>

Accepted and Agreed to as of the day and year last above written.

Address and Amount of Commitment:

111 West Monroe Street                          HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK,
Chicago, Illinois  60690                        in its individual capacity as a 
Attention:    Mr. Peter Krawchuk                Bank, as Agent
              Emerging Majors East
Telecopy:  (312) 461-2591
Telephone:  (312) 461-2783
Revolving Credit
 Loan Commitment:             $16,666,667       By  Peter Krawchuk
                                                    -------------------
Letter of Credit                                     Its Vice President
 Commitment:                  $ 3,333,333
                               -----------
Aggregate Commitments:        $20,000,000

Lending Offices:

       Domestic Rate Loans:                     111 West Monroe Street
                                                Chicago, Illinois  60690

                                                Nassau Branch
       Eurocurrency Loans:                      c/o 111 West Monroe Street
                                                Chicago, Illinois  60690

One First National Plaza                          THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF 
Chicago, Illinois  60670                          CHICAGO
Attention:  Ms. Kelly H. Gilroy
Mail Suite 0088
Telecopy:  (312) 732-5161                       By  Kelly H. Gilroy
Telephone:  (312) 732-7485                         -----------------
Revolving Credit                                 Its
  Loan Commitment:              $ 8,333,333          -------------------
Letter of Credit
  Commitment:                   $ 1,666,667
                                 -----------
Aggregate Commitments:          $10,000,000

Lending Offices:

       Domestic Rate Loans:                     One First National Plaza
                                                Chicago, Illinois  60670

       Eurocurrency Loans:                      One First National Plaza
                                                Chicago, Illinois  60670




                                      -51-
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT A

                             REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

                                                               November 30, 1994

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  the undersigned,  General Housewares Corp., a Delaware
corporation   (the   "Borrower"),    promises   to   pay   to   the   order   of
________________________ (the "Bank") on the Termination Date of the hereinafter
defined Credit  Agreement,  at the principal  office of Harris Trust and Savings
Bank in Chicago,  Illinois (or, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans denominated in
an Alternative Currency, at such office as the Agent has previously notified the
Borrower),  in  immediately  available  funds  in  the  currency  in  which  the
applicable  Loan was made, the aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount of all Loans
made by the Bank to the Borrower  under its  Commitments  pursuant to the Credit
Agreement and with each Loan to mature and become payable on the last day of the
Interest Period applicable  thereto,  but in no event later than the Termination
Date,  together with interest on the principal  amount of each Loan from time to
time  outstanding  hereunder at the rates,  and payable in the manner and on the
dates, specified in the Credit Agreement.

     The Bank shall record on its books or records or on a schedule  attached to
this  Note,  which  is a part  hereof,  each  Loan  made by it  pursuant  to its
Commitment,  together  with all  payments  of  principal  and  interest  and the
principal balances from time to time outstanding  hereon,  whether the Loan is a
Domestic  Rate Loan or a  Eurocurrency  Loan and the interest  rate and Interest
Period  applicable  thereto  and,  in the  case of any  Eurocurrency  Loan,  the
currency  thereof,  provided  that prior to the  transfer  of this Note all such
amounts  shall be recorded  on the  schedule  attached to this Note.  The record
thereof, whether shown on such books or records or on the schedule to this Note,
shall be Prima Facie evidence of the same, Provided,  However,  that the failure
of the Bank to record any of the foregoing or any error in any such record shall
not limit or otherwise  affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay all Loans
made to it pursuant  to the Credit  Agreement  together  with  accrued  interest
thereon.

     This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Credit  Agreement dated as
of November 30, 1994,  among the  Borrower,  Harris Trust and Savings  Bank,  as
Agent, and others (the "Credit Agreement"),  and this Note and the holder hereof
are entitled to all the benefits provided for thereby or referred to therein, to
which Credit  Agreement  reference is hereby made for a statement  thereof.  All
defined terms used in this Note,  except terms otherwise  defined herein,  shall
have the same meaning as in the Credit Agreement. This Note shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.




                                      -52-
<PAGE>

     Prepayments  may be made hereon and this Note may be declared  due prior to
the expressed maturity hereof, all in the events, on the terms and in the manner
as provided for in the Credit Agreement.

     The Borrower  hereby waives demand,  presentment,  protest or notice of any
kind hereunder.

                                                  General Housewares Corp.
                                       
                                                  By
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                    
                                                    Its-------------------------


                                      -53-


<PAGE>
<TABLE>



                                   EXHIBIT B
<CAPTION>
                                   
                    SUBSIDIARIES OF GENERAL HOUSEWARES CORP.


I.   CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES

                                                JURISDICTION OF                 PERCENTAGE
NAME                                            INCORPORATION                   OF OWNERSHIP
<S>                                              <C>                             <C>   


Chicago Cutlery, Inc.                            Florida                         100%

Chicago Cutlery etc., Inc.                       Indiana                         100%

General Housewares Export                        U.S. Virgin Islands             100%

Corporation

General Housewares of Canada Inc.                Province of Quebec, Canada      100%



II.  Subsidiaries Which Are Not Consolidated

              None



</TABLE>



                                      -54-
<PAGE>


                                        EXHIBIT C


To each of the Banks named in the
  hereinafter defined Credit Agreement

c/o Harris Trust and Savings Bank,
  as Agent under the Credit Agreement

Gentlemen:

     I am Secretary and General Counsel of General  Housewares Corp., a Delaware
corporation (the  "Borrower"),  in connection with the  authorization of and the
execution  and delivery of the Credit  Agreement  dated as of November 30, 1994,
among the Borrower and you and the banks named therein (the "Credit Agreement").
All terms used and not defined  herein shall have the meanings  assigned to them
in the Credit Agreement.

     In rendering this opinion, I have made such investigations of fact and have
considered such questions of law as I have deemed  necessary for the purposes of
this opinion, which is delivered to you pursuant to Section 7.1(a) of the Credit
Agreement.  Based on the foregoing, it is my opinion that:

          (i) The  Borrower  is duly  organized  and  validly  existing  in good
     standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;  has the corporate  power
     to carry on its present  business;  is duly  licensed or  qualified  in all
     states and  jurisdictions  wherein the nature of the business carried on by
     it or the  assets  and  properties  owned or  leased  by it  requires  such
     qualification  or licensing,  except where the failure to be so licensed or
     qualified  would  not  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  financial
     condition or  properties,  business or  operations  of the Borrower and the
     Consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and has the corporate power and
     authority to enter into the Credit Agreement and the Applications,  to make
     the borrowings and request letters of credit therein provided for, to issue
     its Notes and  Applications  and to perform each and all of the matters and
     things therein provided for.

          (ii) Each Subsidiary is a corporation duly organized, validly existing
     and in good standing under the laws of its  jurisdiction  of  incorporation
     and  is  duly  licensed  or  qualified  and is in  good  standing  in  each
     jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it
     or the nature of the  business  transacted  by it makes such  licensing  or
     qualification  necessary  and all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of
     capital stock of each such Subsidiary have been duly issued, are fully paid
     and  non-assessable  and  are  owned  by  the  Borrower,  by  one  or  more
     Subsidiaries, or by the Borrower and one or more Subsidiaries.

                                      -55-
<PAGE>

          (iii) The Credit  Agreement,  Applications  and the Notes delivered on
     the date hereof have been duly authorized,  executed,  and delivered by and
     on behalf of the Borrower and  constitute  legal,  valid,  and  enforceable
     obligations of the Borrower,  except to the extent  affected by bankruptcy,
     insolvency or other  similar laws relating to or affecting the  enforcement
     of  creditors'  rights and remedies  generally  and general  principles  of
     equity.

          (iv) The Loan Documents do not, nor will the performance or observance
     by the  Borrower  of any of the matters and things  therein  provided  for,
     contravene  any provision of law  applicable  to the  Borrower,  or, to our
     knowledge,   any  judgment  or  decree  applicable  to  the  Borrower,  the
     Certificate of Incorporation,  as amended,  or By-laws of the Borrower,  or
     any indenture or material  agreement to which the Borrower is a party or by
     which it or any of its properties is bound.

          (v) All authorizations,  consents, approvals, filings,  registrations,
     exemptions  and  regulatory  approvals  necessary to permit  borrowings and
     requests for letters of credit by the Borrower  under the Credit  Agreement
     and the  Applications  have been  obtained  and  remain  in full  force and
     effect.

          (vi) The making of the Loans and the  application  by the  Borrower of
     the proceeds  thereof do not violate  Regulation  U or  Regulation X of the
     Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

          (vii)  The  Borrower  is  not an  "Investment  Company"  or a  company
     "Controlled"  by an  "Investment  Company" as such terms are defined in the
     Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

          (viii) There is no litigation or governmental  proceeding  pending, or
     to the  best  of my  knowledge  threatened,  against  the  Borrower  or any
     Subsidiary which could  reasonably be expected to (i) materially  adversely
     affect the business and properties of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries on
     a consolidated  basis or (ii) impair the validity or  enforceability of any
     of the Loan  Documents or materially  impair the ability of the Borrower to
     perform its obligations under any of the Loan Documents.

     The opinion of Gordon R.  Erickson,  Esq.,  shall cover such other  matters
relating to the Credit  Agreement  as the Banks may  reasonably  request and may
rely upon an opinion of Canadian counsel with respect to the opinion required in
paragraph  (ii) regarding the Borrower's  Canadian  Subsidiary.  With respect to
matters of fact on which such opinion is based,  such counsel  shall be entitled
to rely on  appropriate  certificates  of public  officials  and officers of the
Borrower.

                                                  Respectfully submitted,


                                      -56-
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT D
                                

                            GENERAL HOUSEWARES CORP.

                             COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

     This  Compliance  Certificate  is  furnished  to the  Agent  and the  Banks
pursuant to that certain Credit  Agreement dated as of November 30, 1994, by and
among the Borrower, the Agent and the Banks (the "Agreement").  Unless otherwise
defined herein, the terms used in this Compliance  Certificate have the meanings
ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

     THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT:

     1. I am the duly elected ________________________ of the Borrower;

     2. I have  reviewed  the terms of the  Agreement  and I have made,  or have
caused to be made under my supervision,  a detailed  review of the  transactions
and conditions of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period
covered by the attached financial statements;

     3. The examinations  described in paragraph 2 did not disclose,  and I have
no knowledge  of, the  existence of any  condition or event which  constitutes a
Default  or Event  of  Default  during  or at the end of the  accounting  period
covered  by  the  attached  financial  statements  or as of  the  date  of  this
Certificate, except as set forth below; and

     4. Schedule I attached  hereto sets forth  financial data and  computations
evidencing the Borrower's  compliance  with certain  covenants of the Agreement,
all of which data and computations are true, complete and correct.

     Described below are the exceptions,  if any, to paragraph 3 by listing,  in
detail,  the nature of the  condition or event,  the period  during which it has
existed and the action which the Borrower has taken,  is taking,  or proposes to
take with respect to each such condition or event:

              ----------------------------------------------------
              ----------------------------------------------------

     The foregoing  certifications,  together with the computations set forth in
Schedule I hereto and the financial  statements  delivered with this Certificate
in support hereof, are made and delivered this day   of , 19___.


                                                -------------------------------


                                      -57-
<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE I
                            GENERAL HOUSEWARES CORP.
<TABLE>


                  Compliance Calculations for Credit Agreement
                         Dated as of November 30, 1994
                  Calculations as of _________________, 19___
<CAPTION>
A.  Leverage Ratio (Section 8.7)
    <S>                                                                       <C>       

    1.  Obligations for Borrowed Money                                        $
                                                                               ---------------
    2.  Conditional Sale Obligations                                           
                                                                               ---------------
    3.  Guaranties                                                         
                                                                               ---------------
    4.  Take or pay (and similar) contract obligations                     
                                                                               ---------------
    5.  Debt (to the extent not otherwise included
        above) secured by liens or security interests                         
                                                                               ---------------
    6.  Capitalized Lease Obligations (to the extent
        not otherwise included above)                                    
                                                                               ---------------                
    7.  Add Lines 1 through 6 (Total Indebtedness)                         
                                                                               
    8.  Short term Indebtedness (other than current                       
        maturities of long term Indebtedness)
                                                                               ---------------
    9.  Line 7 minus Line 8 (Consolidated Funded Debt)
                                                                               ===============
   10.  Total Stockholders Equity (Consolidated
        Net Worth)                                                            $
                                                                               ---------------
   11.  Consolidated Funded Debt (Line 9 above)                            
                                                                               ---------------
   12.  Add Line 10 and Line 11 (or subtract Line 10
        from Line 11 if Line 11 is a negative
        number)                                                           
                                                                               ---------------
   13.  Ratio of Line 9 to Line 12                                            
                                                                               -----------:1.0


                                      -58-
<PAGE>



   14.  Line 13 ratio must not be in an amount greater
        than:                                                                       .45:1.0  
                                 
B.  Consolidated Net Worth (Section 8.6).

    1.  Consolidated Net Worth
        (Line A.10. above)                                                     $
                                                                               ---------------
    2.  Line 1 must not be less than $45,000,000 (to be
        increased as provided in Section 8.6)

C.  Current Ratio (Section 8.9).

    1.  Consolidated current assets                                           $
                                                                               ---------------
    2.  Consolidated current liabilities                                      $
                                                                               ---------------
    3.  Ratio of Line 1 to Line 2                                        
                                                                               ----------: 1.0
    4.  Line 3 ratio must not be in an
        amount less than                                                       1.5 : 1.0

D.  Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to it(Section 8.8).
    
    1.  Consolidated Net Earnings (including non-
        operating losses to the extent cash is reduced
        and excluding non-operating gains)                                    $
                                                                               ---------------
    2.  Consolidated Interest Expense                                         $
                                                                               ---------------
    3.  Federal, state and local income taxes                                 $
                                                                               ---------------
    4.  Payments due under operating leases (Rentals)                         $
                                                                               ---------------
    5. Sum of Lines 1 through 4 (Earnings Available
       for Fixed Charges)                                                     $
                                                                               ===============
    6.  Consolidated Interest Expense
        (including capitalized leases)                                        $
                                                                               ---------------
    7.  Payments due under operating leases
        (Line D.4. above)                                                     $
                                                                               ---------------
    8.  Sum of Lines 6 and 7                                                  $
                                                                               ===============
    9.  Ratio of Line 5 to Line 8                                       
                                                                               -------- to 1.0
   10.  Line 12 ratio must be equal to or greater than:                         
                                                                                    2.0 to 1.0
</TABLE>



                                      -59-
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT E

              FUNDED DEBT OF SUBSIDIARIES AND EXISTING SHORT TERM
                            INDEBTEDNESS OF BORROWER

 1.  Borrower's indebtedness to Merchant's Bank under $1,000,000 line of credit.


<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT F
                                     LIENS

  1.   Lien on Borrower's  copier-duplicator  and copier and related accessories
       in favor of  Eastman  Kodak  Credit  Corporation  in respect of the lease
       thereof.





                                      -60-
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT G
                                   GUARANTIES

       None

                                    
     







EXHIBIT 11a

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

COMPUTATION OF PRIMARY EARNINGS PER SHARE

                                                1994        1993        1992
<S>                                             <C>         <C>         <C>   

Income from continuing operations               $2,750,000  $3,036,000  $4,424,000

Cumulative effect of change in 
  accounting for:
  Income taxes in accordance with FAS #109               -           -     218,000

Net income                                      $2,750,000  $3,036,000  $4,642,000

Shares:
Weighted average number of shares of
  common stock outstanding                       3,406,115   3,265,896   3,223,583

Shares assumed issued (less shares
  assumed purchased for treasury)
  on stock options                                  34,156      74,442      71,151

Outstanding shares for primary earnings
  per share calculation                          3,440,271   3,340,338   3,294,734

Earnings per common share:

  Income from continuing operations                  $0.80       $0.91       $1.34
  Cumulative effect of change in
    accounting for:
    Income taxes in accordance with
    FAS #109                                             -           -        0.06

Net income                                           $0.80       $0.91       $1.40


</TABLE>


EXHIBIT 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

Subsidiary                                        State or Province Incorporated

General Housewares Export Corporation             U.S. Virgin Islands

Chicago Cutlery, Inc.                             Florida

Chicago Cutlery etc., Inc.                        Indiana

General Housewares of Canada Inc.                 Quebec, Canada




EXHIBIT 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby  consent  to the use in the  Registration  Statement  on Form S-8 (No.
33-33328,  2-77798,  33-48336 and 33-82136) of General  Housewares Corp., of our
report dated January 30, 1995,  appearing on pages 9-10 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.  We also consent to the  application  of such report to the Financial
Statement  Schedule for the three years ended  December  31, 1994,  listed under
Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December 31, 1994,
when such schedule is read in conjunction with the financial statements referred
to in our  report.  The audits  referred to in such  report  also  included  the
Financial Statement Schedule.

PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP

Indianapolis, Indiana
March 27, 1995


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                                                      5
<LEGEND>                                                       0
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                                                 0000040643
<NAME>                                                         0
<MULTIPLIER>                                               1,000
<CURRENCY>                                          U.S. Dollars
       
<S>                                                <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                               Year
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                    Dec-31-1994
<PERIOD-START>                                       Jan-01-1992
<PERIOD-END>                                         Dec-31-1994
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                                1
<CASH>                                                     2,993
<SECURITIES>                                                   0
<RECEIVABLES>                                             22,166
<ALLOWANCES>                                               5,312
<INVENTORY>                                               20,841
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                           3,089
<PP&E>                                                    33,048
<DEPRECIATION>                                            20,047
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                            98,358
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                     13,443
<BONDS>                                                        0
<COMMON>                                                   1,324
                                          0
                                                    0
<OTHER-SE>                                                48,931
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                              98,358
<SALES>                                                   96,515
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                          96,515
<CGS>                                                     61,505
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                             61,505
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                          28,373
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                             354
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                         1,699
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                            4,938
<INCOME-TAX>                                               2,188
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                        2,750
<DISCONTINUED>                                                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                                0
<CHANGES>                                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                               2,750
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                              0.800
<EPS-DILUTED>                                              0.800
        


</TABLE>


EXHIBIT 99

Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Financial Statements
December 31, 1994 and 1993

Price Waterhouse LLP

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

February 15, 1995

To the Participants and Administrative Committee of General Housewares Corp.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In our opinion, the accompanying statements of financial condition and of income
and  changes in plan  equity  present  fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the
financial  condition of General Housewares Corp. Employee Stock Purchase Plan at
December 31, 1994 and 1993,  and the changes in its financial  condition for the
years then ended, in conformity with generally accepted  accounting  principles.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the plan's management;  our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.  We conducted  our audits of these  statements  in  accordance  with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable  assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material  misstatement.  An audit includes  examining,  on a test basis,
evidence  supporting the amounts and  disclosures  in the financial  statements,
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  and evaluating the overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We
believe  that our audits  provide a reasonable  basis for the opinion  expressed
above.

Price Waterhouse LLP
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

                                                                  December 31,
                                                                1994        1993
<S>                                                             <C>         <C>   
PLAN ASSETS
Investments in employer's securities
  (cost, 1994 - $159,750; 1993 - $113,973)                      $ 183,016   $ 113,100

LIABILITIES AND PLAN EQUITY
Liabilities                                                             -           -
Plan Equity                                                     $ 183,016   $ 113,100

</TABLE>


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
STATEMENT OF INCOME AND CHANGES IN PLAN EQUITY
<CAPTION>
                                                             Year           Year
                                                             Ended          Ended
                                                             December 31,   December 31,
                                                             1994           1993
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>   

Dividend income                                              $   3,213      $   1,532
Administrative expenses                                           (149)           (72)
  
Net dividend income                                              3,064          1,460

Unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
  in investments                                                23,573         (5,297)

Participant contributions                                       68,905         90,758

Participant distributions                                      (25,626)       (26,600)

Net increase in plan equity                                     69,916         60,321
 
Plan equity at beginning of period                             113,100         52,779
                                                             ---------      ---------
Plan equity at end of period                                 $ 183,016      $ 113,100

</TABLE>

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.           DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN

             The following description of the General Housewares Corp. (Company)
             Employee   Stock   Purchase  Plan  (Plan)   provides  only  general
             information.  Participants should refer to the Plan agreement for a
             more complete description of the Plan's provisions.

             ELIGIBILITY

             All full time employees who have completed  three months of service
             will be eligible to participate and be a participant in the Plan at
             the  beginning of the next  calendar  quarter  subsequent  to their
             completion of three months of service.

             STOCK PURCHASES

             First  Chicago  Trust  Company of New York,  the  Custodian for the
             Plan, will purchase common stock either (1) in the open market, (2)
             from an employee  desiring to dispose of his/her shares pursuant to
             the  Plan  or (3)  from  the  Company.  The  Company  will  pay all
             brokerage fees on all purchases of common stock under the Plan.

             The price at which shares of common stock will be purchased will be
             the lesser of:

<PAGE>

             (a)       90% of  the  market  value  of the  common  stock  on the
                       first business day of the applicable calendar quarter, or

             (b)       90% of the market  value of the common  stock on the last
                       business day of such calendar quarter.

             The  number  of  shares of common  stock  that  will  generally  be
             purchased in each  calendar  quarter will be equal to the amount of
             payroll  deductions  made during such quarter plus any  accumulated
             dividends  divided  by the  purchase  price  of the  common  stock.
             Dividend  reinvestments are subject to a 5% administration fee paid
             by the Plan.

             WITHDRAWALS

             An employee may withdraw part or all of his/her  account balance at
             any time by giving written notice to the Company.  The Company will
             refund part or all of the balance in the employee's account.

             PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS

             A stock  purchase  account  shall be maintained by the Custodian in
             the name of each participant.  Authorized  payroll deductions shall
             be held by the Company  and  credited  to the  participant's  stock
             purchase account at the end of each calendar quarter. Interest will
             not accrue or be paid on available  funds or any other cash held in
             a  participant's  stock  purchase  account.  All dividends  paid on
             Company stock held in a participant's  stock purchase account shall
             be used to purchase additional Company stock.

2.           SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

             Quoted market prices are used to value investments.

3.           INVESTMENTS

             At December 31, 1994 and 1993  investments were comprised of 13,073
             and 8,700 shares, respectively,  of General Housewares Corp. Common
             Stock.  The closing  market price on December 31, 1994 and 1993 was
             $14/share and $13/share, respectively. Net unrealized  appreciation
             (depreciation) of investments was  $23,573 and ($5,297) in 1994 and
             1993, respectively.


<PAGE>

4.           FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

             The Plan is  intended  to qualify as an  "employee  stock  purchase
             plan"  within the  meaning of Section 423 of the  Internal  Revenue
             Code. As a result,  participants  are not subject to any tax at the
             time of the purchase of stock at a discount.  A favorable letter of
             determination  has not been requested or obtained from the Internal
             Revenue Service.




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission